Making the wrong hiring decision can cost thousands of dollars. Do it wrong, and you’ll lose more than money and time, though. You’ll have to start the hiring process all over again, hoping that someone amazing comes along.
But there is a better way — investing in the right methods for screening candidates.
We’re going to walk you through not one but eleven different ways to screen candidates, from a cover letter to a skills assessment and all the way to paid job trials — each of them with its pros and cons.
Let’s find out the top ways to get the best possible job candidates in the market.
Introduction to 11 popular methods for screening candidates
– Objective measure of skills. – Can tailor to specific job needs.
– Can be stressful for candidates. – May not reflect real-world scenarios.
Video Interviews
Evaluate interpersonal skills, fit, and deeper insights into CV details.
– More personal than phone. – Saves time/travel costs.
– Technical issues. – Can be impersonal compared to in-person.
ATS Screening
Automated initial scan for relevant keywords and qualifications in CVs.
– Efficient for large volumes. – Reduces manual work.
– Can overlook qualified candidates. – Impersonal.
Reference & Background Checks
Confirm accuracy of CV, gauge reputation, and assess past behaviors/performance.
Confirm accuracy of CV, gauge reputation, and assess past behaviors/performance.
– Can be time-consuming. – Limited by honesty of references.
Social Media Screening
Gauge cultural fit, personal interests, and potential red flags.
– Provides informal insights. – Reveals potential cultural fit.
– Privacy concerns. – Can be misleading or out of context.
Take-home Assignments
Assess practical skills and problem-solving in a more relaxed setting.
– Reflects real-world tasks. – Allows for creativity.
– Time-consuming for candidates. – Risks of plagiarism.
– Real-world assessment. – Fair compensation for the candidate’s time.
Engage candidates while testing skills in a simulated environment.
– Engaging & interactive. – Can test a variety of skills.
– Can be seen as gimmicky. – Might not be suitable for all roles.
Paid Trial Projects
Evaluate a candidate’s skills and fit in real-time, on-the-job scenarios.
– Real-world assessment. – Fair compensation for candidate’s time.
– Requires investment. – May raise expectations for permanent positions.
What is candidate screening?
Candidate screening is the process of evaluating job applicants and reviewing their information about skills and qualifications, for the purpose of finding candidates that meet your job requirements.
There are numerous ways to screen candidates, depending on your goals and available time and resources. We’re going to show you 11 that will make your hiring decisions easier and help you hire great talent.
What should you look for when screening candidates?
Think about which skills are truly necessary and which ones are just nice to have.
The candidate screening process should give you enough information to make a good hiring decision. Given that screening is often the first step in the hiring process, you should be able to quickly go through a pile of different data points in a short time frame.
These are the items you should watch out for:
Relevant experience. Prior experience in a given role, niche, and industry. The candidate should have a certain number of years in the right background, doing a similar type of work to the role you are looking to fill.
The required skills. Besides the experience, job candidates should have the hard and soft skills needed to do a job well.
Educational background. The job candidates should have a certain level of education or different types of certificates that give them a solid foundation for their work.
Cultural fit. The best job candidates not only know how to do the job and have the right experience but also fit into your team in terms of core values and culture.
Career progression. How have the job applicants progressed through their careers so far? Do they have the potential to progress if you hire them?
Achievements and results. What kind of results have they achieved in their previous roles, and do they have any proof to show for it?
Job tenure. How long have the candidates stayed in each of their previous roles? Some hiring managers prefer not to hire job hoppers.
Fit with the job requirements. Does the candidate tick all the boxes in the job description, and can you objectively predict that they will perform well in the role you’re hiring for?
References and recommendations. Do they have references from previous roles that could vouch for them and their good performance?
Gaps in employment. Are there any periods where the candidates did not work, and what were the reasons for it?
Personal presentation. How does the candidate present themselves during the screening process? This entails their resume, phone screening, video interviews, writing skills, and more.
Location and relocation. Where is the candidate located? Are they willing to relocate for the right offer and if it is a requirement?
Salary expectations. Does the candidate’s ideal salary match what you can offer for the position?
Eligibility and legal criteria. Can the candidate legally work in your country or area of residence? Do they need special permits or visas, or are there any other obstacles to their employment?
Communication skills. How does the candidate articulate their thoughts in writing, on video, and in person?
This might sound like a lot of things to watch out for during the candidate screening process, but these are the foundations of making a great hire based on solid proof.
What is pre-screening or initial screening of applicants?
Pre-screening is what happens before the actual screening process. Before you sit down to have a conversation with the job applicants, you need to verify if they have what it takes to do the job well and if they tick all the boxes.
Pre-screening is usually automated, as opposed to the process of screening candidates, which can (but does not have to) be manual in nature.
The candidate screening process is crucial for a successful hiring process. When you screen candidates, you ensure that the information they provided is accurate and that they meet all of your screening criteria. But let’s get into more specific details.
Efficient hiring process. The average job ad gets around 118 job applicants. If you hire remotely, multiply that number by at least 3. Candidate screening helps you go from 118 to a handful of the very best candidates in a short time, so you can make better use of your time.
Quality assurance. Hiring mistakes are very costly, and a proper screening process ensures that only the very best job applicants make it through to the final rounds.
Cultural fit. You can screen job candidates for cultural fit, too, and find out if they align with your core values, mission, and vision.
Cost savings. The total cost of hiring a new employee can go up to $16,000. If you make a mistake in your hiring process, that’s a lot of money down the drain. Proper candidate screening helps save money.
Shorter time to hire. When you screen candidates at the beginning of the hiring process, you can fill positions more quickly as you can find out if they meet the requirements early on.
Legal compliance. Discriminating against certain parts of the population is not just immoral but also illegal and could lead you to hire bad candidates just because of an unconscious bias. Screening applicants ensures that you have a fair and unbiased hiring process.
Better employee retention. When you hire the right candidates, they stick around for longer. Good candidate screening ensures that your employees are there for the long haul.
Protection against fraud. Make sure that job applicants are who they say they are by comparing their resumes and real-world skills.
Improved onboarding. As you screen job candidates, you’ll get more familiar with their strengths and weaknesses, and you can prepare a better, more personalized onboarding strategy.
Improved employer branding. You can become known as a company that respects its job applicants and ensures that the hiring process is quick, respectful, and effortless for everyone involved.
#1 – CV or Resume screening
CV screening or resume screening is the process of going through candidate resumes and making sure that their qualifications and skills match your job requirements. You typically have to do this manually by reading the resumes one by one.
That’s rather time-consuming, which is why many businesses automate it. Instead of hiring managers, apps like ATS can “read” your candidates’ resumes to pick up on keywords.
Recruiters like this traditional method because it has been around for a while, and they’re familiar with it. However, it is time-consuming and inefficient, and in many cases, candidates tend to fabricate their experiences and skills.
In fact, screening a resume can be compared to judging a book by its cover. A recent survey found that at least 78% of applicants lie on job applications and resumes. It’s virtually impossible to gauge a candidate’s technical fit based on their CV alone.
Likewise, candidates aren’t typically fans of resumes. They take a long time to prepare, and they need to be personalized for each job opening. Also, they don’t accurately reflect the actual skills the applicant has.
#2 – Cover letters
Cover letters are (outdated) written documents where candidates have to explain their motivation for applying, as well as why they’re a good fit for the role. Most businesses require them along with a resume — a double whammy for applicants who need to spend hours preparing both.
Recruiters like cover letters because they give candidates space to talk about themselves and their motivations. In combination with resumes, they can tell you a lot about a candidate and whether they meet your screening criteria.
However, cover letters aren’t a favorite for hiring managers because they only show the candidates’ writing skills. And must we even mention how candidates feel about cover letters? In 2024, don’t expect any candidate to get excited about having to write yet another cover letter.
Keep in mind that asking for a cover letter will deter many qualified candidates from applying. Source
In recent years, many businesses have stepped away from using cover letters to screen candidates. The reason is simple — the cons outweigh the pros for everyone involved.
#3 – Phone screening
With this method of screening candidates, you call them on their phone to verify their information and ask further questions about their skills and qualifications. It’s easy for both the applicants and the hiring managers, and with the right script, it can be pretty effective.
Hiring managers are in favor of phone screening as it’s a quick way to screen job applicants before inviting them to show up on video or in person. At the same time, they are not ideal because you miss out on many cues, such as non-verbal communication and body language.
Candidates are okay with this method, too — provided the calls are scheduled and short. However, phone calls don’t allow them to fully show their skills.
#4 – Skills assessments
Skills tests are short tests that have questions or tasks that the candidates need to solve to show they have the right skills for the job. Modern skills tests such as Toggl Hire allow for a super quick way of screening applicants, as they can be done in less than 15 minutes. After this, both sides find out if they’re a great fit for each other.
An Engineering Lead test is just one of the hundreds of available skills tests in Toggl Hire.
From the hiring side, skills tests are a great way to screen job applicants. They are much faster than reviewing resumes, and the hiring manager can see if candidates have the job-specific skills to do the actual job. On the downside, some candidates can cheat on these skills tests.
As for the applicants, they are fans, according to the feedback we get at Toggl Hire. It’s one of the most efficient screening methods for them, as they can do the skills tests in 15 minutes and immediately get feedback about their results.
Video calls are a superb replacement for in-person interviews, as they allow more flexibility and are ideal for remote roles.
Hiring managers think that video interviews are convenient as they facilitate the hiring process, as they can talk to multiple candidates in a short time frame. However, they’re best when used in combination with other screening methods. After all, some candidates are just great at interviewing but not other things (like the important on-the-job things they need to be good at).
Candidates think that video interviews are a great way to show off their communication skills and present themselves in the best light possible. However, they may not give them opportunities to show their real-world skills in the interview process.
Screen candidates via virtual interviews, or even better – asynchronous interviews, to save time when filling positions.
BONUS – Asynchronous video interviews
Take the power of video interview and x10 it — that’s what you get with a One-Way Video Interview. The ultimate way to screen job applicants early on in the process is to invite them to take part in a pre-recorded video Q&A on their skills, experiences, and knowledge.
What’s the point?Async video interviews serve as an additional screening method early in the recruitment process. Both recruiter and applicant commit a minimum amount of time and effort to confirm technical and cultural fit before engaging in a deeper conversation.
For instance, Video intros(our built-in video interviewing feature) bring significant benefits to the screening process:
They’re quick, lasting no longer than 10 minutes (typically 2-3 questions)
An expert-created pool of interview questions offers the ultimate convenience
You screen candidates’ critical skills at scale by interviewing multiple applicants at once
Candidates love the friendly user interface and unlimited re-records
It’s quick and easy to give meaningful candidate feedback through Toggl Hire
Upgrading your candidate screening process with asynchronous interviews could help your team spend less time in poor later-stage interviews and keep hiring managers happy.
ATS or applicant tracking systems are apps similar to CRMs that store all the information about candidates during the hiring process. They take resumes and other associated info and run them through algorithms to find the best applicants quickly. For example, they can analyze work experiences (years, positions, etc.) or identify keywords the candidates used in their qualifications and skills.
Most hiring experts are in favor of applicant tracking systems as they are quick and easy to use, especially compared to reviewing resumes manually. However, they may cause you to lose valuable candidates just because they did not use the right keywords or the right resume format.
This is the same reason why the typical applicant is not in favor of an applicant tracking system. While they do speed up the candidate selection process, they also pose a risk. Many suitable candidates get disqualified because of technicalities.
#7 – Reference and background checks
In this part of the screening process, the hiring team calls up previous employers and asks them about a specific employee and their performance. The aim is to find out if the information they provided is accurate and, even more so, to learn more about their soft skills. A background check is similar but may include checking for criminal history, drug screening, and more.
For businesses, this is a good way to screen candidates, as previous employers can provide useful information to stop you from making the wrong hire. Reference checking can be completely free, provided that the person in the previous company can talk about an employee who worked there.
On the other hand, background checks can get pretty expensive. Also, in many cases, it’s illegal to do them before you officially make an offer to the candidate.
You can screen candidates by taking a look at their social media profiles and finding relevant information. Most of the time, you’re looking for a strong online presence, especially if you’re hiring for marketing roles. However, you can also look for inappropriate behavior and reasons why (not) to hire someone.
Social media platforms are still a popular channel for candidate screening. | Source
For hiring managers, this method of screening potential candidates can be effective — for the right roles. However, there are dangers involved as it might not be fully legal, depending on where you are located.
Many candidates are also not in favor of using social media as a way to do screening, as they see it as an invasion of privacy.
The shortlisted candidates can get an assignment they can do at home and in their free time. Once you’re past the interview stage, you can give your best candidates a small test task to do and determine if they have the skills and not just a good resume.
Most hiring managers will state that take-home tasks are one of the best methods to screen potential employees as they can determine how they do the job and how well they stick to deadlines.
Example of a take-home assignment in Toggl Hire.
For candidates, this is a recruiting method that allows them to see what real-world situations would be like in a specific role. It is more time-intensive compared to interviews, but then again, it is reserved for only the best talent from your entire applicant pool.
You can give the candidates a feeling like they’re working alongside you from the comfort of their own homes. Present them with a scenario and give them a practical problem to solve as a part of their recruiting process.
For example, you can give potential developers a small coding task to figure out what went wrong with a few lines of code or to create new code from scratch. Of course, the task should be relevant to your specific job role and company.
This can be a great addition to other screening tools for hiring managers. It takes a bit more time to set up and monitor, but it can provide valuable insights while boosting the candidate experience.
For candidates, this is a fun way to do work and learn more about the company simultaneously. However, it requires a bigger time investment than a skills assessment or face-to-face interviews.
When you’ve rounded up the very best candidates, you can give one or more of them a chance to work on a paid trial project.
This can be a project where they work within your team, like we do here at Toggl. The best candidates work alongside us for a few days so we can see if we’re a good fit, both in terms of skills and culture.
From an initial screening via a skills test to a paid test week, we’re big fans of skills-based hiring.
It can also be a paid test project where the candidate can complete a task or project for a certain fee. The most important thing for this screening technique is for the task to be meaningful and resemble what they would do if hired.
Companies love this approach because it allows them to screen candidates and see how they perform in real time. However, it can also be a pretty complex and expensive way to learn more about a candidate’s capabilities.
On the flip side, candidates are generally in favor of this method. However, if they need to do a paid trial project alongside your team while they already work at another job, it can make scheduling difficult.
What are the best candidate screening methods?
For some, screening interviews work well; for others, screening resumes may be the key to an amazing selection process.
Regardless of which screening method you choose, it’s best to combine multiple methods for maximum effect. This way, you can offer an amazing candidate experience and be sure that you’re making the best possible choice of a job applicant.
Not sure where to get started? How about a skills test?
With Toggl Hire, you can browse a huge library of soft and hard skills tests to find the right one for your next role. Hire based on solid evidence, not your gut feeling. Browse our assessment templates and get started today!
Juste loves investigating through writing. A copywriter by trade, she spent the last ten years in startups, telling stories and building marketing teams. She works at Toggl Hire and writes about how businesses can recruit really great people.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Hubstaff and Toggl are top contenders in the time tracking and productivity software space. Our team used them side-by-side for two weeks to see how they differ in core features, user experience, and approach to privacy. Here’s what we found:
Hubstaff is great for contractors or companies with employees working remotely or on physical job sites. It focuses more on productivity management than time tracking and works well for freelancers and small teams thanks to its pay-as-you-use pricing model.
However, its primary audience is companies that want an over-the-shoulder view of employees’ work because it offers GPS-based location tracking, screenshots, app and URL usage tracking, and mouse and keyboard tracking.
These features make it controversial for employee privacy and put it firmly in the category of surveillance tools, which may foster distrust and negatively impact team culture in the long run.
In the opposite corner is Toggl Track, a productivity platform focused on privacy, trust, growth, and performance.
It doesn’t have any employee monitoring features because its philosophy is to equip teams with tools to increase trust and transparency and build a culture of time tracking for growth. The idea is to help everybody seamlessly track time and equip decision-makers with the most advanced time analysis tools — allowing them to make informed decisions and increase productivity, work-life balance, and profitability.
Toggl Track is a great free option for freelancers and small teams and an affordable option for small businesses. It shines the most when used by large companies with big teams, where the analytics insights can have the biggest impact.
We compared Hubstaff vs. Toggl Track in the following areas:
Pricing
Time Tracking
Analytics and Insights
Team Management
Employee Surveillance & Privacy
We’ll review each in depth in the article, but first, here’s a summary of our findings!
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Comparison Summary
Hubstaff
Toggl
Price
Free for one user. Paid plans start at $7/user/mo for time tracking and limited reports, payroll, and monitoring. Some features are locked behind paid add-ons.
Free for up to five users with unlimited tracking and projects. Starts at $10/user/mo for Project Tasks, Billable Rates, and Project Templates. Also offers a 30-day trial for both paid plans.
Time Tracking
Easy-to-use time tracker, but the widget may obstruct other UI elements. Manual time tracking is stiff, requiring approval to edit the time sheet.
Intuitive and powerful time tracking tools in an intuitive interface. The beautiful UI has vibrant colors, tooltips, and keyboard shortcuts that make it quick to learn.
Team Management
Powerful built-in workforce management tools, including automated and manual payroll, dedicated stand-up tools, employee task scheduling, and sprints.
Team management tools are in the Toggl Plan suite. No built-in payroll. Less stand-up features that require more setup. But has a powerful task-scheduling dashboard.
Analytics & Insights
Offers weekly and summary reports on time tracking data. Multiple report types with email scheduling. Insights on employee device activity. Has an employee productivity leaderboard.
Reports on projects, employee profitability, ROI, and other vital business metrics. Multiple types of insights. Advanced analytics with Custom Dashboards and Charts. Filters for sorting Reports, Charts, and Insights.
Employee Privacy
Offers GPS tracking, screenshotting, mouse and keyboard tracking, app & URL usage monitoring, and other employee monitoring tools.
Prioritizes employee privacy and location security. Does not offer activity monitoring tools like GPS tracking or remote screenshotting.
Integrations
30+ native integrations + Zapier and Hubstaff API
100+ native integrations + Zapier, Integrately, and the Toggl API
Hubstaff was created in 2012 by Dave Nevogt and Jared Brown after they hired freelancers and needed a better way to track and manage their time. They wanted a platform that helps entrepreneurs and freelancers focus on business strategies rather than operational tasks.
Hubstaff is an all-in-one time tracking, project management, payroll, and employee monitoring software that helps users track time spent on tasks and projects in real time. It provides several types of reports, helping users make data-driven decisions and improve efficiency.
The productivity insights help foster healthy competition among employees with the leaderboard and achievement badges. Hubstaff supports employee monitoring, offering a GPS location tracker, screenshotting, mouse and keyboard activity tracking, and app and URL usage data.
It’s best for companies that require industrial efficiency from their employees, especially those working on physical job sites. However, its employee monitoring tools are a turn-off for teams that value privacy and trust-based work culture.
What is Toggl Track?
“Analytics-driven growth and productivity” 📊
Alari Aho and Krister Haav created Toggl Track in 2006 after having difficulty figuring out how much time they spent on each client. Realizing its potential, and with positive feedback from their clients, they added Toggl Plan and Toggl Hire to the portfolio. They made the software available to teams of all sizes, from independent consultants to large development teams.
Toggl has a philosophy of time tracking for self-reflection and career growth. That’s why it uses automation, reminders, and robust integrations to make time tracking more accessible to everyone. This way, employees view time tracking as less of a chore and more of a vital business operation. However, Toggl is more than a time tracker. Its true power lies in the Analytics feature, which helps managers discover productivity issues and develop a healthy environment for constructive conversations, mentorship, and support.
Toggl Track is perfect for companies that agree with Toggl’s core values — respect for employee privacy and ownership of work. Moreover, no other platform on the market provides decision-makers with tools to spot inefficiency and improve it as much as Toggl Track.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Time Tracking
In a nutshell, Toggl Track is easier to use and offers better automated time tracking and project management than Hubstaff.
Hubstaff
Toggl
User Experience: Toggl’s time tracking interface is more modern and intuitive than Hubstaff’s.
Hubstaff doesn’t provide a dedicated timer menu. Instead, it uses a floating timer widget that can appear in any menu and obstruct other UI elements.
While using the app, we experienced random crashes, poor performance, and problems with some buttons. Furthermore, navigating the UI was unintuitive compared to Toggl. There is a dashboard for quick access to some features, but we found it easier to navigate using the side panel.
In contrast, Toggl’s UI looks more inviting, with vibrant colors, modern fonts, and tooltips that make navigation a breeze. Unlike Hubstaff, it provides tags, allowing you to group otherwise unrelated projects, clients, and time entries.
Toggl Track lets you choose your preferred timer view:
List View: a day-by-day view that shows logged time and allows bulk edits of entries.
Timeline View: shows entries for the whole week or a single day; drag-and-drop editing.
Another useful feature in Toggl Track is the Keyboard Shortcuts, which streamline navigation and simplify workflow. Hubstaff doesn’t provide keyboard shortcuts on the web app. Moreover, its desktop app only provides shortcuts for starting and stopping the timer.
Toggl’s Keyboard Shortcut
Automated Time Tracking: Hubstaff offers location-based time tracking, while Toggl’s desktop app has a dedicated Autotracker
Hubstaff uses geofencing to automate time tracking if you have the Locations add-on.
It automatically clocks your employees in and out using real-time GPS location. This way, they don’t have to worry about starting or stopping the timer. It also tracks their physical location, which is vital for companies with on-site operators but raises concerns about privacy and micromanagement.
It automatically records your website and app usage and only stores this data locally. You can copy this data to create time entries when you want to log time. This ensures only the data you choose to log is visible to your teammates.
This feature exists purely to make time tracking more seamless, that’s why the user has full control over it.
They can choose between two settings:
automatically start and stop timers based on the time of day (1),
automatically start and stop timers when an active window is in focus (2).
You can create as many auto-tracking rules as you want and set reminders for when you forget to start or stop timers.
In addition, the desktop app has a fully-featured Pomodoro Timer with a built-in countdown timer. The Pomodoro can automatically start the timer for focus sessions and breaks, and it lets you choose from six focus sounds. Hubstaff does not offer this feature.
Project Management: Toggl Track provides better project customization and workflow than Hubstaff
Hubstaff makes you select a project before starting or stopping the timer and saving the entry. Unlike Toggl, you can’t create a project from the timer menu.
Instead, you must navigate to the Project Management tab to set up a project. This means you can’t use it as a stopwatch for simple tasks, forcing you to litter your workspace with throwaway projects.
Meanwhile, Toggl Track isn’t tied to a project for saving time entries.
This feature makes it a great time tracker for tasks unrelated to a specific project. Furthermore, if you need to associate an entry to a project later on, it allows you to do so even after saving the entries.
It also allows you to control the timer for individual tasks directly from the Projects menu.
Toggl Track lets you set projects as templates and use the same settings when creating a new project. It also allows you to set the project budget as an hourly billing rate or a fixed fee. Plus, you can set a time estimate and a recurring period for the project. Hubstaff does not offer such project settings.
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl has a warm, vibrant UI with shortcuts and tooltips to streamline navigation. Plus, it automates time tracking and provides a built-in Pomodoro Timer. Hubstaff’s UI feels outdated compared to the web app has performance issues.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Analytics & Insights
In a nutshell, Both platforms offer Reports and Insights, but Toggl includes powerful Analytics with customizable Dashboards and Charts.
Hubstaff
Toggl
Toggl Track provides customizable dashboards and reports, while Hubstaff doesn’t
Toggl Track’s new Analytics tool is a flexible and customizable method of visualizing time tracking data and other insights. Not only does it help managers with billing clients and processing payroll, it’s also designed to:
improve team efficiency,
manage resource demand better,
and improve project profitability and efficiency.
It lets you create custom Dashboards and customize the charts displayed on them. This way, you can analyze the data you need and visualize it using charts that you can easily understand.
Dashboards comprise one or more charts and an optional Totals Widget that shows a summary of all tracked data. You can add different types of charts, such as:
Tables
Bar charts
Pivot tables
Line graphs
Donut charts
Toggl Track also lets you create custom charts to visualize time tracking data. Using custom filters, you can set the date range and group the time tracking data.
Hubstaff doesn’t offer such an advanced analytics tool. Instead, it uses non-interactive reports, pre-made for the user. It provides report filters that offer some flexibility but are nowhere as robust as Toggl Track’s custom reports.
Both platforms provide periodic Reports, but Hubstaff offers more report types
Hubstaff and Toggl Track provide weekly, and summary reports about projects, tasks, and time entries, which can be filtered by:
task,
team,
client,
and project.
Hubstaff’s Time and activities report
Toggl Track’s Reports feature provides more filters, such as billable hours, tags, and descriptions. The Detailed Report shows each team member’s time entries, tasks, and projects in detail. Unlike Hubstaff, it allows you to round off time entries and edit them in place.
Toggl Track’s Detailed Report
Both platforms let you schedule sending reports to your mail as PDF and CSV. This way, you and your stakeholders can stay updated on your projects without constantly logging into the platform.
Toggl Track’s reports only show the time each team member spends on projects and the amount owed, while Hubstaff provides several other report types, such as:
Work Sessions — shows start and stop times for team members
Apps & URLS — see all apps and URLs team members visit while working
Payments — amount given to team members over a set period
Client Budgets — the amount of client budgets spent
Shift Attendance — completed, late, and missed shifts for all team members
Hubstaff’s report types
It’s worth noting that some of these reports are only available on higher plans, so you may need to upgrade your account to access them.
Toggl Track provides insights on profitability, while Hubstaff provides insights on employee activities
Hubstaff monitors and collects data on employee activities, such as apps and URLs visited, idle hours, daily focus, and work time targets. This way, employers can detect fake activity like auto clickers and keyboard mimics.
It also includes a leaderboard that shows the best-performing employees based on productivity. It shows each team member’s tracked time, activity, productivity, and earned achievements.
Unlike Hubstaff, which doesn’t trust employees and measures productivity by tracking their activities, Toggl Track is trust-based and prefers to measure productivity by employee and project profitability.
To that end, Toggl’s Insights feature provides four types of insights based on time tracking data and billable hours:
Data trends
Project profitability
Employee profitability
Comparative analysis
The Data Trends insight shows the total and daily average of working hours spent on each project, allowing managers to compare time allocation between multiple projects.
Toggl Track plots a timeline of your earnings and labor costs based on your team’s billable hours and displays the results on the Project Profitability dashboard. It also shows your workspace’s profit/loss margins for each project and client.
The Employee Profitability graph is quite similar, but it shows the loss/earnings margin for employees in your organization.
Lastly, the Comparative insights menu lets you compare the time tracked between any two weeks. It shows the hours logged for each day of the week in a head-to-head line graph, helping managers assess productivity over a set period.
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl’s Analytics are the best of any time tracking tool. It provides customizable charts and dashboards with profitability insights that help you maximize productivity. In contrast, Hubstaff’s insights are based on employee monitoring data, rewarding team members who seem to perform the most work.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Team Management
In a nutshell, Hubstaff offers built-in Payroll and Workforce Management tools, while Toggl relies on the Toggl Plan suite and third-party platforms.
Hubstaff
Toggl
Employee Scheduling: Both platforms offer employee scheduling, but Hubstaff has built-in support for task sprints
Hubstaff’s Schedules feature allows you to create shifts, and manage time off and holidays. When making a schedule for a team member, you can assign tasks, set the duration, and choose the minimum working hours. It also lets you set a recurring duration for shifts and time zones for remote workers.
The Calendar menu shows all employee schedules, with filters for holidays, time off, shifts, and members. Selecting a specific member highlights all their events and schedules on the timeline.
Toggl Plan also offers employee schedules with a drag-and-drop interface for project timelines, allowing you to visualize work times, availability, and workload.
It uses a seamless two-way integration with Toggl Track, allowing you to start the timer from Plan and watch the tracked time sync up on the project timeline.
Payroll Tracker: Hubstaff provides a built-in payroll tracker, while Toggl relies on third-party integrations for payroll
The Hubstaff Pay add-on lets you add your credit card information and choose which team members you wish to include in automatic payments. You can also use other payment processors, such as Wise, PayPal, and Payoneer.
When setting up automatic payments, you can configure exactly how you want to pay each employee, such as:
Member — the team member you want to add to your payroll
Pay Period — Weekly, Twice weekly, Bi-weekly, Monthly, or None (for manual payments)
Require timesheet approval — timesheet must be approved before running automatic payments
Pay Type — hourly or fixed payments
Pay Rate — the rate for the team member
Bill Rate — the rate you can bill your client
Email — team member’s payment email
Toggl doesn’t provide built-in payment processing but lets you set billable rates flexibly. You can set billable rates for:
Workspace (most general)
Workspace member
Project
Project member
Task (most granular)
More granular rates always override general ones, allowing for precise billing control.
Once the billable rates and labor costs are set, Toggl Track generates invoices and calculates the amount owed to each employee based on the total tracked time. With just a few clicks, you can also export invoices as PDF and payroll data.
Moreover, it has over 100 integrations, including Xero and Margn. This allows you to easily import payroll payment processing functionalities into the platform, creating a seamless workflow.
Daily Standups: Toggl uses recurring tasks for stand-ups
The Hubstaff Tasks project management software provides a stand-up feature to create daily or weekly stand-up meetings. You can set follow-up questions that team members can use to give updates on their work.
When submitting a status update for a stand-up meeting, Hubstaff can automatically answer the follow-up questions based on your tracked time, completed tasks, and to-dos.
Toggl Plan uses Tasks and Reminders to achieve similar functionality. It doesn’t provide a dedicated stand-up feature but lets you set up recurring tasks and send reminders to all relevant team members. And you’d have to handle follow-up questions outside the platform.
Winner: Hubstaff
Hubstaff provides a powerful built-in payroll tracker that can replace any dedicated payroll software. It is highly configurable, with support for several payment processors. On the other hand, Toggl is better for users who want to handle payments in-house or with a third-party tool.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Employee Surveillance & Privacy
In a nutshell, Hubstaff offers employee monitoring tools like GPS tracking and screenshots, while Toggl has a no-surveillance policy.
Hubstaff
Toggl
Hubstaff can track employees’ device activities
The Hubstaff desktop app can take up to three random screenshots of employees’ screens every 10 minutes. With the More Screenshots add-on, it can capture up to 10 screenshots every 10 minutes.
While it doesn’t record keyboard data, Hubstaff can track mouse and keyboard activity. It listens for mouse and keyboard movement every second and generates an activity level for each employee.
It also tracks all apps and URLs visited during work hours, measuring the total time spent on each and the number of times they are used.
Hubstaff offers GPS-based location tracking
Hubstaff’s mobile app uses GPS data to track your current employees’ locations and their previous routes. It also displays time stamps showing where they were at specific times on the route.
Unlike the desktop app, which only records device activity when the user is tracking time, the mobile app constantly tracks location, even when the timer isn’t running. This occurs when the phone is set as a primary device, and the manager sets location tracking to “Always.”
Hubstaff lets you set up job sites, which are designated physical locations where your employees can track time. Also known as geofencing, this feature automatically starts recording time when users enter the job site and stops recording when they leave.
Toggl is intentionally anti-surveillance and doesn’t offer location tracking or screen recording.
Toggl Track values trust and a sense of ownership over work. That’s why it doesn’t believe in employee surveillance. It started as an in-house time tracker, where micromanagement and employee monitoring have never been part of its work culture. As such, it doesn’t track location, mouse activity, keystrokes, screen, or webcams.
Furthermore, employee surveillance generates a lot of noise, which dilutes the usefulness of the tracking data. That’s because people will find ways around anything they don’t like doing. Toggl Track instead focuses on providing insights into improving workspace productivity and profitability.
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track is for teams that value employee privacy and prefer self-motivation over micro-management. Meanwhile, Hubstaff is better for companies that need an automatic clock-in/out for employees working on job sites.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Pricing
In a nutshell, Hubstaff has a simple model with key features locked behind paid add-ons, while Toggl has a straightforward pricing plan with no hidden costs.
Hubstaff
Toggl
Hubstaff is free for one user, while Toggl is free for up to five users
Hubstaff offers a free lifetime plan with a time tracker, timesheet, activity levels, and project clients. It also offers limited versions of reports, screenshots, and payment.
Toggl Track’sfree plan offers unlimited time tracking, projects, and clients, making it an excellent option for freelancers and small teams of up to five users.
Hubstaff offers four subscription plans with paid add-ons
In addition to the free plan, Hubstaff offers four subscription plans that unlock more features and include some add-ons by default.
Starter features + Free Tasks add-on + Reports + Expenses + Work breaks + Project budgets
Team
$12/user/month
Grow features + Free Insights add-on + Teams + Overtime + Payments & payroll + Timesheet approvals + Unlimited screenshots
Enterprise
$25/user/month
Team features + Free Locations, Corporate app add-ons + Single sign-on + Pay by bank debit + Account provisioning + Enterprise deployment
It uses a pay-as-you-use model to access advanced tools without upgrading your plan. For example, the Starter plan can use the Insights and Locations add-ons, which cost $2/user/month and $4/user/month, respectively.
Toggl Track’s plans are slightly more expensive, requiring a Toggl Plan subscription to provide the same value
Starter
$10/user/month ($9/month annually)
Free features + Billable ratesTasks (Sub-projects) + Time rounding for reports + Pre-populated project templates + Project time estimates and alerts
Premium
$20/user/month ($18/month annually)
Starter features + Fixed fee projects + Timesheet approvals + Schedule report emails + Team time tracking reminders + Project forecasts and analysis
Enterprise
Custom pricing
Unlimited users + Premium features + Priority support + Multiple workspaces + Customizable solutions + Expert training and assistance
Toggl designed each plan to cater to a specific audience. This way, you know what exactly to go for based on your team size and business requirements:
Starter — for individuals and small teams needing analytics and task management tools
Premium — for managers who must keep their large teams agile and synchronized
Enterprise — same features as Premium with tailored solutions for complex organizations
Toggl Track alone does not offer the same range of features as Hubstaff and is missing vital tools like payroll and workforce management. To get these features, you must purchase a Toggl Plan subscription, which costs $9 per user/month for the Team plan and $15 per user/month for the Business plan.
Winner: Hubstaff
Hubstaff’s base plans are cheaper than Toggl Track’s, but it charges separately for add-ons. However, upgrading to a higher plan unlocks some add-ons for free. Toggl Track’s base plans are more expensive, but it doesn’t have paid add-ons. To get a similar feature set with Hubstaff, you add a Toggl Plan subscription to your package.
Hubstaff vs Toggl: Pros and Cons
In a nutshell, Hubstaff is better for contractors who need employee monitoring and geofencing, while Toggl Track is best for large teams who want to increase profitability.
Hubstaff
Hubstaff Pros
Robust workforce management tools
Lots of insights and report types
GPS-based automated time tracking
Hubstaff Cons
Employee monitoring tools
No custom charts and dashboards
Some features are locked behind paid add-ons
Only supports reports, no analytics
Toggl Track
Toggl Track Pros
Detailed and powerful Analytics
Intuitive user interface
Opt-in management tools
Lots of integrations
Toggl Track Cons
Can be expensive for small businesses
Doesn’t integrate with payment processors
Doesn’t include Billing and Invoicing
Final Verdict: Hubstaff vs Toggl Track
In a nutshell, Toggl Track is best for large knowledge-based service teams, while Hubstaff is best for on-site contractors or companies that want employee monitoring tools.
Hubstaff
Toggl Track
Best for: Contractors who need geofencing for on-site workers and managers who want an over-the-shoulder perspective of employees’ activities.
Best for: Managers of large teams who want to increase profitability with powerful analytics and employees who value privacy without micromanagement.
If you’ve paid close attention to the comparison, you’d notice that Toggl takes the lead in most categories. That’s because its tools are more powerful, easy to use, and user-centric. Moreover, it focuses more on measuring productivity by work output rather than work input.
But that’s not to say that Hubstaff isn’t a great tool. It simply appeals to a different audience — teams that expect utmost diligence and maximum efficiency from their members.
Use Hubstaff if:
You want to monitor employee location and device activities
You’re a contractor with employees who work at physical job sites
You want an all-in-one time tracking and workforce management platform
Use Toggl Track if:
You need powerful Analytics to help you improve productivity
Elizabeth is an experienced entrepreneur, writer, and content marketer. She has nine years of experience helping grow businesses, including two of her own, and shares Toggl's mission of challenging traditional beliefs about what building a successful business looks like.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Clockify and Harvest are among the best time tracking apps out there. But after two weeks of thoroughly researching and testing them, we’ve learned they’re designed for completely different users.
Harvest’stime and expense tracking, invoicing, and payment features make it perfect for freelancers and lean businesses who want an all-in-one solution to manage client projects or contractors. However, as your business expands, you’ll realize that its toolset and price don’t support larger scales, and its basic reports don’t provide good insights to improve productivity.
Meanwhile, Clockify is ideal for small teams and businesses tracking time, generating reports, and invoicing clients. It lets you closely monitor employee movement and activities with GPS tracking and a screenshot recorder. While some managers love these features, they may cause tension and employee distrust, negatively impacting company culture. Its reporting features are also quite basic.
Since Clockify and Harvest don’t have a comprehensive blend of reporting features, we included Toggl Track as an alternative to Harvest and Clockify for each of the categories.
Team time data beyond timesheets
Toggl Track is a user-friendly time tracking tool that gives you powerful time data insights to optimize productivity and profitability.
Intuitive to use but doesn’t offer automatic time tracking or any special features to make employees’ time tracking less of a chore. Available as a web app, mobile app, desktop app, and Chrome extension.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Like Harvest, accurate time tracking might suffer without a connection. But offline mode works well on mobile and desktop. The lack of quality-of-life features makes it more difficult for your team to make tracking time a habit.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Simple and powerful time tracking tools with an intuitive interface. Has tooltips and keyboard shortcuts to simplify time tracking. Offers multiple ways to track time — a web, mobile, and desktop app, integrations, and a Chrome extension. Works offline.
Project Administration
⭐⭐⭐
Offers a single workspace to manage your team and projects with three roles for controlling data access. Plus, employees can only enter time into timesheets manually.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Create multiple workspaces, assign one of three roles for data access, and choose to enable/disable the time tracker or timesheets, so employees can focus on one.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Create organizations and workspaces, assign one of six roles to manage data access, and set up automatic timesheets for accurate billing.
Billing and Invoicing
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Set up billable hourly rates and expenses, generate one-time or recurring invoices, send invoices via email, and accept direct payments.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Set up billable rates and expenses, generate and send invoices via email, and export invoices as CSV or XLS files.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Set up billable rates, generate invoices, and export invoices as PDF files for your accounting software.
Analytics and Reports
⭐⭐⭐
Lets you generate time and expense reports, save them, and export them as CSV, PDF, or Excel files.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Generate time reports and share them with clients via a public link or CSV, PDF, or Excel file. The dashboard for users and managers isn’t customizable.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Shareable and exportable time reports, customizable analytics dashboards for users and managers, and Insights to visualize productivity trends to optimize profitability.
Price
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Free plan unlocks one user and two active projects. Plus, a single paid plan that unlocks all features for $12/user/mo.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Free plan unlocks unlimited users and projects. The starter plan is $4.99/user/mo and the highest plan is $14.99/user/mo.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Free plan unlocks unlimited time tracking and 5 users. Starts at $10/user/mo, Premium is $20/user/mo. All the plans are the best value for the price.
Employee Privacy
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Doesn’t have employee monitoring tools.
⭐⭐
Enable GPS location tracking, force timers, and screen recording.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Prioritizes employee privacy and trust-based work cultures, so it doesn’t offer surveillance tools.
Integrations
⭐⭐⭐⭐
68 integrations with productivity, accounting, and payment processing apps like Notion, QuickBooks, PayPal, Stripe, and Zapier.
⭐⭐⭐
29 integrations with productivity apps like Google Calendar, Asana, and Jira. Add custom integrations via Zapier and Clockify API.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
145 integrations with apps like Google Calendar, Toggl Plan, and QuickBooks. Connect with thousands more via Zapier, Make, and Toggl API.
Clockify lets you track time and generate invoices across all projects. It also has dashboards and reports to help you understand where most of your time is spent.
Managers who prefer to monitor and keep tabs on their employees regularly would love its employee surveillance features — GPS tracking for employees’ location and screenshot capture for their screen activity.
These features make Clockify the ideal tool for small teams that want a simple time tracker to visualize their time distribution and productivity. It also caters to organizations that expect industrial efficiency from their employees.
What is Harvest?
“Time tracking and more.” ⏲️➕
Harvest has a simple and minimalist interface for tracking time and expenses, reporting, and invoicing. It has a timer and timesheet for individual and bulk time entries.
A key feature is its invoicing toolset, which lets you generate invoices, send them to clients, and accept direct payments. Its basic reports also help you track billable hours and expenses.
This makes it ideal for freelancers and lean businesses that need a lightweight tool for time tracking, invoicing, and payment acceptance.
What is Toggl Track?
“Empower your employees, improve your performance.” 📈
Toggl Track is an intuitive and reliable time tracking app that works across web, desktop, mobile, and browser extensions, making it easy for employees to adopt in their daily routines.
It has comprehensive Reports and Analytics tools for uncovering bottlenecks and inefficiencies in your workflows. This serves as the basis for engaging in constructive conversations, identifying opportunities for training and mentorship, and making strategic decisions to optimize team and project outputs.
Toggl Track is the perfect solution for small teams, agencies, and businesses who want to maximize productivity and profitability while promoting a culture of growth and mutual trust.
Clockify vs Harvest: Time Tracking
In a nutshell, Harvest has basic web, mobile, and desktop apps, Clockify steps it up with its desktop app, and Toggl Track is the most reliable for time tracking across all platforms.
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Harvest and Clockify have timers and timesheets for manual and automatic time entries
Harvest lets you track time manually or with a timer. Select your project and task, add notes, and hit the timer to begin. Instead of starting the time, you can add a time duration and save.
You can also switch to the week view to manually fill in a timesheet for the entire week.
Tracking time in Clockify is simple. Describe what you’re about to work on, choose the project it belongs to, add tags if needed, turn the billable tag on or off, and start the timer.
Like Harvest, Clockify lets you manually enter individual time entries or add them in bulk in a timesheet.
For the sake of comparison, let us also look at Toggl Track. At a glance, Toggl Track’s time tracking process is similar to Clockify’s:
But, unlike Clockify, Toggl Track enables you to track time automatically.
The desktop app features the Autotracker, which locally keeps track of your time based on your activities. The Autotracker data is stored locally on your computer and isn’t visible to anyone until you save it into Toggl Track. It’s purely for your convenience.
If you’re new to it, it gives you a tour to help you familiarize yourself with its interface and start tracking time.
Toggl Track’s timer works offline. So, if you start tracking time and the internet goes down, the timer continues running, and you can stop it when done like usual.
This prevents the time entry and billing inaccuracies that can occur with Clockify and Harvest during outages. Once you’re back online, Toggl Track syncs your time entries to the cloud.
Harvest displays daily time entries, and Clockify shows a weekly overview
Harvest’s “Day” view lets you see your daily time entries and the total hours logged. However, to view entries for other days, you need to manually switch between them, which can be tedious if you need an overview of your weekly or daily time totals.
Unlike Clockify and Toggl Track, you cannot group multiple time entries in a single, collapsible row. This makes your time entries long and cluttered. Seeing your total time on a task is also challenging if you track it with multiple entries.
Clockify shows you all of your time entries for the current week on a single page, organized by day. It also calculates your daily and weekly hours, making it easy to assess your productivity and workload capacity.
Toggl Track’s display of time entries is similar to Clockify’s, but Toggl Track takes it a step further. The line bar at the top of your time entries gives you a visual overview of tasks that take up most of your time, allowing you to make any necessary adjustments for the upcoming week.
You can also switch from the List View to the daily and weekly Calendar View to add and view time entries. This view lets you identify patterns during your day, like your most busy periods and free time.
Harvest’s desktop and mobile apps are basic, while Clockify’s and Toggl’s are feature-rich
Like Clockify and Toggl Track, Harvest has a desktop app, a mobile app, and a browser extension for accessing key features on the go. You can track time, add expenses, run reports, and view invoices.
Meanwhile, Clockify and Toggl Track’s desktop and mobile apps are packed with extra features to make time tracking easier and more efficient:
Set default project (desktop): Automatically select your default project when you start a timer without project details.
Reminders (desktop): Add a reminder to track time on specific days and times.
Automatic start and stop (desktop): Start your timer automatically based on triggers like day, time, and open desktop apps. You can also automatically stop the timer when your device sleeps or shuts down.
Activity tracking: Automatically records every web or desktop app you use for more than, let’s say, 10 seconds.
Idle detection (desktop): This feature shows how long you’ve been inactive and lets you decide whether to keep or discard the time entry.
Offline mode (desktop and mobile): Track time without an internet connection.
While Clockify’s apps and extensions have keyboard shortcuts and a Pomodoro timer, they’re more easily accessible and intuitive in Toggl Track.
In addition to default keyboard shortcuts, Toggl Track lets you add custom ones to start and stop the timer for tasks you often do.
Plus, its Pomodoro Timer is accessible across its mobile apps, desktop apps, and browser extensions, helping to boost focus and productivity.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track wins for easy and seamless time tracking across its web, mobile, desktop apps, and browser extensions. It’s also the most reliable app for keeping accurate time entries in offline mode.
Clockify vs Harvest: Project Administration
In a nutshell, Harvest has limited flexibility for team and project management, Clockify is a bit more flexible, and Toggl Track gives you the most options to support complex business structures.
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Harvest lets you add time entries in timesheets for approvals, and Clockify allows you to disable timesheets
Harvest’s and Clockify’s timesheets work the same — allowing you to add multiple time entries manually. This feature helps log time for repetitive tasks within a project.
However, it can be annoying when time tracked using the timer doesn’t automatically transfer to the timesheet. You have to input it again, increasing the chances of errors manually.
Unlike Harvest, Clockify lets you minimize these errors. How? Disabling the time tracker or timesheet lets your team focus on a one-time entry mode.
Clockify and Harvest let you send reminders to your team to submit their timesheets for approval. After they submit their timesheets, you can either approve them or reject them for re-submission.
Instead of relying on manual entry, Toggl Track lets you set up Timesheet Reports. This feature automatically generates weekly timesheets from your team’s time entries.
Like Harvest and Clockify, you can set up reminders to alert team members to submit their timesheets for approval. Since these are already generated, all they need to do is review, edit, and submit.
Harvest gives you one workspace to manage teams and projects, Clockify allows multiple workspaces
Harvest only provides one workspace to manage your teams and projects, which is enough for most freelancers and small businesses. Meanwhile, Clockify lets you create multiple workspaces if you need to manage multiple departments in your business separately.
A user in a Harvest or Clockify workspace can have any of the following levels of access:
Member: This role allows users to track time and expenses and view personal reports.
Manager: Users in this role have additional power to view and approve timesheets, set billable rates, run reports, and manage invoices of projects assigned to them.
Administrator: They control the entire workspace, including inviting new members and assigning roles.
On the other hand, with Toggl Track, you can set up multiple Organizations and Workspaces in your account. This helps manage multiple businesses or service offerings under one account.
A user invited to a workspace (under a specific organization) is assigned to one of six user roles:
Member,
Project manager,
Project lead,
Team lead,
Workspace admin,
and Organization admin.
These granular role assignments ensure effective team collaboration and management across different projects.
Unlike Harvest, managers and admins in Toggl Track and Clockify have access rights to streamline time tracking.
For example, they can set up reminders for employees to track time. The rules for the reminder could look like this: “If team members tracked less than 40 hours by the end of the Week, send them a reminder.”
The Reminders feature eliminates the need to monitor time entries and manually send reminder emails.
They can also set time entry restrictions to streamline how and when to log time. And if needed, conduct audits to spot time entries that:
Aren’t assigned to a project,
Aren’t assigned to a task,
Or don’t fall within a specific time duration
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track wins for allowing you to add multiple organizations and workspaces to manage simple and complex team structures in your business. Its extensive user roles and admin features make managing multiple teams and projects easy.
Clockify vs Harvest: Billing and Invoicing
In a nutshell, Clockify and Toggl Track let you set up billable rates and generate invoices, while Harvest makes it easy to accept payments.
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Harvest has three types of billable rates, but Clockify and Toggl Track have more
Harvest, similar to Clockify and Toggl Track, lets you set up non-billable, fixed-fee, and billable rates for each project. But Harvest only enables you to set up three types of billable rates, which is more than enough for most freelancers and small businesses:
Project billable rate
Person billable rate
Task billable rate
You can also set a project budget and opt for email alerts if spending exceeds a certain percentage of the budget. Alerts allow you to make necessary resource adjustments and ensure projects stay within budget.
Toggl Track lets you set up four types of billable rates:
Workspace rate
Workspace member rate
Project rate
Project member rate
These rates take priority from the bottom up. So, if you add a project member rate for a project, it overrides the project, workspace member, and workspace rates. If you don’t specify project member, project, and workspace member rates, the workspace rate is used for billing.
Like Harvest, managers and admins can set up budget alerts to keep project finances in check.
Clockify’s billing system works similarly to Toggl Track and, like Harvest, allows you to mark expenses as billable. However, these settings aren’t organized under one page, making it confusing to set up and manage.
Clockify lets you send invoices directly to clients via email, and Harvest lets you accept invoice payments
Toggl Track’s Invoices are based on billable hours, and you can generate them with a few clicks. Filter your time reports for a specific project (or client), activate the billable tag, and create an invoice.
You can edit or delete time entries on the invoice, add new entries (like expenses and discounts), and set a currency. You can customize invoices with an ID, due date, payment terms, addresses, and taxes. Export them to your accounting software to accept payments and manage payroll when ready.
With Clockify, you can generate invoices from billable hours and expenses. You can add notes, apply taxes, and include discounts.
Unlike Toggl Track, which only shows a list of your invoices, Clockify makes it easier to manage them with tags like unsent, sent, paid, and void. You can export invoices as a CSV or Excel file or email them directly to your clients as a PDF file.
Harvest has all the invoicing features in Clockify, Toggl Track, and more. You can:
set invoices as one-time or recurring,
accept payments from clients via PayPal or Stripe,
and schedule reminder emails when invoice payments are late.
These features are helpful for freelancers and small businesses who want to manage billing and invoicing on one platform. However, agencies and medium-to-large businesses will still need dedicated accounting software to manage more complex financial operations.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Harvest
It has a comprehensive system for generating invoices on billable hours and expenses, tracking invoice status, and accepting direct payments from clients.
Clockify vs Harvest: Reporting and Analytics
In a nutshell, Harvest focuses on basic time and expense reports, Clockify has dashboards and reports, but Toggl Track’s reporting is more robust, provides better insights, and is customizable.
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Harvest only lets you track time and expense reports
Harvest’s reports compile your time and expense entries, making it easy to share them with clients. You can filter reports by periods, clients, projects, tasks, and team members and export them as CSV, PDF, or Excel files.
Clockify’s time reports have multiple views and filters
Clockify and Toggl Track’s reporting tools have three main views to help you analyze time entries:
Summary: Visual reports of your organization’s total tracked time
Detailed: List of all the time entries recorded in your organization
Weekly: List of time entries for each week, grouped by user and project
You can filter these reports by team, client, project, task, tag, status, and description. Unlike Harvest, you can share reports with others (internal and external) via a public link. Alternatively, export them as PDF, CSV, and Excel files.
Clockify’s dashboards are rigid, while Toggl Track’s reports can be customized to suit your needs
Clockify and Toggl Track have dashboards for:
Regular users to visualize their time entries
Managers to see entries for their projects and team members
Aadmins for complete visibility over all projects
Clockify’s dashboards are rigid and non-interactive. Plus, you can’t export or share them with key team stakeholders.
Meanwhile, Toggl Track’s Analytics dashboards are fully customizable and shareable. You can create any number of dashboards with tables, pivot tables, bar charts, donut charts, and line graphs, arrange them in your preferred layout, and apply relevant filters.
This way, you see exactly what’s needed to keep a pulse on team productivity, project progress, and efficiency.
Toggl Track stands out with its Insights feature for optimizing resource allocation and profitability
Toggl Track’s Insights feature helps managers analyze extensive time data to adjust resources for better productivity and profitability.
For example, the “Data trends” view provides a visual comparison summary of total hours spent across multiple teams, projects, and clients.
The “Project profitability” view also plots your project earnings against your labor costs. This makes it easy to analyze the profitability of each client and project within a specific timeframe.
The “Employee profitability” graph also shows each employee’s costs and earnings for your business, making it easy to spot top performers and under-utilized employees. This could contribute to strategic actions like training, promotions, and resource reallocations.
But that’s not all. The “Comparative” view lets you compare the total number of work hours logged between any two weeks. This helps managers analyze productivity fluctuations across projects and teams and make decisions that streamline operations and boost efficiency.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track wins for having the most detailed reports, analytics dashboard, and insights tool that helps managers improve team productivity, project efficiency, and business profitability.
Clockify vs Harvest: Pricing
In a nutshell, Harvest has one paid plan for freelancers and lean businesses, Clockify’s starter plans are cheaper, and Toggl Track offers the best value for money.
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Harvest’s free plan is limited to one user, Toggl Track’s free plan is limited to five users, while Clockify allows unlimited users
Clockify‘sfree plan offers basic time tracking for unlimited projects and users. You can set billable rates. However, you cannot track billable expenses or generate invoices.
Harvest lets you add unlimited clients and send unlimited invoices on its free plan. However, it restricts you to just one user and two active projects. Plus, you won’t be able to customize your workspace with your company logo, attach files to invoices, or integrate with QuickBooks Online, Deel, and Asana.
Toggl Track‘s free plan supports unlimited time tracking, clients, and reporting for up to five team members across all platforms — web, mobile, desktop app, and browser extensions. This makes it a good fit for freelancers, small teams, and businesses looking for a budget-friendly time tracking app.
Clockify’s starter plans are cheaper
Harvest has two paid paid plans. The cheaper one is called Pro, and it unlocks all the features:
Harvest Pro
$12/user/mo
Unlimited users and projects + Custom logo + Over 50 integrations
Premium is slightly more expensive at $14 per user per month. This gives you even more features, such as:
Profitability reporting
Timesheet approvals
Activity log
Custom reports and exports
SAML-based SSO
Custom onboarding support for teams with more than 50 seats
Clockify’s pricing starts with aBasic plan, which is very affordable, but most users find that it’s not very different from its free plan. Meanwhile, the Standard plan is ideal for small teams who want to manage timesheet approvals and invoicing. The remaining higher plans unlock employee surveillance features for managers who want to monitor employee activities closely.
Clockify Basic
$4.99/user/month
Everything in Free + Time audits + Project templates
Clockify Standard
$6.99/user/month
Everything in Basic + Timesheet and time off approvals + Invoicing
Clockify Pro
$9.99/user/month
Everything in Standard + Advanced reports + Employee surveillance tools (GPS tracking and Screenshots)
Clockify Enterprise
$14.99/user/month
Everything in Pro + SSO + Custom subdomain
Toggl Track’s pricing starts with a Starter plan. It provides the most value for small teams who need an intuitive and comprehensive time tracking and reporting solution to understand how their time is spent and bill clients. On the other hand, the Premium and Enterprise plans provide managers with unique insights to boost team productivity and project profitability.
Toggl Track Starter
$10/user/month
Everything in Free + Billable rates + Time rounding for reports + Saved reports
Toggl Track Premium
$20/user/month
Everything in Starter + Time audits + Advanced insights + Schedule reports via email
Toggl Track Enterprise
Custom pricing
Everything in Premium + Custom branding + SMS voting + Team collaboration
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
While it appears to have more expensive paid plans, the extra investment is worth it for teams and businesses that want to generate sustainable profits over the long term.
Clockify vs Harvest: Pros & Cons
Clockify
Clockify Pros
Unlimited users and projects on the free plan
Create multiple workspaces
Build shareable custom reports with filters
Custom integrations with Zapier and API
Clockify Cons
Manual timesheets
User interface feels outdated
Dashboards aren’t customizable
Employee surveillance tools
Harvest
Harvest Pros
Simple and minimalist interface
Track billable hours and expenses
Generate invoices and send them to clients via email
Accept direct payments with one-time and recurring invoices
Harvest Cons
Free plan is limited to 1 user
Manual timesheets
Basic time reporting tools
Only has one workspace for managing projects
Toggl Track
Toggl Track Pros
Modern and intuitive interface
Unlimited time tracking and five users on free plan
Set up automatic timesheets
100+ native integrations
Customizable Analytics dashboards
Insights tool for productivity and profitability analysis
Toggl Track Cons
Basic invoicing tool
May seem expensive
Final Verdict: Clockify vs Harvest
Clockify
Harvest
Toggl Track
Best for: Small teams who need a budget-friendly time tracker and managers who want to closely monitor employee movement and activities.
Best for: Freelancers who need a lightweight time and expense tracking, billing, invoicing, and payment solution.
Best for: Businesses of all sizes who need a reliable time tracking and reporting tool to boost productivity and profitability without micromanagement.
Harvest is a good choice for freelancers who need time-tracking software with built-in payment features. However, it has basic reporting tools, and the cost might be better for smaller teams.
Use Harvest if:
You’re a freelancer
You want to track time, send invoices, and accept payments in one platform.
You only need basic time and expense reporting tools
On the other hand, Clockify is the perfect choice for small teams who want a time tracking tool on a budget and managers who want to pay more for employee surveillance features.
Use Clockify if:
You’re a small business
You want an affordable time tracking app
You don’t trust employees and want to closely monitor their activities.
Meanwhile, Toggl Track’s intuitive time tracking interface and powerful reporting tools allow managers to boost employee adoption while gaining insights to maximize profitability.
Use Toggl Track if:
You need a reliable and accurate time tracking tool for your business.
You want to boost employee adoption with a user-friendly tool that values their privacy and builds trust.
You need powerful insights to optimize productivity and profitability.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Everhour and Toggl Track are time management tools with features that boost team performance and improve productivity. However, after comparing them side-by-side, we realized each approaches things differently.
Everhour is a time tracking app that integrates with third-party project management platforms. It comes with a native project timeline and resource planning tools, customizable reports, and employee monitoring features like screenshots.
Everhour is an excellent option for strict employers because it gives an over-the-shoulder perspective of every employee’s activity. However, some employers believe surveillance erodes trust and may negatively impact team culture.
On the other hand, Toggl Track is known for its anti-surveillance policy. Privacy is deep-rooted in its philosophy, so it doesn’t support screenshots or other employee monitoring features.
Toggl Track’s strengths lay in its intuitive time tracking with the Timeline feature, timer mode, and manual time entry, which help everyone track time effortlessly. The goal is to reveal work habits, assess performance, and boost productivity, rather than micromanage.
This, combined with advanced Reports, Analytics, and Insights, makes Toggl a powerful tool for managers and decision-makers who want to improve work-life balance, productivity, and profitability in a trust-based environment.
To better understand the differences between Everhour vs Toggl Track, we will take a closer look at how they stack up in the following areas:
Time tracking
Project and team management
Analytics, reporting, and insights
Employee monitoring
Pricing
The comparison summary below also touches on billing hours, invoices, integrations, and user experience. Our goal is to give you a solid picture of each tool’s strengths and weaknesses so you can choose the right one.
Before we go in-depth, here’s a quick summary of our findings:
Comparison Summary: Everhour vs Toggl Track
Everhour
Toggl Track
Pricing
Offers a free plan for 5 users, time tracking, custom reports, projects, and tasks. The paid plan is $10/user/mo and includes additional features like invoicing, billing and budgeting, integrations, unlimited seats, and more.
Free plan designed for freelancers and small teams of up to 5 users. Offers two paid plans: Starter at $10/user/mo for small teams and Premium at $20/user/mo for larger teams and scaling businesses. Offers a 30-day trial for both paid plans.
Time Tracking
Track time manually or with a timer via web app or browser extension. Integrates with project management tools like a built-in function. However, the automation feature is limited if you use it this way.
Track time manually or with a timer on the web app, desktop, browser extension, or mobile app. Also offers auto-tracking on the desktop app and includes a Pomodoro Timer.
Project and Team Management
Offers a Team page to help with team management and a Resource planner for work planning, and it synchronizes with popular third-party project management tools.
Organization hub to manage employees. The Project Dashboard allows performance and profitability assessment. Integrates with multiple project management tools and Toggl Plan, a dedicated project and resource management platform.
Employee Monitoring
Offers a Screenshot feature and lets admins monitor page visits and other team members’ activities to prove they are working on a task for which they report hours.
Toggl is anti-surveillance and pro-trust so it doesn’t support screenshots or keystroke monitoring. This approach allows time tracking without infringing on employee privacy.
Integrations
Directly integrates with 20+ tools, including project management software like Asana, Jira, Trello, Basecamp, and ClickUp. Supports more website integrations than Toggl.
Offers 145+ integrations for project management, customer support, email services, accounting, and more. Includes Zapier, Jira, Asana, Toggl Plan, and Freshdesk + API documentation for custom extensions and integrations.
Billing and Invoices
Allows managers to create custom invoices and log expenses along with time tracking. Connects with QuickBooks, Xero, and FreshBooks.
Allows admins to create custom invoices with brand logos and other elements. It also offers a Timesheet Approval hub for admins to check team members’ tracked time. Connects with invoicing tools like QuickBooks, Xero, and Zoho Books.
Reports and Analytics
Offers a Report feature for creating custom dashboards & highlighting insightful metrics. It also offers a homepage with a summary dashboard and five other widgets that aggregate data.
Offers a Reports hub for summaries and a detailed overview of what’s driving profitability, an Insights hub to spot data trends and time sinks, and an Analytics hub to visualize data and create custom dashboards.
User Experience
Lots of in-app learning materials to help new users navigate their way around. However, the desktop screenshot app requires regular API key authorization to stay connected.
Offers a user-friendly interface with a minimal learning curve. Has tooltips and keyboard shortcuts to find your way around quickly. Plus, smart Reminders that ensure you never forget to track time.
Businesses that want to keep close tabs on employee performance and need a simple time tracking solution to work with their existing project management toolkit.
Freelancers, agencies, and large companies with trust-based cultures that need flexible time management tools and powerful analytics to improve work-life balance, productivity, and profitability.
“Time tracking software with hassle-free integrations”👩💻
Everhour is a team-oriented time tracking software launched in 2015 by Weavora Consulting LLC, a web development company from Belarus. It was founded on the idea that people need an easy and intuitive time tracking app, and too many features disrupt that balance.
That might be why the software is so heavy on integrating and fitting smoothly into the workflows of the most popular project management tools in a way that users feel like Everhour is a built-in function.
Everhour is equipped with a Resource Planner for assigning tasks, Reports for creating custom dashboards, and a Team page to monitor team members’ work day. However, its best feature remains its ability to natively integrate with Trello, Asana, Basecamp, Pivotal, GitHub, ClickUp, and Jira.
Overall, Everhour is an excellent time tracking tool for small and large teams needing a streamlined solution that works seamlessly with their existing project management toolkit.
What is Toggl Track?
“An all-in-one time expert” 🕙👨💻
Togglwas created in 2006 by Alari Aho and Krister Haav as a time tracking tool. They later expanded their selection to two more tools: Toggl Plan and Toggl Hire, and the time tracking software was renamed Toggl Track.
Toggl Track embodies a philosophy of time tracking for self-reflection and career growth. Therefore, it prioritizes ease of use, giving users the flexibility to design their time tracking workflows however they want.
Toggl’s key features include an Insights hub to spot data trends and time sinks, an Autotracker to automate the time tracking process, an Analytics hub to visualize data with custom dashboards, and an Organization hub for tracking projects and managing teams.
Overall, Toggl Track works best for freelancers who want a free time tracking solution or teams of any size that need a seamless time tracking tool for team-wide adoption. Its ideal use case is in large teams because of the powerful analytics features that help boost productivity and profitability.
Everhour vs Toggl: Time Tracking
In a nutshell, Toggl’s time tracking toolset is more robust than Everhour’s. It offers more ways to track time and prioritizes ease of use.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Everhour works best with its clock-in and clock-out timer, while Toggl’s Timeline feature makes time tracking effortless.
Everhour’s Time Clock App is built around a clock-in and clock-out feature that employees can use to record their work hours without logging time on specific tasks.
It works with a simple start/stop button and a task hub that admins can use to assign time to tasks.
The Time Clock App also supports screenshots and provides a Timecard page managers can use to edit and adjust reported time entries.
On the other hand, Toggl Track’s Timer Mode also offers a clock-in and clock-out functionality with a start/stop timer that employees can use to keep track of their day.
However, Toggl really shines with its Timeline feature, which lets you automatically record your computer activity—every website and program you view for over 10 seconds—without taking intrusive screenshots.
Instead of screenshots, Toggl’s Activity Timeline shows you a graph of your recorded work with vertical lines that represent a recorded Timeline for a period, and bars underneath showing the time entries you logged.
All recorded activities are saved locally on your computer and are not shared with anyone unless you decide to use them as time entries on Toggl Track.
Moving to views, Everhour complements the time tracking process with its List, Timesheets, and Screenshot views. Plus, a Timeline hub for project management offering Kanban boards and multiple widgets.
Toggl, on the other hand, supports extra visualizations like Activity Timelines, Calendar View, weekly and daily project breakdowns, and a List View that supports bulk editing. There’s also a Focus Mode option on Toggl’s web app for time tracking without clutter.
Both tools allow users to manually add and edit time entries, offer browser extensions, and support Google Calendar integration. However, they differ in how they track time with a few features.
Along with the previously mentioned, there are many other ways to track time on Toggl Track, which include:
a browser extension to natively embed time tracking controls inside other tools,
a web-based Pomodoro timer,
and manual time entries.
There are a handful of subtle differences between these time tracking apps.
Everhour, for one, allows you to add a note to its Timer, which helps project managers and team members share relevant info about the time entry.
Meanwhile, Toggl’s unique Timer additions include the “Split time entries” and “Add to favorite” features, which help organize the time entries.
Toggl provides an Autotracker with customizable auto-tracking rules. Everhour isn’t as big on automation.
Toggl takes time management a step further by offering an auto tracker to automate the time tracking process.
The Autotracker allows users to set auto-tracking rules with specific triggers, eliminating the need to use the start/stop button each time they want to track activities.
Everhour, on the other hand, doesn’t offer a flexible automation sequence and doesn’t support auto-tracking rules.
Automation that is available on Everhour happens on each user’s profile page.
“Idle”: when the computer is turned on, but there has been no activity for some time,
and “Locked”: when your computer is locked, turned off, or goes into sleep mode.
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track wins the round with its Autotracker and Timeline feature. It’s a great choice for freelancers, agencies, and Fortune 500 companies with cultures built on trust. However, large teams needing a clock-in and clock-out timer with a screenshot monitoring tool will value Everhour’s Time Clock App more.
Everhour vs Toggl: Team and Project Management
In a nutshell, Everhour is a great choice for managers who want to plan and monitor how team members spend time, while Toggl Track is a better choice for tracking employee work hours and project profitability and it leaves project planning to Toggl Plan.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Everhour’s Team page helps managers monitor employees’ processes, while Toggl’s Organization hub helps admins manage how team members spend time.
Everhour’s Team page comprises features that can help busy managers eliminate the chore of team management. It shows admins their team’s process so they can adjust the composition of each member as needed.
Some core features include:
a Timers page that highlights what your team is working on,
a Timesheet page that provides a structured picture of a member’s tracked time for a week,
a Timecard page displaying when a user started their workday, had breaks, and finished their work,
and a Time Off page showing vacations, sick leaves, and other PTO types.
On the other hand, team management in Toggl Track revolves around its Organization hub.
This hub provides data on all the Groups and Workspaces within your organization, allowing you to effectively oversee your teams.
From each user’s worked hours and billable rate to time entries and subscriptions, it helps busy admins stay on top of team members’ activities.
Toggl’s Organization Hub also serves as a one-stop for admins who want to grant team members seamless access to the data they need to do their best work.
Everhour offers a Timeline and Resource Planner that admins can use to build project roadmaps and track each employee’s capacity.
Everhour’s Timeline feature allows admins to build project roadmaps and manage team members’ workloads by providing a detailed calendar of all past and future team assignments.
Within Everhour’s Timeline hub, you can:
create assignments,
group time entries by Member and Project,
navigate between days, weeks, and months,
and apply different filters to enable planned time.
There’s also a Resource Planner page that highlights who is busy, overworked, or free to take on new projects, so you can speedily create new assignments for team members.
The Resource Planner also gives admins a vivid picture of how much time was originally planned for a particular project or client budget compared to the actual time spent.
Toggl’s Project Dashboard offers insights admins can use to predict timelines and budgets, track progress, and spot potential bottlenecks.
Unlike Everhour’s Timeline and Resource Planner features, which focus on helping busy managers plan work, Toggl’sProject Dashboard helps data-savvy admins track project performance and assess profitability.
It has multiple filters that busy admins can use to get a bird’s-eye view of where their team is spending time, so they can reshuffle work as needed.
And for all the decision-makers in need of detailed performance data, clicking on any project on your Project Dashboard will lead you to the Forecasting chart.
This chart provides trendline graphs and historical insights on billable and non-billable tasks and projects so admins can make better cost projections, efficiently allocate resources, and set realistic budgets.
Everhour supports automatic data synchronization for selected task management tools, while Toggl Track aids with a dedicated task management product.
Everhour and Toggl Track natively integrate with task management tools like Trello, Asana, Basecamp, Pivotal, GitHub, ClickUp, and JIRA.
The key difference is that Everhour goes a bit further with integration by providing more advanced options for certain task management tools.
For example, Everhour integrates with project management tools like Asana, Jira, and Basecamp, like it’s a built-in function, allowing admins to log or edit time entries manually within these third-party tools.
Toggl Track, on the other hand, integrates with these tools but not as a built-in function that might fully support manual edits across tools.
That’s because Toggl has its dedicated product for task management: Toggl Plan.
It’s a simple, visual way for admins and managers to balance team capacity and manage tasks — priced at $9/user/mo. Toggl Plan automatically integrates with your Toggl Track workspace and offers every project and resource planning functionality you’ll find in Everhour and more.
Winner: This one is a coin flip — the final decision depends on your needs.
Everhour and Toggl Track are powerful tools for tracking project performance and managing team members. However, they differ in use cases.
If you want to plan tasks and monitor how team members work, go with Everhour. But if you want a complete solution to plan and manage work with industry-leading productivity insights to learn what’s driving profitability across projects, opt for Toggl Track + Toggl Plan.
Everhour vs Toggl: Reports, Insights, and Analytics
In a nutshell, Toggl and Everhour both allow custom reports but Toggl Track offers better productivity and profitability insights.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Toggl Track offers Reports and Insights features that give admins a deeper view of what is driving team and project profitability.
Toggl’s Reports house summaries, detailed analyses, and weekly overviews of workspace activities.
The Summary Report comprises colorful charts and multiple filters admins can use to create one-click reports to visualize employee productivity and timesheets.
The Detailed Report shows each team member’s detailed time log, allowing admins to bulk edit, export, and print.
The Weekly Report gives admins an overview of the time tracked during one specific week.
In addition to the Reports feature, Toggl offers an Insights feature, designed to inform admins about data trends and the profitability of each project.
The Insights allow admins to filter for data such as project profitability, including income vs expense reports, and estimated vs actual comparisons.
Everhour offers a Report hub with multiple layouts and columns you can customize to track metrics and insights tailored to your needs.
Unlike Toggl, Everhour’s Report hub doesn’t support one-click summaries. And there’s no such feature as Insights that would help admins get a comprehensive view of the team’s profitability.
However, Everhour does offer a Home page with summary dashboards that aggregate and allow admins to see key team metrics quickly. The page consists of 6 widgets.
Then there’s also the Report hub, built around layouts, filters, groups, conditions, and drag-and-drop columns. You can tweak the data layout to create editable report dashboards displaying quantitative metrics with insights tailored to your needs.
Some of the key metrics you can track and generate custom reports on include:
budget remains,
estimated profits,
expense tracking,
labor cost,
complexity,
and invoiced time.
Everhour’s Report hub also supports automatic synchronization with all integrated projects and tasks, guaranteeing real-time updates. The generated reports are downloadable as PDF, CSV, or Excel files.
Toggl also has an Analytics feature similar to Everhour’s Report hub, but it takes timesheet reporting a step further with its Timesheet Approval feature.
Custom reports can also be created on Toggl. You just need to visit the Analytics hub.
Toggl’s Analytics feature comprises a combination of customizable charts and detailed dashboards you can create using those charts. Like Everhour’s custom reports, Toggl’s Analytics feature allows admins to build custom dashboards showing real-time insights into team progress, projects, and resources.
Then there’s Toggl’s Timesheet Approval feature, which helps admins set up an approval workflow for team members. The feature makes it effortless for admins to check team members’ tracked time for approval or rejection, guaranteeing the validity of billed invoices.
Winner: Toggl Track
Overall, users can generate custom reports on Everhour and Toggl. However, Toggl’s dedicated insight hub, one-click summaries, and timesheet approval feature win the round.
Everhour vs Toggl: Employee Monitoring
In a nutshell, Everhour takes screenshots of employees’ work activities, meanwhile, Toggl has a strict no-surveillance policy.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Everhour records employees’ screen activities and takes screenshots.
Everhour has a Screenshots feature that lets admins monitor page visits and other team members’ activities to prove they are working on a task for which they report hours.
To authorize access to the Screenshot feature, you’d have to download Everhour’s desktop app and use the API on your profile page.
Each screenshot Everhour takes shows the exact time it was taken according to the users’ time format, allowing admins to track employees who are stalling on tasks.
However, some employees may view this approach as a privacy issue. It can lead to micromanagement and a lack of trust among team members.
Toggl is anti-surveillance and doesn’t support screenshots.
Toggl doesn’t support employee surveillance because it originated as an in-house time tracker in a work culture built to foster trust. So, any feature that can eventually lead to micromanagement is a no-go.
It doesn’t monitor location, keystrokes, screen, or employee webcams on the premise that while employee surveillance might provide a lot of information on an employee’s work ethic, it also generates a lot of noise, which dilutes the usefulness of the data.
Instead, Toggl provides useful insights for improving workspace productivity and profitability.
It also provides a Timeline feature that allows users to record their computer activity without taking intrusive screenshots. The data is entirely private to them until they want to upload it as time entries to their Toggl Track workspace.
Winner: The final decision depends on your needs
If you want to closely monitor how employees spend every working hour, go with Everhour. However, if you value team members’ privacy and want to build your work culture around trust and transparency, go with Toggl.
Everhour vs Toggl: Pricing
In a nutshell, Both tools’ paid plans start at $10/user/mo, but Toggl provides a better bargain because it offers more plans with more features.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Both tools offer free plans that accommodate up to five users, but Toggl Track takes the lead with its 30-day trial period.
Everhour’s free plan can help keep track of unlimited projects and give you an at-a-glance overview of team members’ performance with its custom reports. It also allows integration with multiple websites and supports a 14-day trial period on its paid plans.
Toggl’s free plan, on the other hand, is just as robust as Everhour but has more features. Free users can enjoy an in-app Pomodoro Timer and inactive data storage for up to six months. Also, new users can opt for a 30-day trial period to try out all the premium features.
But like Everhour, Toggl Track’s free plan is limited to a maximum of five users.
Everhour’s one-size-fits-all paid plan is suitable for freelancers and mid-size businesses.
Everhour’s single plan for Teams is priced at $10/user/mo. The Teams plan’score features include:
automatic and manual time tracking,
project and task management features,
native integrations,
summary emails,
custom access level management,
time audits,
expenses and invoices,
detailed custom reports,
Zapier and Jira sync, and more.
Everhour doesn’t have a custom or enterprise plan for large businesses. However, opting for the yearly plan grants you a 15% discount.
Toggl has a more flexible paid plan structure that is suitable for diverse creative needs.
Its Starter plan is the most affordable, priced at $9/user/mo. This plan serves freelancers and small teams that want to track billable rates, need pre-populated project templates, or require Outlook calendar integration.
Next up is the Premium plan, priced at $18/user/mo. It’s a powerful option for agencies, medium-sized businesses, and large companies that want to create fixed-fee projects, audit time logs, schedule reports via email, or track team labor costs.
And lastly, the Enterprise plan is a suitable choice for larger companies that need to manage multiple workspaces under one organization. Get in touch with Toggl’s team for pricing.
Free
$0/user/month
Unlimited time tracking + Unlimited projects, clients, & tags + Automated time tracking + Inactive data storage for 6 months
Starter
$9/user/month
Time rounding for reports + Save customized reports for quick viewing + Project time estimates and alerts + Tasks (Sub-projects) + Pre-populated project templates
Premium
$18/user/month
Timesheet approvals + Schedule report emails + Project forecasts and analysis + Team labor costs + Native Jira and Salesforce integrations
Enterprise
Custom Pricing
Manage multiple workspaces under one Organization + Priority support + Expert training and assistance + Volume discounts for large teams on annual plan
Toggl’s paid plans come with a 10% discount on yearly subscriptions.
Winner: Toggl Track
Overall, Toggl Track’s plans are more affordable than Everhour’s. Toggl Track can scale with your team and give you the features you need to do more in less time.
Everhour vs Toggl: Pros and Cons
Everhour
Everhour Pros
Supports real-time synchronization with multiple project management tools
Supports more website integrations
Offers 15% discount on yearly plans
Offers 40+ report widgets
Everhour Cons
Fewer time tracking features
No enterprise plan
Limited native integrations
Toggl Track
Toggl Track Pros
Offers more time tracking methods
Has an easy-to-navigate, more intuitive user interface
Supports over 145 integrations
Provides advanced reporting features
Offers an Insights feature to spot data trends and time sinks
Toggl Track Cons
Less meticulous integration with other project management tools
Lower discount on yearly plans
Final Verdict: Everhour vs Toggl Track
In a nutshell, Everhour has an advantage as a built-in time tracker for your favorite project management tool, meanwhile, Toggl works best as a standalone time tracking solution for improving productivity.
Everhour
Toggl Track
Best for: Businesses that want to keep close tabs on employee performance and need a simple time tracking solution to work with their existing project management toolkit.
Best for: Freelancers, agencies, and large companies with trust-based cultures that need flexible time management tools and powerful analytics to improve work-life balance, productivity, and profitability.
Overall, both tools can help you track project progress and budget, separate billable and non-billable hours to create accurate invoices and manage remote teams. However, at their core, they differ in their use cases and the audience they serve.
Toggl is an ideal choice for freelancers looking for an all-in-one time management solution, as well as large and small teams that value employee privacy and want to maximize profits. Everhour, on the other hand, works best for mid-sized and small businesses that want to plan work and monitor employee performance closely.
Use Everhour if:
You are managing a small or mid-size team.
You use project management tools like Asana, Jira, and Basecamp and want a time tracker that integrates like a built-in functionality.
You prioritize screen monitoring and want a tool that can help record employees’ screen activities.
Use Toggl Track if:
You are a freelancer or an admin managing a large team or multiple departments.
You want a tool that can help automate the time tracking process and allow you to do more in less time.
You want an all-in-one time tracking solution offering detailed insight into what’s driving profitability and what isn’t.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Recruitment strategies are evolving faster than ever, leaving behind the days when social media felt revolutionary (oh my, how time flies).
Today, social recruiting is just one piece of the puzzle in a much larger, more dynamic toolkit. To stay ahead, businesses need to think beyond the familiar and tap into innovative approaches to attract and secure top talent.
This article takes a forward-looking approach, guiding you through what makes a recruitment strategy impactful, showcasing standout examples, and revealing 13 cutting-edge strategies designed to help your business thrive in 2025.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
A recruitment strategy is a plan of action outlining how the company will acquire talent, including what methods and tools you can use to achieve a pre-determined goal.
A fully-formed recruitment strategy is based on a specific goal. For example, if your goal is to improve diversity and inclusion, you’ll detail which recruitment methods and tools meet this goal, such as skills-based hiring.
There are many recruitment strategies out there, but some of the most effective examples include building a strong employer brand and talent pool, optimizing your sourcing strategies and social recruiting, and putting diversity first.
With Toggl Hire’s expertise in employee skills testing, you can optimize your recruitment efforts and unlock the full potential of these innovative recruitment strategies.
What is a recruitment strategy?
A recruitment strategy is a well-defined hiring plan that outlines the approach an organization chooses to attract, evaluate, and hire people to fill their open positions. Your strategy will include actions you’ll take at any step of the hiring process. For example, you could develop a recruiting strategy to boost candidate applications or create one to improve employee retention.
To choose the best recruiting strategy, a company should first identify its strengths and weaknesses — aka the parts of the recruitment funnel that are working well vs. those requiring improvement — and understand how the hiring process fits into these big-picture goals.
An effective recruitment strategy should include all the tools, tactics, and goals required to bring in the best talent to drive business growth.
Let’s look at a practical example, like campus hiring. An organization with a clear growth plan and a specific profile of an employee for hard-to-fill roles might choose to create a recruiting strategy based on acquiring talent early in their career. Why? Well, it’s a relatively easy market to target!
Alternatively, a leading tech company looking to nurture diversity and foster greater innovation could adopt a “Hackathon Hiring” approach. By hosting coding competitions open to a global audience, the company could identify exceptional talent from various backgrounds while showcasing the company’s commitment to diversity and innovation.
Acquiring the right talent is the most important key to growth. Hiring was — and still is — the most important thing we do.
Marc Benioff, Chairman, Founder and CEO of Salesforce
3 things to consider before developing a hiring strategy
To reiterate, a good recruiting strategy includes all the necessary details on how you plan to achieve a set goal. So, before you can start developing any kind of strategy, it’s important to keep these three things in mind.
#1. Recruitment goals
This can be a short-term objective, like onboarding 10 new hires before the end of the year, or a longer-term goal, like improving your employer branding across the US market.
Just remember that goals should be specific, measurable, and aligned with the company’s long-term vision. And with the goals set, you’ll want to agree on the right recruitment metrics to monitor the progress.
#2. Recruiting process
When considering the specific steps you’ll take in your recruiting process, from job posting to onboarding, it’s essential to keep your recruitment goals in mind.
For example, if the goal is to onboard quickly, you’ll need a recruitment process that’s fast and efficient. Or, if the goal is to increase diversity, you’ll need to focus on inclusive best practices to achieve this goal, right down to the language used in your job ads.
For instance, at Toggl, we aim to find the best candidates while maintaining a great candidate experience. This is what our recruitment process for most of our products or roles looks like:
An interview with the hiring manager to confirm cultural alignment
A paid test week to get proof of competence and conduct peer interviews
Example of a hiring pipeline in Toggl Hire
We track metrics like best candidate sources, percentage of candidates over the test threshold, applicant satisfaction scores, drop-off rates, and speed to hire to identify areas of improvement in our recruiting process.
#3. Recruitment tools
Recruitment tools like Applicant Tracking Systems (ATS), skills assessments, and automation software have become an essential part of the recruiting process because they help to:
Streamline the hiring process
Save hiring teams significant time and money
Improve the candidate experience
Reduce the risk of mis-hires
But to know which tool is right for you, you’ll need to refer back to your chosen recruitment goals and interview process to help you decide. For example, skills testing is an excellent tool to speed up candidate screening but would need to be combined with an efficient selection process if the goal is to hire more efficiently.
13 best recruitment strategies to find qualified candidates
Now we understand what recruiting strategies are and the main things to consider when developing one, let’s dive into our pick of the best recruiting strategies and tactics, and why they work in 2025.
1. Work on your employer brand
Employer branding plays a major role in attracting, hiring, and retaining great talent. In fact, 81% of organizations have taken action to improve their employer brand in the last 12 months, signaling its impact on hiring success and employee satisfaction.
Your employer brand is what makes people want to work with you and for you. Think about companies like Apple, Patagonia, Nike, and Netflix. Each has a clear mission, identity, and tone of voice that helps them stand out as industry leaders — as well as a compelling employee value proposition.
Granted, they’ve been around for a while now. But even newer companies stand to gain from strategic employer branding.
Take Revolut, for example. The global finance app went from series A funding to raising a whopping $800M in series E in the space of just five years. To reflect their incredible journey and mission, they created a unique campaign under “never settle” to attract potential candidates to their brand.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
Start by identifying which areas of your employer brand need work. Everything from your job ads to writing creative job descriptions to the perceived company culture falls under your employer brand — so you’ll need to investigate thoroughly to decide what needs work.
You’ll also need to engage with other departments, such as marketing and communications, to build a brand candidates want to work for.
Key employer branding elements to focus on include:
EVP: The promise you make to potential candidates in return for their commitment to your company. Promises like “Create a world where anyone can belong anywhere” from AirBnB help to crystalize your brand’s value proposition.
Careers page: A major opportunity to showcase your employer brand with videos, testimonials, and information on the hiring process.
Recruitment marketing materials: Refers to all the touchpoints and ways in which you market your company to candidates long before they’re even ready to fill out an application.
Employee ambassadorship: Another powerful tool when marketing your company brand, as brand ambassadors are perceived as more credible than corporate marketing messages.
Job postings/ads: Actually your last chance to convince prospective candidates to apply.
Create a desirable employer brand, and we promise you that attracting great candidates becomes a whole lot easier!
Creating an ideal candidate profile for every role is far from a waste of time. Just as marketers develop customer personas to target their efforts, a candidate profile can become an invaluable hiring tool used to:
Don’t let your ICPs gather dust! For them to work, you need to continually review and refresh them for every new role by following these seven steps.
Top tip:
Conduct a thorough job task analysis for every new role to gather the data you need to create accurate job descriptions, as well as helping to identify skills gaps and benchmark performance standards.
Sourcing is the first stage of your talent acquisition process and refers to all your combined efforts to find and attract potential applicants to your company and/or a specific role. That includes how you target both active and passive applicants.
Read our recruiting metrics guide to understand what sourcing metrics you should be tracking. Plus, there’s a free template in there to help you get started straight away!
According to research, only 35% of employees are not interested in looking for a new job next year. 41% are actively seeking new employment, and 24% were “unsure,” indicating they’re in the passive market and could be swayed by the right opportunity if it came along.
Given that passive candidates aren’t actively looking for new roles, it’s important to realize you aren’t going to engage with them on job boards. Instead, you need to adopt a long-term talent acquisition philosophy to ensure you get seen by passive talent long before they’re looking for a new role. This way, when they are eventually on the market, they’ll think of you!
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
There are many ways to get the attention of passive candidates, for example:
Create a strong employer brand: As we saw before, employer branding is one of the most powerful ways to get the attention of passive candidates.
Gamify your application process with skills tests: We’ve seen first-hand how effective skills testing can be in capturing the attention of passive talent.
Be seen on social media: Whatever space you’re in, your company’s social media profiles can be used as tools to convert your passive followers into active candidates.
Finally, what we’ve all known has been proven. Diversity and inclusion in the workplace not only helps to level the playing field for minority groups, but it also carries many real business benefits.
Companies in the top quartile for diversity representation have a 39% greater likelihood of financial outperformance than companies in the bottom percentile.
Given those stats, and in this day and age, you really shouldn’t need any more convincing about putting diversity first.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
Global pharmaceutical company and top-ranking employer Novartis is a leading example of putting diversity first. Of course, being a large company with big responsibilities, its diversity initiatives have grown to the point of needing a Chief Diversity & Culture Officer.
But even long before your company’s culture gets to that level, there are still many things you can do:
Pay close attention to job postings and descriptions to check for inclusive language
Switch up the job boards you use and try including niche job boards that specialize in a particular sector, field, or skill set
Top tip:
Get on Google and start searching for job boards tailored to your niche. Simply search for ‘your role’ + job boards – for example ‘marketing + job boards.’ And for more diversity ideas, explore our blog on 31 DEI Tips: How to Promote Inclusivity in the Workplace.
One of the biggest challenges in recruitment is often sourcing suitable candidates with the skills and experience you need. One way to tackle this problem is to build a high-quality talent pool and keep a list of vetted candidates on standby.
However, a great talent pool isn’t just a list of names and phone numbers. A properly curated talent pool provides rich information on each potential candidate, including their:
Experience
Hard & soft skills
Attributes
Career goals
Cultural fit to your organization
Suitable roles
If you’re going to implement any long-term recruitment strategies, building a talent pool is one we’d definitely recommend. Not only will it boost your speed to hire, but it will also reduce costs and keep the best candidates engaged with your business.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
The first step is to acknowledge all the different methods that can contribute to your talent pool.
For example:
Candidate sourcing campaigns
Leads from career events
Software like Toggl Hire keeps track of all applicants (including unsuccessful applicants that may be suited to a different or future role)
Community
Passive candidates
Candidate profiles on platforms like LinkedIn, Github, and UpWork
The second step is to start exploring different strategies and best practices for creating and maintaining a robust talent pool.
For example:
Sorting and segmentation: To extract the most value from your existing talent pool and remain organized when growing it, you’ll need to segment by attributes like job function, skills, experience level, location, and interests.
Nurturing and engagement: It’s not enough to simply collect and sort candidate details; you need to stay connected with candidates in your talent pool through things like social media, events, and outreach.
Personalization: Your segmentation will prove invaluable when recruiting from your talent pool, but it’s also essential to personalize your communications to build and maintain that relationship.
Top tip:
Do some research on how to build a great talent pool here. Then start putting the techniques into action, starting with your recruiting team reaching out to previous candidates.
7. Develop an employee referral program
Employee referral programs aren’t new, but getting them right is still tricky. Asking your current employees to refer great people from their network is an effective way to connect with outstanding talent. And what makes this recruitment strategy so sought-after is that it’s free.
Employee referrals are one of the best recruitment strategies because:
The trick with employee referral programs is to strike a balance between incentivization and quality. You want your staff to actively refer people from their network but not their low-quality connections.
But the good news is that building employee referral programs is quick, low-cost, and delivers qualified candidates fast! No wonder it’s one of the favorite recruitment strategies among technical recruiters.
The rise of digital technology and social media has fundamentally changed the way candidates and recruiters interact. Digital hiring strategies and social media help recruiters find, engage with, and acquire the best talent on the market.
Here are some stats to back this up:
79% of job seekers have used social media in their job search in the last year.
Candidate application rates increase 34% when the job postings include a video. LinkedIn also reveals that video views are up 36% year on year.
The fully remote workflow automation company Zapier is a great example of social recruiting in practice. The company uses innovative ways to engage and connect with its target audiences and prospective job candidates.
For example, during the summer, the company posted the results from its first “no-meeting week,” during which 80% of the team achieved their goals and gave others a meaningful look into the company culture.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
To get started with social recruiting, consider the following:
Choose the social media platforms most relevant to your audience and recruitment goals
Post frequently sharing news and insights into job openings, job fairs, networking events, company milestones, product updates, contests, what it’s like to work at your company, etc
Engage with followers and potential candidates by responding to their questions and comments
Encourage employee referrals and engagement by current employees
Measure and track how your social recruiting efforts perform in order to adjust and optimize your social recruiting strategy
Top tip:
Kickstart your social media recruiting strategy with our eleven examples, from crafting easy-to-read job descriptions and sharing a mix of content types to measuring your success.
Graduates are the future, literally. For many roles, graduates are just a graduation away from clicking apply. In fact, many graduates are encouraged to secure their places up to a year before they even finish their courses, and this represents a candidate pool that shouldn’t be ignored.
They’re motivated to keep learning, with 94% of graduates surveyed citing work as an avenue for building their skills
They have excellent knowledge of the latest digital tech and software to help your business thrive
They bring fresh perspectives from their learning experience
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
4 ways you can connect with graduates include:
Social media: Using creative, bespoke recruiting campaigns to target university students, like this creative ad campaign from Amey below.
Job fairs and careers days: Attending multiple events for employers hosted at universities
Your benefits package: Another way to hook graduates is by making a better offer than your competitors and including perks like gym memberships or flexible hours that make all the difference
Candidate experience: Recruiting in this space is highly competitive, and another way to differentiate your brand is through the candidate experience.
Top tip:
Find out how Telia used skills assessments at a student campus event to source talented candidates and build a qualified talent pool.
10. Attend or host industry events
In an increasingly remote world, there is a lot of value in attending in-person events. Company and industry events can raise your profile within your industry, bring value to your network, and position your business as an exciting and innovative place to work.
From a recruitment perspective, events are a great way to synergize with several other recruitment strategies. They raise your employer brand, plant the seed with passive candidates, and are an opportunity to build a talent pool.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
Start with Hootsuite’s awesome guide on how to host your own virtual events. These ideas offer a quick, easy, and low-cost way to start boosting your business profile and meet future candidates.
If you’re in tech, this could be a hackathon. For the arts industry, try hosting an exhibition. Or, if you’re in marketing, go to a conference.
That’s not to say you shouldn’t hold remote events. Something as simple as hosting a webinar on an industry hot topic or a virtual job fair is still a powerful way to bring people together.
Top tip:
When attending industry events, like the epic Web Summit for techies, look into sponsorship opportunities to further spotlight your brand!
11. Create an internship program
Last but not least, one of the most effective recruitment strategies that has never fallen out of fashion in the world of talent acquisition is the implementation of internship programs. Statistics show that candidates who complete internships are 85% more likely to secure a full-time job after graduation.
These programs offer hiring managers a unique opportunity to identify and nurture promising talent within their organizations by allowing both employers and candidates to assess their compatibility before making long-term commitments.
This strategy works exceptionally well because it provides an extended evaluation period and serves as an effective talent pipeline.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
For a successful internship program, start by doing research to:
Identify which departments or teams should have an internship program
Define the objectives and goals of the program for the team, individuals, and wider organization, as well as the terms and compensation they will receive to attract interns to your program
Promote your internships through various channels, such as career fairs and universities, as well as your careers page and social media.
Refine your program by gathering and incorporating feedback
Measure and assess the success of your program by tracking key metrics such as intern satisfaction, the number of interns who were offered full-time roles, and subsequent retention rates
12. Provide a safe workspace free of political discussions
Global political events such as the US election and war in the Middle East appear to be spilling over into the workplace, causing discomfort for employees. A recent Politics at Work report finds that:
75% of employees are considering leaving their jobs due to political discussions at work
60% believe political discussions should be banned at work altogether
66% have lied about their political views to fit in with their colleagues
94% of entry-level colleagues are more likely to lie about their political beliefs, compared to 44% of senior managers
Potential applicants, especially those seeking junior roles or even those who have experienced the fallout of political discussions in their previous workplace, need reassurance you’re offering a safe space free from potential conflict.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
Admittedly, it’s easier to publicize your anti-politics stance to an audience of existing employees rather than potential applicants. But there are steps you can take to reassure candidates of your company values, such as:
Using your social platforms to highlight your company culture and the benefits of not discussing presidential candidates at work
Using interviews to communicate how your commitment to a politics-free environment contributes to a harmonious workplace culture
Highlighting your commitment to a respectful environment on your careers page, job descriptions, and recruitment marketing materials
13. Appeal to the hidden workforce
As much as 14 to 17% of the US workforce comprises hidden talent, packed with skills, but whose resumes are often overlooked in favor of more traditional candidates. These hidden workers may include:
Neurodiverse employees
Workers forced into retirement who would relish the opportunity to return to work
Caregivers who have left the workforce to support their dependents
Ex-inmates struggling to find an employer willing to give them a second chance
Veterans who haven’t yet found a civilian role
Menopausal employees who have been forced out of work due to their age or symptoms
People with long-term physical or mental health problems
These candidates may never have been employed or may have been forced out of the workplace due to their situation. Whatever their individual circumstances, they have limitless skills to offer an employer.
How can you implement this recruitment strategy?
To tap into this hidden talent pool, consider implementing these steps:
Partner with organizations that specialize in helping individuals from these groups to find employment
Review your recruitment processes and job descriptions for language or requirements that may deter these candidates from applying
Offer flexible working arrangements, such as part-time or remote work options
Implement a returnship program for caregivers or retirees looking to re-enter the workforce to demonstrate your commitment to supporting employees at all stages of their careers
Follow up with candidates who have requested recruitment accommodations to understand how you can support them throughout the hiring process
Assert your commitment toward skills-based hiring, and how you plan to use skills assessments to find the best person for the job.
Where does Toggl Hire come in?
If you want to fill more positions, attract better-quality candidates, and decrease your time to hire, these 13 effective recruitment strategies offer some easy-to-implement ideas.
Combine every strategy we’ve covered with skills testing to give your hiring metrics an extra boost! This is great for candidates, too, as it provides a more exciting way to showcase their talents and gives them instant feedback.
Incorporating hiring tests into your recruitment strategy has many benefits
Gamify the application experience to attract top talent and passive applicants
Improve the quality of hire & speed to hire, as it’s easier to recognize top talent
Higher quality candidates at every stage of the pipeline
Create a talent pool in Toggl Hire with extensive information on candidates’ skills & past applications
Remember, the ultimate key to a successful recruiting strategy is creating a slick and efficient hiring process. Try Toggl Hire’s skills testing for free today.
Rebecca has 10+ years' experience producing content for HR tech and work management companies. She has a talent for breaking down complex ideas into practical advice that helps businesses and professionals thrive in the modern workplace. Rebecca's content is featured in publications like Forbes, Business Insider, and Entrepreneur, and she also partners with companies like UKG, Deel, monday.com, and Nectar, covering all aspects of the employee lifecycle. As a member of the Josh Bersin Academy, she networks with people professionals and keeps her HR skills sharp with regular courses.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
The labor market never sits still, so every year, we’re challenged with new recruitment trends. While it might feel exhausting trying to keep up, understanding what’s happening on the market (and why) is the only way to improve your hiring strategy.
From gaping skills gaps to shifting employee preferences regarding remote and hybrid work, let’s first recap the impact of top hiring trends of the past few years on today’s market — then analyze what’s on the agenda for 2025.
Key shifts in the recruitment market in 2024
2024 was a year of recalibration in the labor market.
Amid economic uncertainty, layoffs in the tech sector persisted, with companies restructuring to focus on profitability. Companies like Tesla, Microsoft, Amazon, TikTok, Snap, and Google all made cuts, with the industry losing around 130,000 people across 457 companies.
A similar story exists in the financial services sector, where the top 12 investment banks slashed 100 front-line dealmakers in Q1 of 2024 alone.
You’d imagine, then, that the talent market would be filled with highly skilled people, ready to slide into place at other organizations. In the case of bankers, this appears to be the case. Eric Li, research director at Coalition Greenwich, explains:
Investment banks remain laser-focused on costs. What we’ve seen is that while the big banks are cutting, smaller boutiques and other investment banks are picking them up. Around 60 of those who lost their jobs have found new roles elsewhere. It’s a great chance for them to pick up talent that would otherwise be too expensive to hire.
However, many other industries report that skill shortages have made it challenging to find the caliber of candidate they need to fill their open vacancies. SHRM’s Talent Trends report reveals that over three in four organizations have had difficulty recruiting for full-time regular positions. Highly skilled medical positions and skilled trades have been the most difficult-to-fill positions in 2024.
One in four organizations indicate full-time regular positions filled in the past 12 months demanded new skills. Organizational growth (55%) and evolving technology (51%) are the primary drivers of these new skill requirements. However, three out of four organizations report facing moderate to significant challenges in finding candidates with the necessary skills.
Talking of skills challenges, SHRM also finds that 37% of candidates don’t have the required technical skills, 30% lack adequate soft skills, and 18% don’t even have the basic skills needed to join their organization.
At the same time, some traditional hiring incentives are being scaled back. For example, the percentage of organizations offering flexible work arrangements has reduced by 16% in 2024 compared to 2022. Improvements to compensation packets, including salary and employee benefits, also fell by 16%. These declines highlight a move away from some of the more generous pandemic-era recruitment strategies, even as the need for top talent remains.
So, what do companies have up their sleeve to deal with these gaps in their organizational lineup?
Top recruitment trends to expect in 2025
Effectively, last year’s recruiting trends serve as a springboard for the new developments in the market. So, here’s what we expect to see through 2025.
1. The evolution of AI adoption
Hirers and job seekers have moved beyond the excitement of artificial intelligence’s arrival and are now experiencing it as a mainstay of the recruitment process. Some 57% of applicants relied on OpenAI during the application process in 2024 (which is hardly surprising) either to speed up or refine their applications.
Professional resume writers, job coaches, and other online tools have been around for decades. AI is just another version of the same. So, well-trained HR managers are well aware that the resumes they’re reviewing may not have been written by the candidates (and that’s one reason why Toggl eliminated resume screening long ago).
The lesson here? To hire top talent in the age of AI, you need to adapt your recruiting process.
Instead of giving candidates problems ChatGPT can solve, try testing their skills with open-ended homework assignments or soft skills assessments. Modern assessment tools like Toggl Hire include anti-cheating and anti-AI protection, which also prevents candidates from using apps during tests.
In a world where everybody is using AI to boost productivity and improve efficiency, it might seem “wrong” to prevent candidates from using AI to help them apply for your job listings. However, doing so allows you to assess the candidates’ actual skills and personality traits rather than evaluate how well they can use ChatGPT to look up the right answers.
It’s not all about preventing AI usage, though. Hiring teams are also exploring ways to use AI for good in the hiring process. For example, T-Mobile relies on an AI-powered tool to remove biased, non-inclusive language from job descriptions.
New HR technology, powered by advanced algorithms, can help hiring teams:
Streamline repetitive, manual tasks such as interview coordination and scheduling, ad publishing to multiple job boards, satisfaction survey management, new hire onboarding, employee payroll management, and more.
Create automated communication channels to both strengthen employer branding andimprove candidate experience.Thanks to natural language processing (NLP), chatbots can easily provide candidates with updates on their application status, answer questions about company culture, and handle a ton of other recruitment marketing activities.
Automate document processing. Artificial intelligence can document cross-checks and information lookups at cruising speed with high accuracy. Streamline candidate identification and document checks with new KYC tools. Save time with AI-generated summaries of new regulatory or compliance documents.
Get more data for decision-making. Whether you’re doing workforce planning for the new year or trying to evaluate your diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) metrics, AI can crunch the numbers. Thanks to predictive analytics, you can also look into the future and model the volume of future applicants or estimate talent attrition using historical data.
Build bigger talent pools. Leverage AI to cross-check past candidates’ or current employees’ skills and match them with new job opportunities. Personalize outreach to potential prospects on social media and across job boards to get more people into your recruitment funnel.
AI already has ample practical use cases in recruiting, and we expect more talent leaders to embrace it by 2025.
Practical tips for making better use of AI in recruitment
Learn about the different types of AI. Machine learning, predictive analytics, generative AI, and robotic process automation (RPA) — each of these technologies is better suited for specific tasks in a recruiting process. For example, Generative AI excels in content generation, while predictive analytics helps with advanced forecasting and modeling.
Brainstorm use cases. Identify the most time-consuming, error-prone, and manual elements of your talent acquisition process. Brainstorm with hiring managers how different AI products can address the inefficiencies.
Start with pilot projects. Select several test use cases. For example, test different AI apps for recruitment marketing tasks or employer branding activities (e.g., job ad copy generation or personalized nurturing sequences for candidates in your pipeline). Set clear success criteria for each and measure the impact to estimate ROI.
As the cost and time-to-hire increase, every new employee becomes a critical hire. The increased emphasis on talent quality will require companies to tighten the recruitment process. Hiring managers will be eager to vet job seekers more rigorously and at a wider scale with the help of skills-based hiring.
For 78% of HR professionals, SHRM reports that pre-employment assessments, which test skills, knowledge, and abilities, have improved the quality of their organization’s hires. 80% of recruiting pros claim to be committed to creating a more diverse workforce, and a skills focus is central to this initiative. Note: A skills focus increases talent pools by 10x, according to LinkedIn.
That’s because skills-based recruiting moves away from basing hiring decisions on gut feelings toward actual data on candidates’ competency. You can practice collaborative hiring by giving each manager the power to select people with the skills they need.
Top tip:
Design custom assessments using expert-made questions from our test database featuring role-specific and skill-specific tests. If your goal is to build a more competent and diverse workforce in 2025, skills-based hiring is the way to go.
Practical tips for implementing skills-based hiring in 2025
Conduct a job task analysisto better understand the role’s competencies. Shift the focus from degree or work experience requirements to the skills, qualifications, and aptitudes of an ideal hire.
Determine the optimal use cases for pre-employment tests. Use basic skill tests to quickly check if applicants have the skills needed. Then, apply a combination of different interviewing methods and take-home assignments (case studies, coding challenges, language tests, time-boxed competency assessments) to find the perfect skill matches.
Drop questions about the candidate’s background to eliminate interviewer bias. Instead, ask more behavioral and problem-solving questions to understand how a candidate thinks and acts rather than what shaped them personally and professionally. By combining structured interviews with pre-employment tests, you can get a more comprehensive picture of a candidate’s skill set and team fit.
Prepare for the labor market to open back up again in 2025. Although the current unemployment rate in the US is expected to remain around 4%, and a stable 6% in the EU, more opportunities will exist.
Over 80% of employers across tech, financial services, and healthcare plan to expand hiring in 2025, signaling renewed labor market optimism after two years of declines. Easing inflation and stabilizing interest rates are fueling employer confidence. 64% say macroeconomic conditions will support hiring in 2025.
Julia Pollak, ZipRecruiter’s Chief Economist
At the same time, EY reports 38% of employees are likely to quit in the next year due to poor pay and work-life balance.
For recruiting professionals, the above trends translate to a bigger talent pool…and bigger workloads, too. With an increased supply of candidates and an increase in open roles, there will be a heck of a lot of movement. Recruiters can expect to spend more time wading through hundreds of applications, pre-screening for hard skills, and scheduling rounds of interviews.
Skills assessments can help hiring teams quickly find the most suitable candidates. Sadly, many job seekers lack essential hard and soft skills for the jobs they are after. That’s where proof of competence will become synonymous with recruiting top-level talent.
Skills assessments can help hiring teams quickly whittle down the initial flood of applicants and highlight the most suitable candidates. AI for process automation, in turn, can help with secondary hiring processes (background checks, job offer management, onboarding, etc.), helping you reduce time-to-hire and boost productivity.
Practical tips for managing your candidate pipeline in 2025
Refresh job descriptions with new skills to better reflect the kind of talent you’re seeking for vacant positions.
Be upfront about non-negotiable criteria. State if the role doesn’t support remote working or is strictly limited to candidates from a specific location.
Combine different pre-screening methods like resume checks, competency assessments, cognitive abilities, and aptitude tests (among others) to get more qualified candidates to the next stages.
Use cultural fit interviewsand job simulationsto secure both proof of competence and a strong team fit.
Although the overall candidate supply is higher this year, skill shortages aren’t going away. Digital transformations, an aging workforce, a decreasing number of STEM graduates, and lower participation among women negatively affect today’s labor market.
Since 2015, the skill sets for jobs have changed by 25%, and that number is expected to be 65% by 2030. Yet, both existing employees and active job seekers are behind in developing new competencies.
Modern-day jobs also require softer skills. As AI advances, businesses need to balance robotic output with human instincts, making interpersonal skills highly sought-after.
Talent upskilling and reskilling will be a major recruiting trend in 2025.
To address the problem, HR leaders will need to first gain visibility into existing organizational skill gaps and evaluate the effects of tech disruption on the existing roles.
Practical tips for addressing skills gaps in 2025
Schedule a talent gap analysisto deconstruct the work your people already do and the skills they have (and lack) to perform their jobs better. Identifies areas for strategic recruitment, training, and development.
Introduce career coaching sessions. Improve employee engagement and talent retention by introducing new professional development plans for employees and walking them through different training programs available.
Offer a training budget. Instead of superimposing training from above, let employees choose any professional training, workshop, or conference they fancy. At Toggl, we give each employee €4K annually as part of our benefits program, and this helps us maintain a highly skilled workforce.
Launch an apprenticeship program. Expand your campus recruiting program with a digital apprenticeship — a fixed-duration program aimed at teaching fresh grads suitable hard skills.
5. Using contractors to plug operational gaps
Since 2020, business leaders have been increasingly turning to contingent, seasonal, or consultant employees to address skills gaps, better respond to changing market conditions, and maintain a competitive edge.
In fact, Robert Half’s State of US Hiring report finds that 63% of companies plan to add contract professionals in the first half of 2025.
Contingent labor is expected to comprise 35% to 40% of the global workforce by 2025.
Gartner
This trend translates to extra workloads and complexities in compliance management for recruiting teams. Faster hiring cycles, proper worker classification, rapid onboarding (and offboarding) — a lot of grunt work is required to maintain a contingent workforce.
To streamline external workforce management, create a set of processes, projects, or roles you want to fill in with contractors and map these to anticipate engagement duration. Determine:
Which roles have temporary or fluctuating demand?
Which roles are need-driven?
Which roles require long-term support?
Instead of standard job descriptions, highlight specific job tasks that contractors will need to complete (e.g., produce three blog posts per month) or processes you’d want them to handle (e.g., payroll management).
Finally, don’t forget about compliance. Be upfront about any specific requirements you have — mandatory liability insurance, a valid professional license, the ability to perform on-site work, and so on.
You will need to change your hiring strategy to recruit and onboard contractors. But the payoff of doing so is greater operational agility, faster hiring cycles, and easier access to in-demand skills.
Practical tips for hiring contractors in 2025
Understand the different service models. Some contractors do mostly deliverable-based, fixed-price gigs. Others prefer retainers, charge hourly for fractional engagements, or take a day rate for consulting work. Check if your current accounting setup can accommodate their proposed payment cycle and payment terms.
Rely on social media recruiting. Contractors and freelancers don’t frequent popular career sites. Instead, they hang out in online communities and on social media. Prioritize LinkedIn and Twitter to build relationships with independent workers.
Offer fair compensation. Contractors save companies a lot of payroll costs since most taxes are passed on to them. This means few can (or will) afford to charge the same hourly rates as regular employees. Don’t lowball the proposed rates, and try to negotiate the scope of work instead if you have budgetary constraints.
6. Employee engagement is in crisis mode
Over the past years, we’ve seen the Great Resignation, Quiet Quitting, Quiet Firing, and Rage Applying. That’s hardly surprising, given that employee engagement has been sinking year-over-year.
Evaluating employee engagement is a top priority for HR professionals in 2025.
Rising cost of living, salary freezes, forced returns to the offices — a lot of factors have made the global workforce less optimistic about the future.
The latest recruiting trends, including increased reliance on contingent talent, accelerated adoption of AI, and the return of a recruiter’s market, are making people even more anxious about their job security.
To patch things up in 2025, HR professionals will need to first evaluate the job satisfaction scores and then drill down to the causes of poor engagement.
Collect feedback on all levels:
Survey managers about their levels of happiness, motivation, and recognition, plus their perception of the team’s morale and satisfaction.
Ask lower-level employees to anonymously share feedback about their managers. Do they get enough recognition, timely feedback, and the ability to bring up new ideas?
Compare the sentiments to better understand the gaps and overlaps in perception and determine the best course of action.
Practical tips for improving employee engagement in 2025
Coach your managers to lead better. Middle managers are responsible for 70% of the variance in employee engagement. Identify leaders with strong people skills (and likely higher team engagement scores!) that you already have and look to hire more people with similar skill sets for open roles. Invest in extra training for current staff to help them develop better soft skills, curb micro-management tendencies, and learn some new ways to empower and recognize their employees.
Advocate for employees’ ideas. Don’t just ask for feedback; act on it. Create a transparent system for accepting, evaluating, and executing employee ideas. Show that your company listens, cares, and implements suggestions from people at every level.
Double down on your remote and hybrid policies. 34% of businesses plan to extend their return to office policies to five days a week in 2025. But this doesn’t mesh well with employees who value a more flexible working model. 60% of employees would stay in a job they hate if it offered flexible hours, and 22% would quit their employer if it enforced an RTO mandate. If remote-first isn’t the right fit for your organization, consider the more flexible hybrid approach, which could be a gamechanger for your employee engagement levels.
The recruiting landscape will remain dynamic, with people moving internally and even cross-border to keep progressing. And by offering this, employers can hang onto their top talent and avoid the expense of recruitment. KornFerry finds that 67% of internal employees would remain with their employer if they received adequate opportunities for upskilling and advancement.
As costs continue to soar into 2025, sourcing talent from within an organization can be a first step in saving expenses during the recruitment process. Hiring talent internally and promoting talent mobility schemes not only helps save on recruitment expenses like interviewing candidates and working through agencies but it also helps convey business confidence in existing employees’ skills while also providing current staff career growth and development opportunities.
Julia Braun, Chief HR Officer for software provider, SoftwareOne
A tough job market, combined with sinking employee engagement rates, means that businesses will likely be forced to keep flexibility on the agenda. However, these recruitment trends allow for hiring more diverse candidates, optimizing operating costs, and increasing corporate resilience.
When done right, a strong internal mobility strategy helps close the knowledge and skills gaps, improve employee engagement rates, and minimize the impact of local labor shortages on business operations.
Create a strong internal mobility strategy to boost employee engagement rates.
Practical tips for improving your talent mobility strategy in 2025
Brainstorm new talent mobility opportunities. Instead of only moving talent geographically or vertically up the career ladder, consider alternative schemes: lateral moves to other teams or projects, job shadowing or mentorship to support cross-function mobility, and virtual “experience exchange” assignments. The current state of technology allows you to effectively combine in-person and virtual collaboration across functions.
Create a dedicated internal hiring process. Don’t force existing employees to go through the same process as any other job seeker. Streamline and simplify the application process by using competency assessments rather than resume pre-screening and peer interviews instead of culture pre-screeners with HR.
Mind compliance. Work-from-anywhere arrangements come with a new pane of tax, immigration, and employment law risks. New remote work-related tax rules may also emerge. Ensure that your policies remain in close sync with the current compliance regulations to avoid unnecessary risk exposure.
Telenet retention is an important part of workforce planning, and even more so in 2025 as the wave of resignations continues. 90% of organizations are concerned about retention, according to LinkedIn’s Workplace Learning Report. They consider “offering learning opportunities” as the top retention strategy.
According to employee recognition platform Nectar, 29% of employees have quit a job within the first 90 days of starting. Clearly, HR teams need to focus more on improving the candidate experience and employee experience.
To do better in 2025, focus on addressing the necessities. Poor compensation is the top reason for candidates seeking a role elsewhere, which makes sense given the economic climate.
But if cash bonuses and pay bumps will strain corporate cash flow, prioritize alternative options. To improve talent retention and engagement, career progression and work flexibility could also persuade your employees to stay, according to the Achievers Engagement and Retention report.
Top tip:
You can also consider other non-cash perks like more personal time-off, tenure-based sabbaticals, flexible time-off (like we have at Toggl!), catered weekly lunches, etc.
Introduce greater pay transparency to avoid the unwarranted negative sentiment some employees may harbor. On average, an increase in pay transparency levels can also boost employee retention rates significantly, according to iMercer.
Switch from proactive recruiting to proactive talent nurturing to ensure that your best hires are motivated to do their best work for your company, and not to look for a new job.
Practical tips for retaining top talent in 2025
Refresh your succession plans. Look into creating new vertical and horizontal growth opportunities for experienced employees. Standardize performance reviews and industry benchmarks to make compensation offers more competitive. Use data-backed KPIs to clearly set performance expectations and recognize the best candidates for promotion.
Introduce better perks. 87% of employees would consider leaving a company that does not focus on their wellbeing, and perks are an important part of supporting them.With inflation rising, fewer people appreciate fancy gym memberships or having access to an in-office meditation room. Among the most in-demand employee retention perks for 2024 were lifestyle spending accounts that allow workers to spend a fixed monthly allowance on benefits meaningful to them. For example, health and well-being support, family care (sponsored daycare, elderly care), adoption assistance, catered food, and better work-from-home support.
Improve the workplace ambiance. Mass layoffs, budget cuts, workplace automation — a lot of the latest recruitment trends make employees wary about their job security. Combined with a tougher leadership style, these factors dramatically reduce the employees’ comfort with taking risks and making mistakes without fear of negative consequences. Only 58% of workers feel psychologically safe at work and, by proxy, less engaged and productive. Measure how your company performs in the area of psychological safety and implement better practices like a “no-blame culture” and “fail fast-learn fast.”
Stay ahead of recruitment trends in 2025
From the growing importance of employee engagement to skills-based hiring, the latest recruiting trends for 2025 feel more like an evolution of effective HR practices than a revolution in hiring. And that’s a relief, right? Sure, but it’s definitely not a sign to kick back and relax because the job market will be anything but steady this year.
Sync with new candidates and current employees’ expectations to avoid higher talent attrition. Empower your hiring team with AI tools that simplify and automate the recruitment process. Evaluate how contingency workforce and new talent mobility models can help you address skills gaps.
If improving the quality and speed of hires is your priority for 2025, check out our skills-based hiring pipeline that helps screen, shortlist, and hire the most qualified people for the job. Get started for free!
Rebecca has 10+ years' experience producing content for HR tech and work management companies. She has a talent for breaking down complex ideas into practical advice that helps businesses and professionals thrive in the modern workplace. Rebecca's content is featured in publications like Forbes, Business Insider, and Entrepreneur, and she also partners with companies like UKG, Deel, monday.com, and Nectar, covering all aspects of the employee lifecycle. As a member of the Josh Bersin Academy, she networks with people professionals and keeps her HR skills sharp with regular courses.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
When we manage time well, employees get more from their days. By tracking work hours, employees can accurately record their time spent on tasks and projects. This is a win for productivity and ensures employees are compensated correctly for their work.
While you might be able to achieve those wins by manually tracking time, timesheet apps make tracking work hours easier and more efficient. They automate the process of recording time, making it less tedious for employees and providing accurate data for employers. But where to start?
With over 20 years of experience, we know not all timesheet apps measure up. Some substitute intrusive surveillance for strategic time management, and others are tough to use.
Even so, there are plenty of outstanding timesheet software to help you make every second count. Here is our review of the top ten options for various types of businesses and use cases.
The best free timesheet apps
When I Work for shift-based timesheet management
Toggl Track for accurate time tracking for small to large enterprises
Clockify for inexperienced companies that need flexibility
Replicon for automated timesheet processing
Harvest for streamlining invoicing
My Hours for making project management simple
ClickUp for managing complex projects and boosting productivity
RescueTime for freelancers and smaller teams
TimeCamp for quickly creating a timesheet system
Hubstaff for large companies with complex time management needs
Timesheet vs. time tracking apps: What’s the difference?
Timesheets and time tracking apps record and manage time spent on tasks and projects, but they use different approaches.
We use time tracking apps to track the time spent on employee tasks in real-time. They’re usually automated and typically provide reporting tools to measure where time is spent, assisting productivity analysis and project management.
On the other hand, timesheet appsrely on manual time entries to document and approve employee hours. Most users rely on them for tasks like managing employee payroll and customer invoicing.
Some apps integrate both functions, using the time you’ve tracked to generate timesheets for various purposes, such as invoicing, payroll, etc.
We’ve been in the business of helping others accurately track time to focus on what matters most for a while now, and in our opinion, good timesheet apps include the key features below. You may not need all of them, but if a tool lacks core functionality, it’s probably best to keep looking.
🎈 Ease of use
Intuitive timesheet apps make it easy to set a time clock for every session. Employees and HR teams should be up to speed and accurately logging time in minutes, not days.
Top tip:
Good apps also provide many ways to visualize and edit data. For example, Toggl Track provides time-based calendar views to track monthly or weekly hours alongside list views that group organizations and projects.
⏱️ Manual time entries
Some apps only support automatic time tracking. Background tracking is convenient, yes. But it’s good to have a manual option so people may adjust time entries themselves.
Top tip:
Manual time entry gives employees more control and doesn’t make them feel monitored all the time. It accommodates non-standard schedules (for instance, freelancers with childcare duties) and is a perfect match for remote work teams.
👷 Compliance with labor laws
The best timesheet tools are designed to comply with national and regional labor laws. Regulations apply to monitoring employees and non-compliance can result in legal trouble or fines, so this isn’t something you want to skimp on.
Top tip:
Compliance includes measures to safeguard employee privacy and data. Not all timesheet apps prioritize privacy, but good apps will strike a balance between tracking and user rights.
🧩 Approval workflows
Good timesheet software makes approving timesheets more efficient, reliable, and simple. It should be super easy for managers to check time off or irregular hours, ensuring accurate billing (and that employees receive the pay they deserve with minimal admin).
Top tip:
Approval workflows provide automated timesheet submission alerts for employees. They accelerate the approval process and automate correction requests if needed.
📄 Flexible reporting
Look for timesheet apps with the functionality to deliver detailed reports on the metrics that matte, such as working habits, team performance, and project tracking.
Top tip:
Reporting should also be flexible. For example, it’s good to have daily, weekly, or even biweekly reports at your disposal. Advanced features like real-time insights or notifications are even better.
🔌 Integrations with critical apps
Most likely your time tracking tools complement payroll, productivity, and collaboration software. To get the most from timekeeping software, check available integrations. For instance, Toggl Track features over 100 integrations for common platforms and tools.
Top tip:
Exporting is also important for most teams. Good apps let you export employee timesheet data to Excel and CSV formats.
💻 Cross-platform deployment
Modern workforces use multiple devices and operating systems. A single team could work with iOS, Mac, Windows, or Android-hosted apps. The best timesheet tools cater to this, providing solutions for every situation.
Before providing you with a thorough breakdown of the best timesheet apps, it’s important to us that we share a bit about the base of our analysis.
Initially, we researched the best-rated timesheet apps based on user reviews. Public opinion isn’t everything, but it’s a good source of products that work for real-world users.
To obtain more concrete proof, we created a project in each app and punched our time in over the three weeks it took to create this article. Throughout the process, we noted our experience with each app based on the following criteria.
Ease of Use: How easily your team can adapt to using the platform
Supporting features: How well other features complement the timesheets
Integrations: How easily the tool integrates with your company’s tech stack
Pricing: How likely you are to convince your boss to invest in the tool
We found every app on the market is designed to meet specific needs, while some excelled in all areas. That’s why we grouped them into three categories: best timesheet apps overall, best timesheet apps for specific needs, and best timesheet apps with employee surveillance.
The best free timesheet software at a glance
The apps below offer a complete timesheet solution with supporting features to enhance your business operations.
When I Work
Best for shift-based work
Standout feature: Integration with retail or remote work devices
Free plan: All plans are free for a limited period.
Toggl Track
Best for overall performance
Standout feature: The easy-to-use but powerful interface
Free plan: For up to five users
Clockify
Best for flexibility
Standout feature: The number and range of integrations
Free plan: Unlimited users and time
Replicon
Best for automation
Standout feature: AI tools to analyze work time and automate approvals
Free plan: For 14 days
Harvest
Best for invoicing
Standout feature: Payment integrations for clients and freelancers
Free plan: Limited to one user and two projects
My Hours
Best for simplicity
Standout feature: User privacy safeguards
Free plan: Limited to five users and unlimited projects
ClickUp
Best for productivity
Standout feature: Global timer for multiple locations or devices
Free plan: Unlimited users and tasks. 100MB storage limit.
RescueTime
Best for freelancers
Standout feature: Integrations to help teams collaborate
Free plan: 14-day free trial with Premium tier features
TimeCamp
Best for getting started quickly
Standout feature: The intuitive mobile app
Free plan: Unlimited users and projects
HubStaff
Best for larger companies
Standout feature: Automated timesheet approval
Free plan: 14-day free trial
The 10 best timesheet apps to use in 2024
Buckle up and get your pen out to take notes (yes, manual note-taking is still a thing 🙄), because the list below features everything you need to know about the best employee time tracking software in the business (in no particular order).
When I Work
📌 When I Work makes scheduling simple for shift-based businesses.
Managers can create and share daily or weekly timesheets with their teams and accurately track clock-in and departure times. One-click timesheet submissions also streamline payroll operations, which is ideal for hectic workplaces.
The scheduling interface is pure and user-friendly. You can group workers into teams or roles to fill every shift, while integrations with point-of-sale apps slot into busy retail businesses.
When I Work is less powerful as a data analysis tool, offering limited reports. Direct payroll integration is missing. There’s also a gulf between the basic plan and premium options. As there’s no permanent free version, you may need to upgrade, adding extra costs.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Very easy to use • Great for managing shift work • Good integrations with PoS devices
• Let down by poor reporting • No payroll integrations (users must purchase a separate payroll product) • Expensive at scale
Pricing and plans
Essentials: From $1.50 per user/month. Unlimited users. Includes the scheduling app, templates, and messaging tools.
Pro: From $3 per user/month. Adds reporting and extra customization options.
Premium: From $5 per user/month. Includes API, single sign-on, and WebHooks.
*Users can try all of the above packages free for a limited period. If you like what you see you’ll need to purchase a subscription.
Keeping track of many retail workers or restaurant servers can be tricky. When I Work handles this problem with intuitive timesheet tools for shift-based operations.
Replicon
📌 Replicon uses AI and machine learning to automate traditional timesheet tasks, potentially saving time and improving consistency.
The app integrates with workflow tools like Jira and Slack, while algorithms work in the background, tracking how long employees spend on work-related tasks. Workers and managers approve AI-filled timesheets and correct any glaring errors.
AI may ring alarm bells about compliance, but Replicon has considered this. The pay rules library covers global labor regulations and details like PTO or sick pay. Instant updates also adjust to regulatory changes, keeping you compliant.
We did find some downsides. Replicon’s pricing system separates payroll and timesheet tools, making payment a bit confusing. AI invoicing is smooth, but it also lacks customization options we’d like to see.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Smart use of AI saves time • Flexible timesheet options for every location • Good range of integrations • Intelligent compliance tools
• AI tools lack flexibility • Expensive if you use all features • Invoicing is slightly below par
Pricing and plans
Time & Attendance: From $6 per user/month
Project time tracking: From $12 per user/month for full project management services
PSA & PPM: From $29 per user/month for full enterprise automation features
*Replicon lets you try any product free for 14 days. After that, you’ll need to pay the full subscription fee.
Replicon is great for accurate, automated timesheet management. If you want to log the time team members spend on apps and tasks, it has everything you need.
Toggl Track
📌 Toggl Track blends user-friendly time tracking and timesheet management in one package. Smart workflows cut out mundane tasks, allowing you to focus on boosting productivity. Timesheets also flow naturally into payroll processes from the first clock-in.
Our timesheet software integrates with over 100 popular tools, from Quickbooks or Xero to Asana and Slack. There’s a time entry solution for financial firms, graphic designers, software vendors—you name it.
You can also generate reports on how your teams use their time, export key data to Excel or CSV formats, and track working hours on iOS, Linux, Windows, MacOS, and Android platforms. Managers can even use access rights to collaborate with teams and individuals whenever they want.
Toggl Track also has a powerful (and unlimited) free plan. Small business users and team managers can track hours, set up multiple projects, and use simple reporting functions. And for advanced functionality, affordable higher tiers are just a click away.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Free plan has plenty of features • Easy to learn without in-depth expertise • Compatible with all major platforms • Beautiful visualizations and detailed reports
• The free plan has a five-user limit
Pricing and plans
Free: Covers up to five users and offers unlimited tracking across all platforms. Google and Outlook integrations are included, along with six months of data storage.
Starter: From $9 per user/month. Adds project management tools and extra project templates. There are no data storage limits.
Premium: From $18 per user/month. Includes automated timesheet approvals, far more integrations, SSO, and API customization.
Enterprise: Clients can manage multiple workspaces, while a dedicated Customer Success Manager provides priority support. Ask the Toggl Track team for customized pricing.
We know, we know—we’re a bit biased here, but we built Toggl Track to focus entirely on user needs. Everything is intuitive and simple without sacrificing power. It’s a great timesheet tool for small or medium-sized companies that want to get started quickly, with minimal hassle, but it’s also powerful enough for larger enterprises.
Clockify
📌 Clockify is a flexible and customizable solution, allowing managers to create timesheets on a “build-as-you-go” model.
With Clockify, users can easily monitor freelance spending and work time, and use streamlined reporting functions to analyze performance.
Exporting options include PDF, Excel, and CSV (as you’d expect), You can also work offline on Excel sheets if that’s your style. There are no user limits, allowing easy scaling as needs change.
That’s great, but Clockify has some minor drawbacks. Collaboration features are relatively simple, potentially creating issues for larger teams. Reporting is easy to use but lacks the depth of other timesheet apps.
Clockify’s free trial previews paid features, with unlimited users and kiosk creation. But it’s just a preview. You’ll need Standard or Pro plans to benefit from invoicing and other timesheet-related services.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Timesheet software is easy to use and administer • Inexpensive • No user limits • Customization suits on-site and remote workers alike
• Not ideal for larger teams or complex organizations • Free and Basic plans lack invoicing • Reporting functionality is relatively simple
Pricing and plans
Free: Enables unlimited users, the iOS and Android app, and unlimited kiosk creation.
Basic: From $3.99 per user/month. Adds security features, templates, and enhanced exporting.
Standard: From $5.49 per user/month. Includes invoicing, time off, and overtime management.
Pro: From $7.99 per user/month. Features forecasting and scheduling tools, and employee expenses.
Enterprise: From $11.99 per user/month. Adds extra customizations such as SSO and audit logs.
We love Clockify’s flexibility and price point. Unlimited users make the free plan more appealing than most. The app itself particularly suits companies without time tracking experience.
Harvest
📌 Harvest is a lightweight and efficient timesheet management platform that scores highly thanks to its invoicing functions.
Automated tools simplify client billing, processing every employee’s timesheet quickly and consistently. PayPal and Stripe integrations help, although direct payroll services are lacking.
Recording billable hours and paying clients is a breeze, but Harvest falls on data analytics. Reports are simplistic and hard to manipulate, complicating life for project managers.
Then there’s the price. Harvest is not the cheapest timesheet app on this list. Users must also choose between a stripped-back free trial and the unlimited plan. As a result, it’s hard to be sure Harvest is the tool for you.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Slick invoicing • Simple and flexible timesheet interface • Useful history search • Intuitive mobile app
• Reporting is a little too simple • All-or-nothing payment tiers • Lacks payroll integrations
Pricing and plans
Free plan: Provides all Harvest features but is limited to a single user and two projects.
Harvest Pro: $10.80 per seat/month. There are no seat or project limits.
Harvest is a good fit if invoicing is your main challenge. It’s a simple and well-designed tool that suits novice users, although veterans will want more integrations.
My Hours
📌 My Hours is a lean but powerful way to track team hours and bill clients accurately. Managers assign project tasks before each team member gets a timesheet to customize and complete.
We found it easy to monitor budgets and send timesheets to payroll when testing My Hours. The client side is equally intuitive, giving you the information needed to approve payments and understand project progress.
Another neat touch is My Hours’ commitment to privacy—a timesheet solution with zero screen monitoring. It’s just basic time entry done well.
The My Hours tracking system struggles a little with integrations, though. Users can easily sync with Zapier, but link-ups like Asana or Trello require API customization., and not everyone has the skills to do that. The mobile app lacks functionality compared with the excellent web app.
Speed may be slower than average, and there’s a big jump between the free plan and the Pro package pricing. That might catch some users out.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Simple and easy to use • No surveillance • Clear presentation of relevant information for users and clients • Great for managing projects
• Sub-standard mobile app • Lacks integrations • No in-depth reporting
Pricing and plans
Free: Covers up to five users for unlimited projects and clients. Provides simple time tracking and billing services.
Pro: From $8 per user/mo. Adds invoice generation, audit logs, and budgeting tools.
Simplicity. My Hours is easy for project managers to learn and deploy. It’s great for organizing client billing and bringing order to chaotic projects.
ClickUp
📌 Dubbed “one app to replace them all”, ClickUp is a holistic project management solution with timesheet features.
Users can assign tasks and create timers on almost any platform, while a Chrome web app simplifies everything. The global timer is an intelligent addition, allowing workers to skip between devices. Manual editing works well, and the dashboard makes it easy to track many clients at once.
There are over 1,000 integrations, plenty of automation tools, and detailed reporting functionality. Everything is geared towards managing team members and improving individual performance.
We found that creating timers was a little clunky, and the design makes it tough to see whether employees have the timer engaged.
ClickUp is also vague about tracking billable hours and avoiding idle time. There are few safeguards to assess employee performance, and it’s easy to imagine disputes about timesheet fraud. Even so, this is a solid timesheet package.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Great platform coverage • Intelligent timer design makes life easier for remote workers • Over 1,000 integrations • Even better within the ClickUp ecosystem • Free plan covers unlimited users and tasks
• Somewhat basic as a standalone timesheet tool • The free plan features storage limits • Simplistic productivity features
Pricing and plans
Free: Limited to 100MB storage. Comes with other ClickUp tools without an opt-out option. Features unlimited tasks and members. There is no specific timesheet function.
Unlimited: From $7 per user/month. Adds integrations and reporting tools but timesheet features are limited.
Business: From $12 per user/month. Includes automated features, SSO, and full timesheet functionality.
Enterprise: Prices are available on request. Comes with added customer support, APIs, full integrations, and compliance tools.
ClickUp is the best all-in project management tool around. Free and “unlimited” plans lack timesheet features, but more expensive plans are ideal for in-depth task assignment and analysis.
RescueTime
📌 As the name suggests, RescueTime helps employees claw back wasted time and put their energies to good use.
This timesheet solution relies on automatically tracking app usage. This mode works well when most of your team works online. Offline work requires manual entry, so the promise of total automation is not exactly accurate.
RescueTime is also focused on individuals and small teams. The tracker delivers insights about how workers use their time and organize schedules. It’s not as effective at coordinating many clients or handling mountains of timesheets.
If you are working alone, it could be a good option. You can integrate RescueTime with Asana or Slack, creating notifications about clock-ins and idle time. The AI timesheet system also saves time for app-based work and covers multiple clients—great for freelancers.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Lightweight interface that’s easy to learn • Automated time management for digital tasks • Features to help freelancers focus
• Simple data reporting • Not suitable for larger teams
Pricing and plans
Lite: Free forever. This is aimed at individuals and limits reporting and scheduling functions.
Premium: From $12 per user/month or $78 per year. Aimed at teams, Premium adds focus sessions, history reports, and calendar integrations.
Free Trial: RescueTime offers a 14-day free trial, including all Premium features.
RescueTime is ideal for small teams of freelancers or remote workers. The automation functions remove manual tasks and avoid human error. Add-ons like focus sessions and website blocking help individuals focus while the timer ticks over.
TimeCamp
📌 TimeCamp makes completing and approving timesheets easy. Employees can sign in with one-click timers, toggle daily or weekly schedule views, and copy tasks over multiple days to cover longer projects.
There are browser plug-ins, a well-designed mobile app, and the option of creating kiosks for busy teams. TimeCamp doesn’t offer as many integrations as competitors, but you can connect with Trello, GitHub, Quickbooks, and other essential apps.
Unfortunately, only Ultimate and Enterprise plans include timesheet approval, expenses, and billing rates. The free plan is much less powerful, offering only basic time recording. Even so, unlimited projects and users make it a generous package.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Timesheet tracking is easy to use and master • Many platforms and plug-ins to suit workflows
• Free plan lacks functionality • Few integrations • May suffer from errors and downtime
Pricing and plans
Free plan: No time limit for unlimited projects and users. Lacks in-depth timesheet features but allows simple time tracking.
Starter: From 2.99 per user/month. Adds features like invoicing, time off, and overtime.
Premium: From $4.99 per user/month. Includes billable hours, budgeting, and website tracking.
Ultimate: From $7.99 per user/month. Adds timesheet approvals, expenses, and full integrations.
Enterprise: From $11.99 per user/month. Features priority customer support, private cloud hosting, and custom integrations.
TimeCamp’s free plan is ideal for small companies that need an easy-to-implement, simple solution.
Hubstaff
📌 Almost everything on HubStaff’s employee time tracking platform is automated, removing the need for manual time card entry or typing daily hours.
Instead, users can automatically generate timesheets on Windows, Mac OS, Android, or iOS devices.
All the time tracking essentials you probably need are here, too. It’s easy to build weekly reports, record billable hours, and invoice clients. We also liked the automated timesheet approval system, including a locked time limit for making changes.
We were less keen on the real-time tracking. That could be useful, but tracking idle time feels intrusive. Even so, the whole package delivers for most companies. HubStaff helps you bill clients, manage time, and boost productivity.
✅ Pros
❌ Cons
• Great mobile app and platform support • Automated workflows cut manual tasks
• Mainly a time tracking solution—timesheets feel like a secondary priority • No forever free plan, just a 14-day trial
Pricing and plans
Starter: From $4.99 per user/month. Basic tracking and timesheet management. No integrations.
Grow: From $7.50 per user/month. Allows one integration. Adds expenses and idle timeouts.
Team: From $10 per user/month. Includes Insights and Tasks. Unlimited tracking and integrations.
Enterprise: From $25 per user/month. Suitable for larger businesses. Adds location tracking, corporate apps, and compliance tools.
HubStaff is hard to beat for larger businesses with complex time management and data processing needs. Insights, compliance tools, and customizations are aimed at corporate users.
So…what’s the best free timesheet app?
We’ve logged a lot of hours while seeking the best free timesheet app, but now it’s time for you to choose. Every product on our list is exceptional, but we think Toggl Track’s free plan is ahead of the curve.
Our free plan includes every feature needed to record employee time, bill clients, and improve productivity. With over 100 integrations, Toggl Track also fits any work environment.
Most of all, the interface is easy to learn and use. Within minutes, users can streamline chaotic time management processes and empower team members to make the most of every minute.
Our selections were based on hands-on experience. Yours should be, too. Create a free account and give Toggl Track a try today.
Elizabeth is an experienced entrepreneur, writer, and content marketer. She has nine years of experience helping grow businesses, including two of her own, and shares Toggl's mission of challenging traditional beliefs about what building a successful business looks like.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Our understanding of time spans thousands of years and multiple civilizations, yet getting the hang of it is still hard. You start your day with a clear action plan and oodles of energy, only to end it with a somehow longer to-do list and a lingering feeling of discontent about your performance.
It’s not just you. Although our collective productivity levels have risen sharply in the 21st century, the faster pace and bigger volume of work also create more cognitive overload.
To cope, you need to get back to the basics by figuring out how to marry your waking hours with the items stacked on your to-do list. That’s exactly what time management apps are for!
What essential features should the best time management app have?
There’s no right or wrong approach to time management. While there are some scientifically-backed time management strategies, they don’t work well for every person or team. Our productivity styles change depending on the environment, type of task, or even time of the day (due to our personal circadian rhythms).
You probably know what hinders your productivity streak—whether lack of clarity, procrastination, or a meeting-heavy day, leaving no time for deep work.
Time management apps help you better understand where your focus lingers and how it impacts your progress with features like:
Real-time tracking: You’ll identify where you spend most of your energy and optimize efficiency by automating or implementing changes to your policy, like no-meeting Fridays.
Reporting and analytics: You’ll better understand individual and team dynamics to make more realistic project plans, ensure accurate budget forecasting, and allocate resources more effectively.
Timesheet reports: You’ll estimate billable hours, process payroll, and ensure compliance with labor laws.
Integration with other business tools: You’ll sync time tracking with other systems to eliminate manual time entries and create richer app entries without manual copy-pasting.
Cross-platform support: You’ll access your software easily, whether working at your desk or in the field.
Great user experience: You’ll quickly feel at ease using your new time management app without it interfering with your workload.
Time management is a broad term, including time trackers, task managers, habit-building apps, website blockers, and more. Some products combine several features, while others do just one thing extremely well. When evaluating apps, we focused on:
Getting organized and staying on schedule
Building more productive habits
Promoting goal-setting and reducing stress
To that end, we’ve sifted through a ton of personal recs, social media mentions, and user reviews. We’ve tested each top contender by using it throughout writing this article. In particular, we evaluated:
Ease of use: Overall user experience and adoption curve
Features: How the product gets you organized and productive
Analytics: What insights you can gain about your habits
Pricing: How much bang you get for your buck (or for free!)
Below are the top tools that can be easily considered as the best time management apps on the market right now:
Best time trackers
Toggl Track
EverHour
Timely
Best for
Effortless time logging across platforms, apps, projects, and tasks for personal and teamwork
Teams looking to embed time tracking into other digital workplace tools
Automatic time logging of digital desk work
Best task managers
Todoist
Akiflow
Routinery
Best for
Anyone looking for a to-do list app for work and play
Busy executives who want to commit time to the right tasks
Neurodiverse people who want to build a productive routine
Best distraction blockers
RescueTime
Freedom
Best for
Carving more room for focus work among other activities
Scheduling digital detox sessions during your day
An in-depth look at the best time management tools
1. Toggl Track
📌 Best for effortless time logging across platforms, apps, projects, and tasks for personal and teamwork.
A lot of popular project management apps let you track tasks but not the time your team members spend on each chore.
Toggl Track brings time tracking into every device, browser, and operating system (OS) workflow. It has over 100 native integrations with popular business apps like Google Calendar, Asana, Notion, Trello, Focused Work, and many more, plus an option to build custom connections with Zapier and Toggl Track API for custom connections (on every plan).
You can power up the timer manually or launch automated tracking based on preset rules like time of day or upon the desktop app launch. The Timeline feature on the desktop app also automatically logs activity in each website and program you view for over 10 seconds. All timeline data on the desktop app is local to your computer—private and inaccessible to other team members or administrators.
Additionally, it supports time blocking, a time management feature that lets you block chunks of time for particular tasks. Linking Toggl Track with your Google Calendar makes it even more seamless because you can convert calendar events to time blocks. Use the built-in Pomodoro timer to remind you about breaks for a more productive streak.
Analytics is another area in which Toggl Track excels. You can visualize your performance in custom dashboards using charts, tables, pivots, bar charts, donut charts, and more. You can also check your efficiency trends week over week to better understand your work habits.
Toggl Track is the best time management app for businesses with trust-based cultures that want to empower people with productivity insights. It’s also a great choice for solos who want to improve their work habits and operational profitability by knowing how much time they spend on different activities.
🌟 Standout features
Accurate time-tracking on any device and in any app with 100+ native integrations and browser extensions.
Robust reporting features, providing productivity and profitability insights (templates include Revenue Sources, Client Billing, Project Progress, and more).
Personal time tracking reminders and automatic time tracking triggers remind you to log hours for active tasks.
Team time monitoring against project time estimates and alerts about time overruns
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Lavish forever-free plan for solos and small teams that really ‘sells’ the product’s features
Detects idle time but doesn’t auto-switch off the web tracker after prolonged inactivity
Auto-tracker feature on desktop auto-logs your background activity without breaching your privacy
Automated time-tracking reminders are only available on a paid plan
Customizable analytics charts and project management templates to maximize the value of your data
Doesn’t offer shift scheduling or shift management features
Dominic King loves how Toggl Track “makes it simple to measure time spent on tasks and projects, establish numerous projects for each customer, add descriptions and tags, and run reports depending on those criteria”.
For Felicity Cameron, a manager at a larger enterprise, Toggl Track is “beneficial for immediately determining where I spend the most of my time and how far I’ve progressed on each project. We utilized the app‘s data to re-evaluate when there were too many projects running concurrently, such as bringing on more partners or modifying my allotted hours”.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
As a freelance writer, I’ve been using Toggl Track for about two years. While I don’t bill hourly, Toggl Track helps me better understand how much time I spend on different types of assignments to curb inefficiency and avoid over-serving. By knowing how I use my time, I can better plan my work schedule, avoid project overlaps and subsequent panic scrambling to meet unrealistic deadlines.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Unlimited, automated time-tracking
30 days
From €9/mo per user
2. EverHour
📌 Best for teams looking to embed time tracking into their digital workplace tools.
Everhour is a time-tracking tool you can integrate into popular workspace software like Asana, ClickUp, and Github or use as a standalone app. In each case, the app will auto-track your time on tasks and log everything into a timesheet.
The benefits? A birds-eye view of project coverage, employee schedules, and joint progress without switching apps. To boot, Everhour also lets you assign hourly rates to every team member for budgeting or easier customer billing. You can set max time limits per different projects, limit editing post-submission, and add other role-specific controls and permissions to streamline team management.
On the downside, time sync and billing features are only available on a paid plan for a minimum of five users. The subscription costs can quickly add up if you’re working with many freelancers, as you’ll have to hook up each with a paid account to avoid manual data entry.
Other than that, Everhour is a great choice for managers looking to gain extra insights into work capacity planning.
🌟 Standout features
Integration with 40+ popular business apps (Asana, Trello, Basecamp, Clickup, and more!)
Attractive team timesheets with clock-in, clock-out, breaks, overtime, and time auto-stop
Configure reusable report templates for time tracking, project milestones, tracking, and sprint reviews
Mark projects as billable, set a budget, custom task or team member rates, and overspending notifications
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Unlimited project, task, and time tracking on a free plan
No integrations available in the free plan
Seamless time and task sync across projects for easier billing
Mobile app only offers time tracking for shifts
Low adoption curve and attractive user interfaces
Pricing can get steep for teams that use a lot of external help
💬 Why users love it
“If you are an Asana user, get this tool. It will vastly simplify your life!”said Joel, a small business owner. By relying on this integration, Joel no longer has to manually copy-paste data between Asana and Xero to label billable hours and invoice clients properly.
For Florian Menzel, who leads a technical team, analytics dashboards are the key selling point. “The various tables, charts, and other analytical visuals are making it easy to track who is working on what,” making project management a breeze.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
Everhour is better suited for teams rather than solos, as its paid plan has all those cool cross-product integrations features the company heavily advertises. On a free plan, I couldn’t test those out.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Covers 5 seats and all time-tracking functionality.
14 days
From $8.50/mo per user with a minimum of 5 seats.
3. RescueTime
📌 Best for preventing your wandering mind from seeking instant gratification instead of doing focused work.
RescueTime combines time tracking with distraction blocking. By blocking certain apps or websites, you can plan focus sessions and exclude distracting activities. However, the app’s efficiency hinges on your ability to properly categorize different apps as time-killers.
Unlike Toggl Track, RescueTime doesn’t have a web app. To start tracking activity, you’ll need to install a MacOS or Windows desktop app and a browser extension. An Android and iOS app is also available. The RescueTime browser extension updates every three minutes, but it takes a bit longer when you first install the product.
The app uses a new Timesheet AI assistant to automatically label activities by application and categories. Organize all entries on a daily timeline to see how you spend your time. You can also organize all things manually to make an exportable timesheet.
Generally, RescueTime caters more to individuals than teams requiring time tracking. It’s great at shutting down distracting apps and zooming your attention into your task list. However, the analytics feature is rather basic, without any admin view of aggregated user data or the ability to manage, export, or review user reports in the app.
🌟 Standout features
Customizable Focus Session lengths and settings, allowing you to block different types of apps and sites
Desktop Assistant that provides at-a-glance information about your focus goals and workday plans
Dedicated Meetings page, showing all the planned get-togethers from the connected calendar app (supports Google Calendar and Office 365/Outlook Calendar)
Timesheets AI assistant organizes your time logs on a daily timeline and allocates time across projects
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Automatic start-up upon powering on the computer
Fewer integrations compared to other popular time-tracking apps.
Coaching insights for reclaiming your time and minimizing distractions
On the pricier side, given the number of offered features
Meeting alerts with a link to joining the call on supported platforms (Zoom, Google Meet, or Microsoft Teams)
Doesn’t offer team functionality like admin report views.
💬 Why users love it
RescueTime scored some brownie points from Geoffrey Turner for “hosted Guided Focus Sessions” and “ease of use”. During a Guides Focus Session, you virtually co-work with other people in Pomodoro-styled sprints.
Xavier Colomés also loves how frictionless RescueTime is: “It is zero [percent] annoying, as they only notify you of really relevant events”.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
The app interface looks a bit dated. Upon sign-up, you’re immediately prompted to activate a free trial for a premium plan, requiring full billing details. Given there’s a free Lite version, this felt imposing. Otherwise, RescueTime did a good job logging my browser and app activity in the background and blocking access to time-wasting programs.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Available with limited project tracking and calendar sync
Two weeks
From $12/mo per user
4. Timely
📌 Best for automatically tracking all digital desk and knowledge work.
Timely leans fully into automated time tracking.
Once installed on your Windows, Apple, or Android device, the app starts clocking the minutes on different tasks. Thanks to the Memory feature, there’s no need to start or stop the timer. It detects all your background activity throughout the day—desktop app activity, website switching, and idle time.
Using drag-and-drop features, you can organize all captured activities to create a timesheet.
In terms of privacy, you can set rules to ignore certain activity tracking (e.g., exclude certain websites, apps, or document activity from automatic logging). Or you can change the page, app, or document title for specific activities. For example, to mask a sensitive document title from being saved in the cloud.
Users say Timely is quite precise with automatic data capture, but some goofs do come along with the app mislabeling at task or going blank. On the pro side, the team just added a new notification feature to alert users about time sync issues, plus better activity capture for rapid tab switching (available in beta as of September 2024).
Digital time tracking is Timely’s undeniable advantage, but it falls short of covering other workloads like field, manual, or non-desk labor. So it may not be the best choice for teams with more dynamic or on-the-go responsibilities like those in healthcare, engineering, logistics, or construction.
🌟 Standout features
Up-to-the-minute auto-generated employee timesheets covering all the digital activities for the day
Robust in-app search for resurfacing specific tasks, documents, and websites you’ve worked on
Integrated Project dashboard, combining capacity and budget data for better resource allocation
Custom tags for labeling all your workflows, tasks, projects, and all other activities.
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Simple, minimalistic app design with data-rich reporting views
Invoicing a third-party subscription to QuickBooks
Easy way to track internal cost rates for budgeting and manage billable hours
Doesn’t properly log incoming calls, messages, and web meetings on mobile phone
Frequent product updates, new feature releases, and bug fixes
Chrome only browser extension available
💬 Why users love it
Timely app gets a lot of praise for its sleek UX and easy learning curve. As Laurence Collings puts it: “I’ve never really bothered with productivity apps because the learning curve has been too much effort versus the potential gain—but this is one of the very few I’ve adopted, effortlessly, and so become a bit of an evangelist for.”
Other users like Lana Potgieter have been thoroughly impressed with the Memory feature and granularity of time tracking: “Integrating the different spaces and tabs I use, and the amount of switching when working with clients was very effective! [It] shows multitasking, and I can see and allocate even short minute blocks of time to a project & client”.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
I loved how Timely makes it easy to log time and organize entries with pre-suggested tags and sample reporting templates. The Task dashboard is sleek, offering a snapshot view of your schedule. But because there’s no free plan, it’s more suitable for teams than solos.
💰Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Not available
14 days
From $9/mo per user
5. Todoist
📌 Best for anyone looking for an affordable, collaborative upgrade from Notes app to-do lists for work and play.
While not a time tracker, Todoist is arguably the best to-do list app for individuals and smaller teams (under 10 people) who don’t want to bother with more complex and expensive project management tools.
Accessible from any device—desktop, phone, or iPad—Todoist helps you make better use of your time by (auto) planning your schedule. The biggest boon of Todoist is natural language processing. You can describe tasks by typing things like: “Daily standup every Monday at 10 am starting Sep 20 ending Dec 20”, and the app will set up entries for you. Then, you can hash things out further by using priority levels, filters, labels, due dates, fixed or floating times, and more.
Todoist will auto-classify everything and organize your stack into respective projects. The Upcoming tab displays all your pending tasks for the week in a list or Kanban-style board view, and the Today tab shows what you must accomplish here and now. You can also check everything in a Calendar view.
While Todoist doesn’t offer robust analytics, it allows you to track your daily and weekly productivity and stay motivated by setting weekly goals and earning Karma points.
For teamwork, you can share access to your projects with family and friends (even on a free plan). Collaborators can leave comments and get notified when tasks get completed. On a Team plan, you can also assign responsibilities, set more filter views, enjoy a calendar layout, store more project templates, and configure roles and permissions.
Although Todoist does not have time tracking features, it can help you stay more organized by building an effective personal task management system.
🌟 Standout features
Turn any action item from 80+ apps (Google Calendar, email, Microsoft apps) into a task in several clicks
Add task descriptions, set reminders, and task filters using human language—and let AI assistant prioritize things from there
Supported on all major devices (iPhone, Android, wearables, email clients, and browsers)
Easily share projects and tasks with non-users via public and private links
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Impeccable, cross-platform user experience with a focus on simplicity and efficiency.
Doesn’t support start dates that hide your tasks until their start date is due
Robust natural language processing for quick task entry
Subtasks can show as regular tasks in some views
Curated database of swipeable templates for a quick start
No way to set task dependencies without installing an add-on app
💬 Why users love it
Todoist has a somewhat cult following online, especially on Reddit, where loads of long-term users applaud the app for its “really robust free plan,” “top tier natural language processing,” and “perfect balance between usability & options.”
Atlanta Community Food Bank team, in turn, loves Todoist because “collaboration and task delegation has become an easy pie and working on group projects has been rendered successful through sharing and attaching of task files and documents”.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
Todoist sits at the sweet spot between a simple to-do list in a Note app and professional task management software. I love that Todoist continues to do what it says on the tin—reducing the chaos of managing an endless string of daily tasks, drawing your attention to where it should be.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Covers 5 personal projects
Not available
Start from $4/mo per user
6. Akiflow
📌 Best for becoming more conscious of your workload and committing the time to the right tasks.
Similar to Todoist, Akiflow sits more in the universe of productivity apps, rather than time trackers. The app’s features promote the idea of intentional productivity, coaching you to build a better schedule and direct attention to things that matter.
Thanks to integrations with over 3,000 different apps, you can create new tasks by selecting any text or pasting a URL to the Akiflow inbox. From there, the app will help you build a better schedule by aggregating tasks, to-dos, and meetings into a daily to-do or weekly/monthly timeline. You can manually assign specific calendar time slots to every task to time-block or manually add planned work hours.
The lack of integrated time-tracking or a timer means you need to be good at estimating the average task duration to properly assign time blocks and avoid overlaps. The AI assistant will help curb the chaos by organizing all entities by tags, projects, and folders. Plus, you can ask it to auto-assign your daily tasks and break down projects into manageable to-dos.
Unlike many productivity apps, Akiflow doesn’t push you to cross one to-do after another to get that dopamine rush. Instead, it coaches you to direct your energy to action items that matter the most and provides room for reflection.
The Rituals feature encourages you to plan your days in advance, review your performance with basic analytics, and jot down areas for improvement—all helpful to reduce the next-day jitters and feeling of overwhelm after a stressful day.
Automated task imports from popular business products, plus dead simple new task creation using natural language and text pasting
Drag and drop tasks to create color-coded time blocks and replan undone tasks in one click
Automatic conflict detection in scheduled meetings and overlapping events
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Seamless task creation and contextual task linking to build effective daily timelines
Mobile apps (iOS and Android) are being reworked due to performance issues.
Loads of automation to replan tasks, block recurrent time slots, and keep your timeline organized
No option to convert planned calendar events into tasks.
Share available time slots with others via a booking link, with options for single or recurring slots
No free plan is available, and the monthly plan costs $39/user, with a 44% discount if billed annually.
💬 Why users love it
Akiflow quickly won some brownie points with busy executives and team managers whose schedules are packed with high-stake action items.
For Francesca Marano, Director of Engineering Learning and Growth at XWP, “Akiflow is Get Things Done on steroids. I can easily manage my to-do items, schedule them, or leave them in the Someday bucket if they are not tied to a deadline. I love that I can see my calendar and my to-do items on one screen so I can also evaluate how many calls I can add to my day based on the items in my backlog”.
Founder Simon Stafferton, in turn, loves Akiflow because “It truly helps me organize my day and feel more in control of my tasks and workload than ever before. It’s amazing how well-designed software can do this!”
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
Although on the pricier side, it’s easy to see why Akiflow gets so many raving reviews. The onboarding sequence guides you through integrating the first few apps (Google Calendar or Microsoft Outlook) and gets the first task on your timeline. From there, customization and organization are easy—type in tasks, drag and drop ’em on the Calendar view, and adjust the duration. The task management experience is delightful, but the high price tag (which likely covers the impressive number of native integrations with other products) deters me a bit.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Not available
7-day
From $19/mo per user
7. Freedom
📌 Best for going on a digital detox to break the habit of mindless scrolling.
If your favorite flavour of procrastination is going deep into the digital rabbit hole, Freedom can help you quit this pattern by blocking every sweet distraction online.
Depending on how radical you want, you can block certain web, mobile, and desktop apps, websites, or even the entire Internet. Don’t worry; the self-ban is temporary, and you can always adjust the settings to your degree of digital comfort.
You can schedule exclusion sessions for a custom time or set recurring sessions. Since it syncs across multiple platforms, your sessions apply to all your devices. Freedom also lets you create different blocklists depending on what you want.
For example, you can have a work list excluding all news or entertainment websites. The slight problem with Freedom (and other website blocking software) is many websites are dual purpose; for example, you can use LinkedIn to network or as a distraction.
Unlike other time management tools on the list, Freedom doesn’t offer many other productivity features, even on the Team plan.
🌟 Standout features
Customizable, synchronized distraction blocking across websites, apps, and devices
Locked Mode prevents you from switching Freedom blocking for a set period
Session annotation and history help you analyze your work habits
In-app ambient noises are available to help you focus
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Airtight digital distraction blocking with no easy way to chicken out
Mono-feature product at a slightly high price point
Fast setup and easy app configuration
Very limited analytics for quantifying time savings
Schedule recurring deep work sessions in advance to maximize your productivity
Lacks integrations with other products to easily export data
💬 Why users love it
Educator Wil Davenport loves that Freedom does what it says on the tin: “blocks websites and apps that are distracting to me, across all devices and platforms, so I can stay focused. It does its job very well!”
Software engineer Abhishek A also enjoys how the app “provides many small-small important productivity features like “Focus Sounds” which are helpful background white noises.”
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Take
Although guilty of occasional aimless swiping, I’m not a firm believer in full-site blocking as the answer to better productivity. If my mind constantly seeks distractions, I try to work on my focus abilities rather than hoping a temporary website block will prevent my attention from fading. But everyone’s different, and it may be a good stopper for you.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Free browser extension with limited features available (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and Opera)
7 days
From $3.30/mo or a one-time payment of $99.50
Team plans start from $99/mo for 10 to 100 members
8. Routinery
📌 Best for neurodiverse people who struggle to build and maintain a productive routine.
Most time management and productivity apps don’t work well for neurodiverse folks who are easily susceptible to external stimuli distractions, have time perception difficulties, or struggle to switch between activities.
Routinery champions an alternative time management technique rooted in behavioral science. Instead of shoehorning users into keeping up with the clock or smashing items on the to-do list, the app gently coaches them to create a Routine that works for them.
Routines contain different items you can add in any order and assign for any duration. When you start a Routine, the app shows the first task alongside a countdown timer. It will buzz when you need to move to the next item. If you’re still on it, pause the task or add more time.
Once you’re done, the next scheduled task will appear. You can start it, skip it, or pause it. If you’re stuck, the app will gently nudge you to continue with the current step. When creating a new routine, you can choose which days it affects (weekends vs. weekdays), its total duration, and the frequency of reminders.
Routinely creates a clear task sequence and gradually builds up behavior chains between tasks to combat slog, distraction, and procrastination—the type of issues people with ADHD often face. While it’s not a business app, Routinery deserves a place on this list for its commitment to inclusion.
🌟 Standout features
Pre-made routines for morning, evening, productivity, and health with preset items
Text pop-up notifications and voice-reminded to help you stay on track
In-built, self-activated Pomodoro timer to track your performance
Daily, weekly, and monthly reports on habit building with feedback
⚖️ Pros & cons
Pros
Cons
Promotes positive, long-lasting behavioral changes via habit stacking
No web app or browser version available
Uncluttered, intuitive design that reduces time anxiety
Doesn’t address motivation problems beyond nudges
No feature bloating or user flow complexities
Some users report high battery usage
💬 Why users love it
Routinery is making rounds on ADHD subreddits, where users praise it for the ability to “add just enough extra structure/incentive to change and it’s just making everything easier!” and the option to “add a 1 min or 5 or 10-minute snooze if you’re not done yet (these two features are GLORIOUS and absent from the other apps.”
In the Apple Store, reviewers rave about how the app helped “realize how much time everything will actually take and giving me an ETA of sorts that gets pushed back whenever I take longer on a task is just revolutionary for my severe lack of time concept”.
Top tip:
👩💻 Personal Verdict
As a Millennial adult with a slightly shortened attention span and distraction-seeking brain, I also found Routinery to be a great personal tool for adding simple daily reminders for building positive habits like taking my vitamins, doing exercise breaks, and drinking more water. The calm interface design and a great selection of cute icons make those nudges less abrasive, which many others also appreciate.
💰 Pricing
Free Plan
Free Trial
Paid Plans
Supports 2 free Routines
7 days
From $3.99/mo
How to choose the right time management tool
Choosing the right time management can be as hard as picking a new Netflix show to binge-watch—so many options, yet you end up scrolling for hours.
To make a shortlist, figure out your use case first. Do you need a tool for the team or personal productivity? Is it task estimation, prioritization, or resource management where you fall behind? Put this down as a simple statement:
“I want a time management app that helps [me /my team] to [address challenge X, Y, Z] so I can [get a desired result].”
Look into an app that best addresses your biggest challenge with its core features. Then, evaluate whether it can also help with other hurdles. For example, if you want to better understand how much time goes into different team activities, an app with time-tracking features and a team analysis view is a good choice.
Next, consider the app compatibility. You want a product that integrates with your current tech stack i.e., can exchange data with other tools like project management apps, invoicing, or HR software.
Similarly, pay attention to the supported platforms (operating systems, browsers, and devices). If your company has a mix of MacOS and Windows users, you’ll need an app that runs on both. And for non-desk work, you’d also need a companion mobile app.
Top tip:
We also believe it’s helpful to evaluate thecost-benefit of adopting this software. Can better time insights help increase client billing or project budget estimates? Will this knowledge prevent over-serving or project delays, leading to cost creep? What’s the number of productive hours you will be able to reclaim? The best time management tools come with a proven ROI.
Common mistakes to avoid when selecting time management software
To save you even more time on product selection, our Customer Success team has some juicy tips:
Don’t go after the most feature-rich tool. Some productivity apps have a steep learning curve, and most people have zero time to waste learning new software just to track their time. Pick a tool that excels in one major area (e.g., time tracking or task management) plus integrates well with other business software.
Don’t pick a time tracker with employee monitoring features like keyboard stroke logs, screen recordings, or access to full browser history. Such a degree of invasiveness backfires. Morale and productivity drop, while quitting intention increases. Half of tech workers would leave their jobs if forced to use an app with video recording or facial recognition to track productivity.
Don’t ignore security and compliance requirements. Learn how the software company collects, stores, and secures the collected data. A breach on their end could mean your sensitive data ends up on the dark web. Ensure all necessary safeguards are in check to stay safe and compliant.
If you struggle to understand where time slips and how to use it more effectively, Toggl Track may have the answers.
Our time tracking platform transforms your ‘busy’ into task-based daily timelines, detailed weekly timesheets, capacity-based project estimates, and client invoices with billable hours.
By combining automated and manual time tracking across 100 apps, we help busy solos and teams discover which high-value activities contribute to their goals the most (all while being hawkish about anti-surveillance and user data protection).
Visualize how you spend your time in custom dashboards to zoom in on your performance, project profitability trends, and resource allocation effectiveness.
Elena is a senior content strategist and writer specializing in technology, finance, and people management. With over a decade of experience, she has helped shape the narratives of industry leaders like Xendit, UXCam, and Intellias. Her bylines appear in Tech.Co, The Next Web, and The Huffington Post, while her ghostwritten thought leadership pieces have been featured in Forbes, Smashing Magazine, and VentureBeat. As the lead writer behind HLB Global’s Annual Business Leader Survey, she translates complex data and economic trends into actionable insights for executives in 150+ countries. Armed with a Master’s in Political Science, Elena blends analytical depth with sharp storytelling to create content that matters.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Are your HR leaders increasingly worrying about organizational capability? We get it. Companies need to make the most of their employees’ talent and skills, especially as certain hiring budgets dwindle and resources become more precious.
Since every new hire has the potential to either close or widen the organizational skill gaps, one thing hiring managers can do is turn to the humble competency assessment to find talent for current and future jobs.
Competency-based assessments focus candidate selection on specific skills and abilities that actually matter on the job. A well-structured competency assessment can check for core technical skills and look at essential soft skills like teamwork or collaboration, helping your hiring team quickly identify ideal candidates.
Think it’s time to use competency assessments in your talent acquisition strategy? Here’s how.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Competency assessments test for multiple skills and personal attributes. They’re based on the requirements of specific roles. A role-based competency model makes it easy to match the right candidates to the right positions.
Competence testing is part of a company’s talent assessment strategy. Organizations need strategic workforce planning to avoid skill gaps. With the economy changing rapidly, anyone who lags behind will feel the effects quickly.
There are different ways to test competencies. Options include skills testing, task-based mentoring, homework, competency-based interviews, feedback from peers, and even self-assessment. Companies usually employ a blend of methods to suit their recruitment process.
It’s no easy feat designing a role-specific competency assessment. Luckily, we’ve already done that for you! Browse over 180+ role-based assessments in our test library. Combine them with our pre-built video tests and homework assignments to learn everything you need to know about an individual’s skills.
Ready to confidently assess competency skills?
Use our skills assessments to gain data-driven insights that help you hire smarter.
A competency assessment is an evaluation of an individual’s skills, experience, and specific competencies against job requirements and duties.
Assessments could include skills tests, interviews, homework assignments, and task-based testing. Regardless of the one you choose to use, the overall aim is to generate enough information to determine whether the individual matches the job requirements and can perform well in the role.
Competency assessments play a key role in various parts of the recruitment process:
During the initial stages of the recruitment process, competency assessments filter the best-fit candidates from the thousands of applicants, helping you identify candidates who match the required skills and have the right personality traits to succeed.
Internal competency assessments detect the existence of a skills gap. When competency assessments happen continuously, they help companies detect missing skills. If you use them correctly, you can use them to recruit new talent or plan training for existing workers.
On an individual level, pre-employment testing helps identify an individual’s abilities and weaknesses. It reveals areas for personal development and helps an individual reskill to keep pace with technology or business practices.
Top tip:
Competency assessments aren’t simple skills tests or personality surveys. They’re tools that empower HR leaders and make it possible to build high-performing teams. They provide information about skill levels within an organization and help onboard qualified talent. When used correctly, they provide a consistent method to achieve skill gap closure whenever that’s required, too.
Example of problem-solving as a competency
Skills vs. competencies
A skill is the ability to carry out a function or task by putting learning into practice. This could be a technical skill, such as Python coding or writing Machine Learning algorithms, or it could be a soft skill, like giving presentations to external organizations. Skills tend to be transferrable and not connected to roles within an organization.
Competencies describe the ideal attributes of someone occupying a specific role and may include skills, knowledge, experience, or even personality traits. For example, problem-solving is a skill, while problem-solving while working as a civil engineer is a competency.
When used in the hiring process, a competency-based assessment can help put the right talent in the right roles. HR managers often turn to competency tests when conducting organization-wide talent gap analysis and workforce planning. Identifying skill gaps in time allows leaders to organize staff training programs to meet business future needs.
Businesses often use competency assessments outside of the hiring process to determine who to hire or promote. But as we will see, understanding competencies also requires the ability to assess and develop critical skills. So, in practice, skills and competencies are closely related.
The 3 main types of competencies
Core Competencies
Core competencies are behaviors or skills that every employee should have. They form the basis for a robust competency framework.
Example: At the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), core competencies include teamwork, flexible thinking, developing talent, client focus, and strategic networking.
Functional competencies
Functional competencies are skills linked to specific job requirements. Functional competencies vary with seniority and the complexity of a given role. Each job usually has 3-5 essential functional competencies.
Example: Functional competencies for a university IT manager could include network management, cybersecurity, managing cloud infrastructure, and applying educational IT.
Behavioral competencies
Behavioral competencies are soft skills that are connected to roles. Roles may require specific personality traits or cultural skills.
Example: Behavioral competencies for a corporate recruiter could include negotiation, communication skills, building relationships, and results-oriented working practices.
Competence and competency are often used interchangeably, but they’re actually different concepts.
When we talk about competence, we usually mean general ability and intelligence. Competency is more precise. It relates to the ability to meet the core requirements of an individual’s role.
Imagine you are looking for a social media manager. We can agree that an “incompetent” person probably won’t be suited to the role. But even an intelligent person who lacks great communication skills may struggle to perform to the required level because they lack the right competencies.
In that sense, competency is like applied competence. In the social media example, you may need a “highly competent individual with the ability to communicate, a deep knowledge of social media, and a talent for marketing.”
Our imaginary employee would need to be competent in using Facebook, running marketing campaigns, and writing engaging content. Without those skills, they would not meet the competency criteria for their job.
What is a competency framework?
Competency frameworks set out the necessary skills for every role in an organization. They allow companies to plan competency testing strategies systematically. With the right framework in place, you should know exactly what skills every role requires—from junior assistants to executive managers.
Any organization with a mixture of technical, administrative, and managerial roles needs a competency framework.
A solid framework informs employees about how to develop their skills, clarifies career progression, and uses skill gap analysis to ensure that current and future jobs meet organizational goals.
The OECD is a good example of how to use frameworks. The international research body groups its role-based competency model into three families (executive leadership, research, and administration). These families contain numerous sub-groups containing competencies for every role.
Top tip:
The model above uses a competency model to specify unique technical competencies for different jobs. But it also links to core competencies that every employee needs. It’s a clever mix of general organizational goals and individual requirements. And most organizations can learn from its structure.
Advantages and challenges of competency assessments in hiring
Advantages
Equality: A competency test should be completely neutral (or as neutral as possible). Tests are the same for everyone and generate consistent information about whether staff members meet strategic objectives. This skills assessment data feeds into benchmarked decisions to build the perfect organizational skill set.
Efficiency: Consistent benchmarking allows you to assess candidates or employees at scale. Customized competency tests take the stress out of workforce assessment. You can quickly determine reskilling requirements. You can also reduce the time to hire new employees.
Relevancy: Competency assessments are focused on the tasks that workers actually carry out. Following a competency test, employees know what they need to learn to improve their productivity. Candidates get valuable insight into what their role could be like in the future.
Strategy: Companies can combine a competency assessment system with its strategic skills framework. An organization without a plan to integrate new skills will quickly fall behind. Competency tests let you combine traditional job task analysis with deeper learning. You can discover candidates who really suit your organizational needs.
Challenges
Lack of flexibility: Sometimes, competency testing can be too specific. This can result in boring tests with little scope for candidates to express themselves. And testing can even hide skill gaps. For instance, candidates could pass an ultra-specific competency test by accidentally guessing correctly.
Internal alignment: Competency assessments must align with a shared understanding of business objectives. Testing competencies that are out of date or irrelevant is useless. Competency assessment data must serve actual business needs, not abstract ideas of a “good” candidate. That’s why job task analysis is essential before starting competence testing.
Now, we know what competency assessments are and why they matter. But what techniques can you use in your competency assessment system? Here are eight of the most popular ways to use competency analysis as a business tool.
1. Test-based assessment
A job-specific skills assessment is one of the most effective screening methods. It lets you evaluate candidates by skill levels and instantly spot high-performers. You can often combine hard skills with soft skills into one competency assessment, filtering out candidates with just the right mix of skills, experience, and competence for the position. This way, you can spend your valuable time interviewing highly qualified people instead of wasting time with poor-fit applicants!
One of our customers, Proxify, used competency testing early in the hiring process to pinpoint A-level development talent and fast-track them to the next step. Using our library of 20,000+ expert-created questions, Proxify crafted a highly-tailored competency assessment to automate initial screening and shortened their time-to-hire to just 12.5 days.
Top tip:
You can do the same. Our skills tests draw on expert knowledge and cover everything from technical to marketing to finance roles. Clients can build a customized competency test for every role. And they can streamline recruitment while finding higher-quality candidates.
2. Observation-based assessment
Careful observation over time is one of the best ways to understand whether people are suited to a specific role.
Internships are a great example of how observation works as a competency test. Companies can use skills testing to identify interns with the right core competencies. Interns then have the chance to prove they have what it takes to succeed in real-world environments.
Task-based mentoring, also known as collaborative learning, is a fast, reliable way to determine whether a young professional has the potential to grow into their role. Simply pair high performers with your interns and observe how fast they learn on the job! This should also increase the likelihood of an intern progressing to full employment – saving the company time and money.
Sometimes, managers can only learn about competencies in a face-to-face environment. Some people “test” well but don’t deliver in person. Avoid this scenario by matching skills tests with competency-based interviews.
As much as they might sound like it, competency-based interviews aren’t social calls. They compare answers from interviewees with competency criteria and generate valuable insights about a candidate’s soft skills. And there are some elements that they need to include:
Ideal candidate profiles: Interviewers must know the profile of an ideal candidate. This should be linked to core competencies for the specific role.
Targeted questions: Carefully planned questions test for skills like problem-solving, analytical thinking, and adaptability. Questions should provide information about how well the candidate meets the desired skills profile for the role.
Candidate evaluation forms: These forms compare the candidate’s interview performance against competency criteria. They have a standard layout, allowing you to compare many candidates objectively.
Candidate scorecards: Scorecards work alongside evaluation forms. Interviewers use them to rate how well interviewees meet core requirements.
Top tip:
Remember that interviews must be systematic and fair. Systematically build profiles and scorecards that assess competencies. And use standard templates to ensure that all candidates are treated equally.
Homework assignments tend to be used after initial screening or skills testing but before an additional round of interviews. Recruiters isolate a pool of potential hires and assign take-home tasks to assess their real-world skills in context.
Candidates have a set amount of time to complete each task. Tasks usually involve more complex questions than standard skills tests, providing recruiters with more information about the candidate’s skill set.
Home assignments are also very diverse. Tasks could involve coding challenges, written tests, presentation planning, or making an improvised sales pitch. However, they must always assess the core competencies of the specific role, so careful task selection is vital.
Top tip:
We rely on home assessments to find elite-tier talent, so we know how effective they can be. And it’s easy to try homework in your own processes. Our library features 500+ pre-built task-based assessments that are ready to use and cover a wide range of roles.
5. Portfolio-based assessment
Portfolio-based competency assessment draws on work previously completed by candidates. Examples include graphic designers, creative directors, video producers, artists, musicians, app developers, and marketers. Portfolios tend to work best in positions where individuals need to show off their creativity.
If you use portfolios as a competency test, be clear about what candidates need to provide. Request examples of their work that relate to the role they’re applying for—not just their best work. The portfolio should show that the individual is well-suited to the role and ideally has relevant experience.
Also, don’t rely on portfolios alone. Combine examples of work with relevant skills testing and homework assignments. That way, you will screen out deceptive candidates and double-check for core competencies.
6. Assessment centers or test days
Assessment centers and test days handle large numbers of candidates at one time, making them a great option for assessing graduate recruits.
Companies can administer a standardized competency test for aptitude and core skills and then easily filter out poor-quality candidates. This is almost always better than choosing from a very similar stack of paper resumes.
However, assessment centers work less well when assessing competency for specialist roles. Roles can be unique, with a relatively small pool of potential candidates. Organizations need to follow high-volume testing with more focused competency testing.
If you want to get a full picture of an individual’s competencies, it sometimes helps to ask the person who knows them best: themselves.
Recruiters can request self-assessments of a candidate’s achievements, skills, and abilities as part of the initial application phase. Focus these self-assessments around core competencies. That way, you force candidates to think about how well they are adapted to the role. And they have a chance to convince you about their passion and talent.
Top tip:
Self-assessment isn’t a solution on its own. You need to combine it with skills testing, interviews, and other competency assessments. However, asking candidates about themselves can be extremely informative.
8. 360-degree feedback assessment
In a 360-degree feedback exercise, HR teams ask colleagues, managers, or even customers to assess how well an individual performs in their role. Feedback should be as broad as possible (hence the 360-degree reference).
Naturally, this assessment method is better suited for employee performance management or talent gap analysis than candidate screening. Participants fill out forms listing a series of core competencies. They rate how well the subject meets these competencies, and there may be written sections to provide more detailed feedback.
Submissions remain confidential, but the subject can see the results. This helps them plan their own development. Assessments also inform managers as they inform organizational plans, arrange training, or assess employee roles.
Top tip:
On the negative side, 360-degree feedback tests for opinions, not concrete facts. This makes it prone to bias. It’s hard to ensure that feedback is totally neutral. And constantly asking colleagues to report on their peers is not always beneficial for employee morale.
7 top benefits of using competency-based assessments
#1. Find the most qualified candidate
Competency assessments ensure that your talent acquisition strategies help you select candidates with essential skills, knowledge, and capabilities.
Competency tests help you quickly focus on candidates who are skilled and suitable for specific roles. You can reduce the number of interviews required and learn far more than resumes could ever provide.
#2. Identify company-wide skills gaps
Competency tests identify skills effectively at a time when global skills gaps are challenging recruiters like never before.
The global skills gap is real. According to the World Economic Forum (WEF), 50% of jobs worldwide will require reskilling by 2025. 70% of the skills predicted to be essential in 2025 did not appear in lists for 2015 or 2020. In that context, precise competency testing is going to be crucial.
Competency assessment helps you identify the best candidates, reducing the need for costly rehiring processes. It also lets you plug the skill gap by reskilling existing employees—a win-win situation.
Competency assessments provide an accurate snapshot of how candidates will contribute to your business over the long run. Getting proof of competency early in the recruitment process enables the hiring team to pinpoint candidates who will succeed in the role, as competency is one of the most reliable predictors of future job performance.
Study after study has demonstrated that general cognitive ability combined with job-specific knowledge and skills play a significant role in predicting future performance on the job. You can make confident hiring decisions to fill current skills gaps and raise the bar of your team’s future performance by paying closer attention to your quality of hire.
Competency assessment detects gaps in an individual’s skills and can help them plan their career development. Managers can work with employees to understand their skill gaps, creating lifelong professional development plans to help their ongoing growth.
This approach forms part of a wider talent management strategy, using skills gap analysis to support a culture of continuous learning.
#5. Deliver rapid onboarding
Competency assessment makes it easy to assess the skills of new employees during the onboarding process.
Managers can then create individualized onboarding plans for each new hire. Plans can include training and mentoring, but employees can start in areas where they are already strong.
#6. Improve employee retention
Competency assessment helps companies retain employees and minimize employee turnover. According to the US Department of Labor, 44% of workers are looking to change roles, with many citing poor growth opportunities as a reason for compromising their career objectives.
Employees value employers who offer training programs to develop their skills and progress their careers. Competency testing lets them know where they stand and shows what individuals must do to improve their skills and move up the organizational hierarchy.
#7. Save money on the recruitment process
Competency testing reduces the cost of hiring by speeding up recruitment. Recruiters can spot the best candidates quickly, and fewer interviews are required. Skills-based hiring also reduces the risk of making a bad hire, requiring costly retraining or even a fresh recruitment process.
As an added bonus, competency testing finds candidates who are well-suited to their roles. They tend to work more productively and are less likely to leave due to low job satisfaction. So, over time, your recruitment needs will decrease.
4 ways to measure the effectiveness of a competency assessment
Competency assessment is a moving target. The skills that companies need constantly change. And assessments that worked last year may not be exactly right for today’s workforce. That’s why it’s vital to know how effective your competency assessments really are.
Monitoring Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) is the best way to ensure your talent acquisition strategy is on the right track. With the right capability analytics, you can ensure that tests and other assessment methods actually measure the specific skills and competencies that matter.
When deciding on competency assessment metrics to track, consider:
EmployeePerformance: How well do employees perform before and after competency-based training exercises? Does including competency tests in your hiring process help you onboard high-performers?
EmployeeSatisfaction and Retention: Have job satisfaction and retention rates changed after introducing competency testing? Or has competency testing actually led to lower employee morale?
Promotions: Are competency assessment measures leading to promotions and career development? Do you see a solid correlation between employees acing their competency assessment and getting promoted?
Recruitment costs: How much money are you saving by using competency testing?
Hire the right candidates with Toggl Hire skills tests
Knowing how to assess candidates is crucial at a time when finding the best talent is becoming harder (and when everybody has access to the internet and AI to help them fluff out their resumes and portfolios). Competency assessments connect the right candidates with the right roles.
Our competency tests take the stress and risk out of hiring. Whether you’re looking to improve your recruitment process or close skills gaps with existing employees, introducing a competency assessment could be exactly what you need to drive sustainable organizational growth.
Create a free Toggl Hire account and start exploring our library of pre-built competency assessments today!
Juste loves investigating through writing. A copywriter by trade, she spent the last ten years in startups, telling stories and building marketing teams. She works at Toggl Hire and writes about how businesses can recruit really great people.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Hubstaff and Time Doctor are popular time tracking software. However, when we tried the tools, it became clear that they approach time tracking in different ways to cater to their target audiences.
Hubstaff’s time tracking solution offers in-depth analytics and some employee productivity tracking features like geolocation tracking, so construction, logistics, and field service managers can easily track and optimize their workforce’s productivity.
On the other hand, Time Doctor depends heavily on employee monitoring software and distraction management tools to ensure agencies can oversee and optimize the work habits of their in-office and remote teams.
However, such extensive employee monitoring methods, as seen in Time Doctor, may lead to a culture of distrust and an unhappy workforce. And, while Hubstaff is a bit less intrusive, its disadvantages over the Time Doctor are its addon-based pricing model that can balloon the cost, and its heavy emphasis on reporting features rather than the time tracking features on the web app.
To make up for these drawbacks, we decided to include Toggl Track into the mix. Its approach to time tracking is three-fold:
Encourage adoption with flexible time tracking tools across platforms — allowing users to adapt time tracking to their workflow, not the other way around.
Equip decision-makers with industry-leading analytics, comprehensive reports, and valuable insights, so that when time tracking becomes effortless across the organization, they can use them to take their business to the next level.
Stay clear of employee monitoring software. Instead, it uses time data to build cultures of trust, transparency, feedback, and growth.
In this article, we compare Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track in the following areas:
User Experience,
Reporting & Analytics,
Employee Privacy,
Integrations,
and Price.
But before we get into the details, let’s look at a quick overview!
Comparison Summary: Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track
Hubstaff
Time Doctor
Toggl Track
💲Price💲
⭐⭐⭐
Free version for one user. Paid plans start at $7/mo/user but have hidden costs. Like a two-user minimum which increases initial costs to $14/mo.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
No free version. 14-day free trial. Paid plans start at $7/mo/user with unlimited users, activity tracking, and basic reporting.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
The free plan supports unlimited time tracking, clients, and reports. Paid plans start at $10/mo/user with billable rates, templates, and custom reports.
🖼️ User Experience 🖼️
⭐⭐⭐⭐
Web, mobile, and desktop apps for time tracking. Custom dashboard layouts using widgets. Geolocation-based auto-tracking.
⭐⭐⭐
Customizable web app for analytics. Time tracking on desktop, mobile, and via browser extension. Offers auto-start tracking and distraction management features.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Web, mobile, and desktop apps for time tracking. Uses reminders, automated time tracking, and a Pomodoro timer to improve time management.
📊 Reports & Analytics 📊
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Pre-designed reports to review employee & team productivity. Insights dashboard to track activity and compare against industry averages.
⭐⭐⭐
7 basic reports covering employee productivity, activity levels, and attendance. Provides fragmented insights into the business.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Customizable Analytics dashboard to create interactive reports of overall progress. Insights dashboard to measure your team’s profitability.
🔍 Employee Privacy 🔍
⭐⭐⭐
Employee productivity tracking. Includes GPS tracking, URL & app tracking, screenshots, and mouse & keyboard activity.
⭐⭐
Employee monitoring features. Includes screenshots, web and app usage tracking, keyboard & mouse tracking, & screen recordings.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Doesn’t support any employee monitoring software. Focuses on insights to improve the bottom line without infringing on employee privacy or fostering distrust.
🔗 Integrations 🔗
⭐⭐⭐
30+ integrations with CRM, accounting, and project management software.
⭐⭐⭐⭐
60+ integrations & browser extensions to track time on other business apps like Asana, Salesforce, and Jira.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
100+ integrations with third-party platforms like Asana, QuickBooks, and Google Calendar. 3,000+ integrations via Zapier and Integrately + Toggl API.
In 2012, Dave Nevogt and Jared Brown started Hubstaff as a better way to track and analyze remote workforces by combining the best of employee monitoring features with in-depth analytics.
Hubstaff starts with a simple time tracking solution for employees to track time on the browser, desktop, and mobile app. The time data is uploaded to timesheets where managers can view and approve employee work hours. For a deeper understanding of employee work habits, managers have access to employee monitoring features like screenshot capture, URL tracking, and geolocation. But what sets Hubstaff apart are its comprehensive analytics features that use employee time and monitoring data to provide in-depth insights into company-wide and individual productivity, project costs, and payroll.
Hubstaff is ideal for managers looking to monitor and optimize the productivity of off-site employees like delivery executives, remote customer support executives, and construction crews.
What is Time Doctor?
“Eliminate distractions to reach your goal”🧑💻🎯
Liam Martin and Rob Rawson founded Time Doctor in 2012 to empower employees to remain productive no matter where they are.
Its comprehensive employee productivity software eliminates distractions at every turn, starting with a time tracker, available on the desktop or mobile app. Meanwhile, the web app allows managers to optimize company-wide tracking settings, including automatic time tracking. They can also analyze employee work habits using monitoring software like screenshot capture, URL tracking, video recordings, and activity tracking. Managers can then use this data to implement distraction management techniques for improving productivity. For example, they can tag unproductive sites and send nudges, reminding employees to focus on work if they visit these sites.
Time Doctor is designed for agencies and businesses looking for a platform to track and optimize the work habits of their in-office and remote teams.
What is Toggl Track?
“Empower employees, improve performance.”📈
Toggl was founded in 2006 by Alari Aho and Krister Haav as a full-fledged time tracking and productivity software to help your team become the best version of themselves. It was rebranded to Toggl Track after the launch of Toggl Plan and Toggl Hire.
Its time tracking solution uses intuitive tools and automated time tracking features to easily populate time data in timesheets. The collected time data is used to fuel Toggl’s powerhouses — the Analytics and Insights features, which offer unique insights into employee work habits and productivity. Finally, Toggl offers a wide selection of third-party integrations to seamlessly integrate time tracking into your workflow. It does all this without depending on employee monitoring features, living up to its mantra of respecting an individual’s privacy and autonomy.
Toggl Track is perfect for large teams and enterprises looking for a time tracking solution that equips decision-makers with in-depth insights. It’s an ideal solution for any company aiming to improve productivity and profitability while building a culture of growth, performance, and trust.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: User Experience
In a nutshell, Toggl Track focuses on simplifying employee time tracking, Time Doctor does the same but uses intrusive tracking methods, and Hubstaff focuses on helping managers measure productivity.
Hubstaff
Time Doctor
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Toggl Track and Hubstaff let you track time on the web app, while Time Doctor only tracks time using the desktop app.
The desktop app (shown below), mobile app, and Chrome extensions simplify time tracking for employees, using Reminders, Pomodoro Timer, and an Autotracker (more on these in the next section).
On the other hand, the web app adds to time tracking with management-specific timesheet and analytics features so managers can approve timesheets, understand employee productivity, and measure project profitability from a single platform.
Hubstaff offers time tracking options similar to Toggl Track, with the desktop app, mobile app, and Chrome extension. However, the web app focuses more on reporting than actual time tracking — so much so that the time tracker is relegated to a small corner on the top left side.
The dashboard uses widgets to create custom layouts with business- or role-specific information. Though it offers much flexibility, setting up the dashboard to access this information takes time.
Also, you’ll need to understand your processes well to prioritize the right data. This is something only experienced managers who understand the business thoroughly will be able to do.
Meanwhile, Time Doctor supports time tracking via its desktop and mobile app. It also supports a Chrome extension but it only works if you’ve already installed the desktop app.
The web app is only meant for managers to analyze tracked time and optimize settings. Its dashboard is similar to Hubstaff’s, letting you select from different widgets to create a layout with custom data. However, you can’t reorganize the widgets to your convenience.
Time Doctor uses auto-tracking to monitor employees and Hubstaff also uses it to keep tabs on off-site workers, meanwhile, Toggl Track’s private Autotracker simplifies employee time tracking without any surveillance features.
Toggl Track improves the time tracking experience on its apps with two automation options:
Timeline, whichtracks and stores your computer activity privately, so you can easily fill in gaps in your timesheets when you’re ready to upload your time entries. The data is stored locally on your device so other users (like managers) won’t have access to it unless you add it to your timesheet.
Autotracker, which uses preset conditions (1) to automatically start the timer, for example, during work hours or when a specific app is opened. It’s useful when tracking time for tasks across different apps, like editing videos for a client on Premiere Pro or attending a meeting on Zoom.
Unlike Hubstaff and Time Doctor, Toggl doesn’t depend on employee monitoring software to track time. Instead, it uses proven time management tools like Reminders, Idle Time Detection, and a Pomodoro Timer to help employees improve time management and productivity.
Like Toggl Track, Time Doctor also supports reminders and automatic time tracking, but they aren’t as comprehensive. For example, you can’t set time slots for time tracking automatically. It starts when you use the computer for the first time, starting at 5 am each day for as long as you’re signed into the app.
So unless employees have a work laptop, your database will be filled with unnecessary tracking and time data, undermining the integrity of your productivity tracking data. Moreover, employees can’t delete the data themselves, severely impacting employee privacy.
Meanwhile, Hubstaff also supports automatic time tracking but uses geolocation to start and stop the timer. It’s great for in-office as well as off-site employees but doesn’t automatically highlight what the employee is working on. They’ll need to update that information manually.
Managers can access real-time location data on their mobile apps. However, certain features are only available on specific device types. For example, the mobile map view is only available on iOS and not on Android.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Employees can use the web app, mobile app, desktop app, and browser extensions to track time throughout all their devices. It also offers multiple settings to simplify time tracking without impeding on employee privacy.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Reports and Analytics
In a nutshell, Hubstaff and Time Doctor are concerned about optimizing employee input, while Toggl Track focuses on employee output.
Hubstaff
Time Doctor
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Toggl Track offers three analytics dashboards to measure employee output.
Toggl Track provides three interactive analytics dashboards: Reports, Analytics, and Insights.
First, the Reportsdashboard provides an overview of employee hours and earnings. You can use the filters to see which projects are over budget, where resources are needed, and how each employee contributes to the business’s bottom line.
Next, Analytics lets you create custom dashboards to visualize time data using line graphs, bar charts, donuts, and pivot tables. It’s ideal for building interactive reports for management to deep dive into employee work habits and projects.
Finally, we have the Insightsdashboard. It lets you slice and dice time data to measure employee and project profitability, as well as associated trends across periods.
Hubstaff offers a wide array of detailed reports for faster analysis.
Hubstaff’spredefined reports (1) offer a quick and easy way to compile and review performance data for employees and teams. They provide information on employee time and activity, work sessions, project budgets, and more.
It also has an Insights feature similar to Toggl Track’s. However, the feature focuses more on employee productivity by tracking activity levels, app usage, and comparing them to organization averages.
Nonetheless, his approach doesn’t give you the full picture because it only looks at employee input in the sense of how many hours they put in. It doesn’t consider the impact of the employee’s output, such as how the work contributes to revenue.
For example, a top performer may take three hours to complete a task that usually takes two, and Hubstaff will tell you their performance is ‘below average’. Meanwhile, the reality could be that the task was for a high-paying client, significantly increasing the company’s revenue.
Time Doctor’s simple reports offer a fragmented view of your business.
Time Doctor offers seven basic analytics reports:
Activity Summary for insights into how employees spend their time by analyzing active and idle time data.
Attendance Reports to organize information on employee attendance, absences, leaves, and punctuality.
Hours Tracked Report to measure total hours spent by each employee to create accurate timesheets for payroll and invoicing.
Projects & Tasks Report for a detailed breakdown of employee time spent on each project and task.
Timeline Report for a breakdown of each employee’s day, including start and end times, tracked time, and inactive times.
Web & App Usage Report for details on time spent on websites and applications to understand remote work habits and process gaps.
Unusual Activity Report tracks any unusual keyboard and mouse activity to identify hardware or software used to trick monitoring software.
At first glance, a wide selection of reports appears valuable. However, when using it, we realized it’s inefficient and offers a fragmented business overview.
For example, Attendance Reports and Hours Tracked Reports are generated using time entries. However, they’re available separately only because they provide different insights: Attendance Reports focus on employee attendance, while Hours Tracked focuses on hours worked.
Managers would better understand how employees spend their time if time and attendance data were compiled in one place — similar to the Toggl Track’s Reports feature below.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track lets you create interactive reports and dashboards that analyze your employee time data to understand how you can maximize business revenues. Hubstaff offers a wide selection of comprehensive reports and an Insights dashboard to help you optimize employee productivity.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Employee Privacy
In a nutshell, Time Doctor and Hubstaff use employee monitoring software, while Toggl Track doesn’t believe in employee surveillance.
Hubstaff
Time Doctor
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Hubstaff uses employee monitoring to optimize company-wide productivity, while Time Doctor tries to minimize individual unproductive habits.
Time Doctor’s policy seems to be that if employees are monitored, they’ll be more productive at work.
This is justified with various employee surveillance tools like screenshots, URL tracking, and mouse and keyboard tracking. Screenshots can be blurred, offering some privacy, but managers have to turn on the feature.
Also, managers can use URL tracking data to identify and tag ‘unproductive websites.’ If an employee visits any unproductive site, Time Doctor reminds them to focus on work.
Finally, you have the “Unusual Activity Report”, which reports any unusual activity that may point to external software trying to imitate keyboard and mouse movement. Premium plan users also get access to video recordings so managers can review the activity from their own perspective. It may seem attractive initially, but using such measures can develop a no-trust culture within your organization.
Hubstaff, on the other hand, isn’t as strict as Time Doctor. It focuses on three employee monitoring tools:
Geolocation Tracking, which tracks employee movement based on preset locations. You can also use geofencing settings to automatically start and stop employee timers.
App and URL Tracking, whichtracks the websites and apps you’ve visited while the timer is running, and how much time you spent on each.
Screenshots feature, whichcaptures and stores screenshots of your work. You can set it so screenshots are blurred, offering employees more privacy.
However, there is a ‘Private Mode’ available, which disables employee monitoring. But using the mode is still recorded in employee timesheets. It also informs the ‘Activity Tracking Overview’ dashboard, comparing employee productivity to company-wide benchmarks.
Though the goal is to improve productivity, it also may create a competitive environment where employees and departments look to become the most productive, possibly leading to a toxic work environment and burnout.
Toggl Track encourages employee autonomy and privacy in the workplace.
Toggl doesn’t believe in employee surveillance and micromanagement. Instead, it offers valuable insights to empower team members to bring out their best work, maximizing your profitability. We encourage this approach in both our workplace and our platform.
Toggl Track doesn’t monitor your employee’s location, keyboard activity, screen, or URLs. We know that although employee monitoring may generate a lot of data, not all of it is valuable. It may just make it hard for managers to drill down into what’s essential — the employee output.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track doesn’t offer any employee surveillance features so employees can perform their best work in an environment where managers aren’t breathing down their necks.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Integrations
In a nutshell, Toggl Track has 100+ integrations, Time Doctor also syncs with various tools, and Hubstaff focuses more on native integrations.
Toggl Track supports integrations with 100+ apps and services, including calendars, email services, accounting tools, and project management tools. You can also build the whole Toggl ecosystem with Toggl Plan and Toggl Hire for a complete workforce management solution.
Apart from this, you can streamline work by linking with additional 3000+ apps via Zapier and Integrately connections, or use the Toggl API to develop your own.
Hubstaff integrates directly with project management tools but offers limited functionality.
Hubstaff offers 30+ integrations, including CRM, accounting, payroll, and invoicing platforms. Its project management integrations with Asana and Trello let you track time directly on the project management app, but you need to sync the data with Hubstaff manually.
Time Doctor has browser extensions that sync with third-party project management apps.
Time Doctor has 60+ integrations for project management, payments & invoicing, CRM, help desk, and communication platforms. It also offers browser extensions for Chrome and Firefox. You can customize the data pulled from third-party apps, but this feature is currently only available for Monday.com users.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track offers over 100+ native integrations and 3,000+ Zapier and Integrately connections to incorporate your time tracking data into your business workflows seamlessly.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Pricing
In a nutshell, Time Doctor’s paid plans don’t offer much value for money, Hubstaff has hidden charges baked into the pricing plans, while Toggl Track has transparent pricing plans that offer the most value for money.
Hubstaff
Time Doctor
Toggl Track
⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Time Doctor’s Standard plan offers great value for money, while its Basic and Premium plans miss the mark.
Time Doctor doesn’t have a free plan. Instead, it offers a 14-day free trial where you can test all its features, but after that you’ll need to upgrade to a paid plan.
The pricing plans start with the Basic plan at $7/mo/user, which sounds perfect for freelancers at first glance with its unlimited projects and activity tracking.
But it doesn’t offer URL tracking to measure personal productivity. Also, you can’t send invoices or integrate with accounting software to manage time tracking and invoicing in one location. Freelancers have to manually export time data to their invoicing software, adding to their workload.
The Standard plan starts at $10/mo/user.
It includes everything from the Basic plan, 60 integrations, payroll features, and productivity ratings. It’s perfect for measuring employee productivity for businesses of all sizes. However, single sign-on (SSO) is only available as a paid add-on, and historical data can only be stored for up to six months.
Meanwhile, the Premium plan is designed specifically for big corporations, starting at $20/mo/user.
It offers everything in the Standard plan with additional features like an executive dashboard, client login access, and a dedicated account manager.
But, these features may not really add value for corporations because:
SSO and automatic user provisioning are only available as paid add-ons.
The Executive dashboard reports on the Premium plan seem similar to those found in the Reports feature available with the Standard plan.
The Client login access would be really useful if Time Doctor would support invoicing — which it doesn’t. Clients are essentially logging in to view the time data only.
At the bottom line, if you choose the Premium plan, you’ll be paying an additional $10 per user for an account manager and not much more.
Instead, it might be better for corporations to go for the Enterprise plan — Time Doctor’s custom solution with enterprise-grade security, private cloud, and dedicated customer success managers. Otherwise, opt for the Standard plan only if you’re trying to measure employee productivity for internal purposes.
If you need a time tracking software with client-centric features like invoicing, we recommend Hubstaff or Toggl Track.
Hubstaff’s paid plans require at least two users, adding to the cost.
Hubstaff starts with a 14-day free trial, after which you’ll need to pick one of five plans depending on your business size.
The Free plan comes with unlimited time tracking, timesheets, and activity tracking while limiting other features like reports, payments, clients, and invoices. You also don’t have access to any integrations, making it more suitable for users looking to improve their personal productivity metrics.
Plan
Free
$0/mo/user
Features
1 user + Time tracking + Timesheets + 100 screenshots + 3 clients
Limitations
No integrations + Limited reports, payments, clients, and invoices
The Starter plan costs $7/mo/user but offers features similar to the Free plan.
It increases the limit on screenshots, tasks, and clients. Though perfect for freelancers, it doesn’t support integrations to connect the army of apps freelancers use to manage their business. It also has a two-user minimum.
Plan
Starter
$7/mo/user
Features
Everything on Free plan + 500 screenshots + URL tracking + 5 clients
Limitations
Two user minimum + No integrations
The Grow plan ($9/mo/user) is perfect for small businesses and field teams.
Like the Starter plan, you need at least two members, but it makes more sense here since you can also access Hubstaff Tasks to assign work to team members. However, you only get one integration and minimal payment options, limiting your business operations.
Plan
Grow
$9/mo/user
Features
Everything on Starter plan + Unlimited clients + Budget tracking + 1 integration + Hubstaff Tasks
Limitations
One integration + Limited payment options
Next, the Team plan costs 12/mo/user with unlimited screenshots, tracking, integrations, and more.
It even has workforce management tools like attendance tracking, leave management, and budgeting. You can use them with the Hubstaff Insights integration to track and improve your workforce efficiency and productivity.
Plan
Team
$12/mo/user
Features
Everything on Grow plan + Unlimited screenshots & URL tracking + Scheduling + Expense tracking + Hubstaff Insights
Limitations
Workforce analytics only available as add-ons
Finally, you have the Enterprise plan at $25/mo/user.
As the name suggests, it’s ideal for enterprises and corporations seeking a workplace management solution. It has everything from the Team plan and augments it with enterprise-level capabilities like direct bank deposits, HIPAA-compliant practices, SSO, and a corporate app.
Plan
Enterprise
$25/mo/user
Features
Everything on Team plan + Hubstaff Locations + Corporate app + Account manager + Dedicated support
Limitations
Only offers annual billing
It’s worth noting that the Starter, Grow, and Team plans have a two-seat minimum. This means its actual prices start at:
$14/mo + $7/mo/additional user for the Starter plan,
$18/mo + $9/mo/additional user for the Grow plan,
and $24/mo + $12/mo/additional user for the Team plan.
Also, the Enterprise plan is only billed annually, which means you’ll need to pay $300/user upfront.
Toggl Track costs more but offers the most value for money.
Free
$0/user/month
Unlimited time tracking + 100+ integrations + Exportable reports
Starter
$10/user/month
Everything in Free plan + Project templates + Billable rates + Project estimates + Custom reports
Premium
$20/user/month
Everything in Starter plan + Timesheet approval + Project forecasting + Native Jira & Salesforce integration
Enterprise
Custom pricing
Everything in Premium plan + Manage multiple workplaces + Priority support + Expert training & assistance
Toggl’s pricing plans also start with a Free plan perfect for freelancers or small teams of up to 5 users. It’s the most comprehensive free version of the three with unlimited time tracking, clients, and 100+ integrations to link with the freelancer’s existing toolset.
Its paid plans start with the Starter plan at $10/mo/user, providing task management, time estimates, pre-populated project templates, and detailed reports for quickly analyzing time data. It’s designed to help small teams improve productivity without intrusive time tracking features.
Next, the Premium plan is $20/mo/user. It’s intended to help team managers implement agile practices with their growing teams using project forecasting, native Jira and Salesforce integrations, and labor cost tracking.
Finally, the Enterprise plan offers tailored time tracking solutions at a custom price. It supports multiple workspaces under a single organization, making it perfect for large businesses with complex structures. You also get access to priority support and onboarding assistance.
⭐⭐⭐⭐⭐
Winner: Toggl Track
Toggl Track offers transparent pricing plans that offer unmatched value for money with advanced analytics and time tracking.
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Pros & Cons
Hubstaff
Hubstaff Pros
Free version
Company-wide productivity analytics
Geolocation-based automatic time tracking
Hubstaff Cons
Charges for additional features
All features not available on all devices
High learning curve
Time Doctor
Time Doctor Pros
Integrated distraction management tools
Wide array of productivity reports
Unlimited projects and tasks with all plans
Time Doctor Cons
No time clock in the web app
No free version
Intrusive employee monitoring
Toggl Track
Toggl Track Pros
Free version with many features
Customizable analytics dashboards
Desktop, mobile, and web app
100+ native integrations
Intuitive user interface
Transparent pricing plans
Automatic real-time tracking
Toggl Track Cons
Tasks only available with paid plans
Free version supports up to five users
Hubstaff vs Time Doctor vs Toggl Track: Final Verdict
In a nutshell, Hubstaff is for monitoring off-site employees, Time Doctor is for optimizing remote employee work habits, and Toggl Track helps decision-makers improve employee output with valuable insights.
Hubstaff
Best for: Construction, logistics, and field services looking to optimize off-site employee productivity.
Time Doctor
Best for: Agencies looking to track and optimize remote employee work habits.
Toggl Track
Best for: Large teams & enterprises to improve employee output with data-driven insights.
Hubstaff, Time Doctor, and Toggl Track approach time tracking very differently.
Hubstaff provides GPS tracking and comprehensive analytics to optimize the productivity of off-site employees like delivery executives, on-field workers, and construction crews.
Meanwhile, Time Doctor offers extensive employee monitoring software and distraction management tools to ensure remote teams work at high productivity levels at all times.
Finally, Toggl Track pairs its time tracking features with valuable insights so large teams and enterprises can make informed decisions to improve productivity and profitability without relying on employee monitoring features.
Use Hubstaff if:
You’re a construction or logistics business with an off-site workforce.
You need geolocation to track employee time and location.
You want comprehensive analytics to measure employee productivity.
Like most of you, the news of the Russian invasion of Ukraine has hit all of us very hard. The sights of millions suffering and escaping the senseless violence shakes us to the core.
But for our team, this war hits closer to home than just watching it on TV.
Being a remote-first company, we have several Toggl team members living in Ukraine, and the situation for them is not only dire, but also extremely dangerous.
This is why we can’t stay silent and do nothing. At Toggl, we are doing the following to help:
All Toggl team members that have been strongly affected by the invasion, regardless of their location, have been given unlimited time off or as much time as they need to take to feel ready to start working again.
We are offering Toggl products for free to our customers in Ukraine, both current and new. We understand how hard it must be to keep a semblance of normal life, but we want to help as much as possible, and we will ensure you needn’t worry about your paid plan for the time being.
We are donating €100,000 to humanitarian organizations assisting the Ukrainian people and those who have suffered from this war the most.
We fully stand with the people of Ukraine. Our prayers, thoughts, and well-wishes are with you.
We get it. Choosing the right project management tool for the type of work you’re doing and the teams doing it can be massively overwhelming. What features do you need? Is the platform easy to navigate? Does it integrate with the rest of your tech stack? And….how much does it cost? (Gulp!)
There’s a lot to consider, and you don’t want to melt your brain trying to figure it all out. That’s why we’ve compiled this (updated) list of top project management software tools to plan, track, and deliver great projects.
Get started using our handy filters to find the perfect project management tool for you.
Find the right project management tool for your needs
Toggl Plan is a beautifully simple project management tool. Its simple, drag & drop, user-friendly interface makes it a breeze to plan projects, get tasks done, and manage team workloads.
It integrates seamlessly with the likes of Slack, GitHub, and Google Calendar, and offers task templates so you can get up and running quickly. There’s also a handy Chrome extension to add tasks from anywhere in just a few clicks.
Features
Plan projects with timelines and milestones
Get a clear visual overview of who’s doing what, and when
Use timelines, boards, and custom task workflows that adapt to your way of working
Collaborate with multiple team members, sharing documents, files, and updates
Plan recurring weekly, monthly, and fortnightly tasks
Track time spent on each task with the Toggl Track integration
Improve task completion quality with task checklists
Is Toggl Plan right for you?
Toggl Plan is just right if you need a simple, affordable, and visual project management tool. There’s almost no learning curve. And, your team will actually enjoy using it every day. Note that it may not be the best fit for large program or portfolio management.
Pricing
The free plan is great for solo up to five users, including access to the mobile app and Toggl Track integration. Capacity plans start at $5 per user/mo, unlocking features such as task estimate, team capacity planning, and time off.
Reviews
“Toggl Plan offers several features that make it great for project management and team collaboration, such as visual planning, a user-friendly interface, task management, customization, and time tracking.” — Isaac, Sport Writer
“Toggl Plan is thought for its intuitive interface and easy learning curve. But it does not allow multiple assignments to one job or sub-jobs with separate activities. This can be a drawback for complex projects with shared owners.” — Ankita, Small Business Owner
Trello
From $5 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Trello is a board-based task management tool. It’s great for teams that use Kanban or Scrum to manage task-based projects and workflows, and those who value simplicity and ease of use. Trello’s premium plans also include enterprise-level security, AI, and integrations to some of the world’s most popular tools, including Slack, Gmail, and Jira.
Features
Visually manage tasks with Kanban boards and calendars
Link file attachments and checklists to tasks
Add due dates & custom fields to tasks
Use Atlassian AI to create tasks and automate workflows
Use apps for Windows, Mac, and Android
Invite guests to collaborate on tasks and projects
Enterprise-level security with two-factor authentication
Is Trello right for you?
Individuals/teams like Trello for its simple task management. However, other project management tools are a better option if you need project planning, resource management, or workload management features.
Pricing
The free plan comes with unlimited task cards and up to 10 boards. Paid plans start at $5 per user/mo introducing customizations, increased storage, and guests.
Reviews
“After five years of use, Trello remains one of the most user-friendly and visually intuitive project management tools I’ve worked with. The drag-and-drop Kanban board style makes it effortless to organize tasks and workflows, whether for solo projects or team collaboration.” – Mohammad, Co-Founder
“It doesn’t have many themes to customize the dashboard, and I don’t really like that I can’t chat with my colleagues without having to pay an additional add-on.” – Morat, Web Developer
Asana
From $10.99 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Asana is a complete project management system, combining task lists, timelines, and boards to get work done. In recent years, it’s also evolved to include goal-setting, resource management, and Asana AI to turbocharge your productivity. In addition, it integrates with other communication and collaboration tools and has apps to keep you working on the go.
Features
See the bigger picture with a complete timeline view
Keep teams on track with intuitive task management
Workload management for capacity planning
Custom workflow management
Unlimited free guests to maximize collaboration
Automatically generate beautiful status updates
Track at program and portfolio level too
Is Asana right for you?
Users love Asana for its all-in-one project management power, range of features, and integrations. But for a small team, you may find it overly complex and expensive, especially if you exceed the relatively small 100 MB storage limit on the free Personal plan.
Pricing
The free Personal plan offers the chance to collaborate with up to 10 teammates. Paid plans start at $10.99 per user/mo, unlocking access to timelines, real-time dashboards, and workload management.
Reviews
“Asana’s transparency is a game-changer—everyone can see each team member’s progress on a project. I particularly appreciate the task dependency feature, where my tasks activate only after preceding ones are completed, eliminating the need for constant email updates to track project status.” – Alabama, Director
“I’ve been in project management for over 20 years, and the job is difficult enough without adding a complex piece of software. I would rather keep it simple, I don’t need a project to learn software so I can run a project on it.” – David, IT Engineer
monday.com
From $9 per seat/mo (Free plan available)
monday.com is one of the world’s most popular project management platforms. It offers dedicated products like monday work management that enable teams or entire companies of any size or type to manage their project work in whatever way makes sense to them. It’s a highly collaborative space with a wealth of task management, reporting, and communication features that streamline workflows and keep everyone aligned.
Features
Manage projects and tasks using Kanban boards, tables, lists, calendars, or Gantt views
Ready-made project templates make it easy to get started
Track time spent on each task and measure productivity
Manage guest access with unlimited free ‘viewers’
Add automation to speed up workflows
Advanced analytics dive into profitability and project performance
Is monday.com right for you?
monday.com is right for almost every team project, although paid plans start at a minimum of three seats. This may be a dealbreaker for freelancers looking for uber-cheap project management tools.
Pricing
monday.com has a free plan for up to 2 users. Paid plans then start from $9 per seat/mo, ranging up to Pro and Enterprise packages for larger teams.
Reviews
“monday.com tools make project management and working between sales and operations a more efficient and smoother process. I use monday.com every day. I can easily check on progress on a project without having to wait for an update from the Project Manager. ” – Jena, VP Account Management
“monday.com’s paid plans are expensive for startups, especially compared to competitors who offer more generous discounts or freemium options. This lack of affordability feels like a missed opportunity for them to support the startup community.” – Sandy, Founder
Jira
From $7.53 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Jira claims to be the number one software development tool for agile project teams, and it’s good a pretty good case for that claim. The tool streamlines software releases with its Issue-based design and workflows, whilst integrating with the tools developers use already, such as Confluence, GitHub, and Bitbucket.
Features
Manage development to-do lists with bug management
Oversee product backlogs, lists, boards, and calendar views
Collaborate with external guests
Enterprise security with IP whitelisting
Cross-team dependency tracking and resource planning
Automate global and multi-project tasks
Integrates with tools like Dropbox, AdobeXD, and Figma
Is Jira right for you?
Software teams love Jira for its simple view of boards, collaborative dashboards, and bug management. However, creative and marketing teams often use other simple project management tools due to their flexibility and more engaging user interface.
Pricing
The free plan allows up to 10 users, providing you with access to features such as Scrum and Kanban boards, backlogs, and agile reporting. Paid plans start at $7.53 per user/mo adding in additional storage, automation, and external collaborators.
Reviews
“Jira’s project management tools are amazing. Their entire UI is very easy to use and visually appealing. They support both, kanban and scrum boards, which is a big win as some projects require one while others require the other. ” – Srivishnu, Developer
“It is overengineered. It is hard to understand how it all ties together because it is overengineered to a point where the usability suffers. Jira should aim to be simpler.” – Siddharth, Product Lead
Microsoft Project/Planner
From $10 per user/mo (Free Planner app available with O365)
Microsoft Project has the power to manage everything from small tasks to much more complex projects. Its recent integration with Office365 Planner provides extended functionality for different use cases. With full MS Project, users can harness the power of dependency tracking, resource management, and forecasting to map out every step of their project journey.
Features
Simple list, board, and calendar-based task management with O365 Planner
Create a holistic view with timeline planning
Task management and sub-tasks to keep teams on track
Manage workload and project budgets with timesheet tracking
Integrates with collaboration software like Microsoft Teams
Utilize PowerBI for detailed reporting
Is Microsoft Project right for you?
Project managers with technical project management needs, in large corporate companies, often benefit from the power of Microsoft Project. However, for simpler projects that need collaboration, you may find MS Project too complex, opting for Microsoft’s Planner, or another tool instead.
Pricing
Microsoft Project does offer a free plan for O365 Planner, if you have an Office 365 subscription. If not, paid plans start at $10 per user/mo. Enterprise-level features, such as timesheets, demand management, and Copilot AI are available only in top-tier plans.
Reviews
“It is easy to set up a Project Plan using templates provided in MS Project. Most project managers across industries understand reports/project plans generated from MS Project, whether or not they have used the software before. ” – Alex, Independent Consultant
“The software is primarily designed for large-scale projects with complex requirements. For small-scale projects or those with simpler workflows, Microsoft PPM might feel overly complex and feature-heavy.” – Mohammed, Project Manager
Basecamp
From $15 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Basecamp is a design-led project management tool popular with creative agencies that need to block out the noise. Basecamp’s simple online project management software is aimed at smaller, ‘hungrier’ businesses, focusing on clean visuals to simplify the project process. There are no Gantt charts, but instead, Basecamp centers around tasks, docs, chats, schedules, and boards to help you and the team collaborate in a way that works for you.
Features
Manage project tasks with intuitive to-do lists, chats, and boards
Automatically schedule events and client check-ins
Collaborate through message boards and group chat
Invite clients into Basecamp for instant collaboration
Use Mission Control to keep an eye on your projects and see which are heading off track
Premium support ensures teams can stay working 24/7
Is Basecamp right for you?
Project managers in the creative, digital, and web spaces love Basecamp’s approach to client collaboration. Those who need more detailed project timelines, dependencies, or resource planning may find Basecamp limiting.
Pricing
Basecamp offers a free plan, which is limited to one project and 1GB of data. However, the paid plan starts at $15 per user/mo with unlimited projects. There’s also Basecamp Pro, which gives you unlimited users for just $299 per month (fixed fee), which is very cost-effective for large agencies.
Reviews
“Basecamp has been an incredibly useful tool for managing tasks, collaborating with my team, and staying organized. The intuitive interface makes it easy to track project progress, share updates, and communicate effectively.” – Priya, Social Media Manager
“While it is a good task manager, it is not the best project manager on the market. It does not make longer-term projects or process-intensive work easier, since its systems don’t have many features beyond basic task management.” – Verified User, Research
Teamwork
From $10 per user/mo
Teamwork is another agency/client-focused project management tool that’s great for teams focused on optimizing resources to maximize profitability. As the name suggests, the tool is all about collaboration, utilizing boards, templates, chat, automation, and client feedback to save time and effort when delivering at speed!
Features
Project templates to standardize project governance and speed up delivery
Task Boards give visibility on team progress
Keep team optimization high with workload management
Keep track of work completed with timesheet tracking
Intuitive dashboards to keep sight of team progress
Retainer management for boosting client profitability
Is Teamwork right for you?
Agencies especially love Teamwork for the collaborative feature-set, timesheet management, and focus on profitability. But for smaller teams, the tool might feel overkill with no free plan and a 3-user, $10 per person start fee.
Pricing
There is no free plan with Teamwork, just a 14-day free trial. After that, it’s $10 per user/mo to start with, with ‘Scale’ packages above $50 per user/mo for the most advanced features.
Reviews
“I would recommend Teamwork to a friend or colleague. The Board view is fantastic for getting a clear picture of where everything stands, and the time tracking feature helps me when it comes to monthly gathering of billable hours for a project and where it stands against our estimated times.” – Brandy, Solutions Engineer
“The interface is good, but not as good as I have seen with other products. It takes a little time to get used to the interface, but once you do, then it becomes easier to manage and control project tasks.” – Mark, Senior Consultant
Cascade
Pricing is by request (Free plan available)
Cascade is a strategy planning platform to plan, execute, and track your strategy implementation. While less focused on day-to-day projects and tasks, users can create strategic plans, manage goals, projects, and KPIs, track performance with dashboards, and manage team member performance.
Features
Drag and drop strategic planning & execution
Manage team objectives, projects, and KPIs with ease
Manage everyday tasks with confidence that they link back to the objectives
Use Dashboards & Snapshots to analyze your team’s performance
Integrations bring your KPI data together in one place to drive growth & results
Is Cascade right for you?
Enterprise businesses will find Cascade useful for goal setting and executing strategic initiatives. But for smaller teams or hands-on delivery teams, Cascade won’t have what you need to get things done.
Pricing
Cascade has a free plan for up to four users. After that, its OKR, Essentials, and Enterprise plans are on a quote-only basis.
Reviews
“Cascade has played a huge role in getting our company aligned on project and strategy governance/management. It is easy to use and laid out in a way that makes it easy to visualize the company’s priorities.” – Charles E, Role Unknown
“Cascade isn’t primarily designed to be a Project Portfolio Management software, and when we sometimes use it to that end it can become more cumbersome.” – Carson, Strategy Consultant
Zoho Projects
From $5 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Zoho’s suite of products is praised worldwide for its flexibility, customization, and ease of use – and, its project management solution is no different. Perfect for enterprise project management, Zoho Projects provides an integrated take on timeline management, alongside features for workflow automation and customization.
Features
Track critical and dependent tasks through the timeline
Integrate apps such as Google Drive and Slack
Deliver on the go with the Zoho Projects app
Track project costs with integrated timesheet management
Large template library gets you up and running quickly
Zoho’s feed and chat functions make it easy for distributed teams to collaborate
Is Zoho Projects right for you?
If you already use other Zoho tools or need a highly customizable solution, Zoho Projects is a no-brainer. However, those with simpler needs might find the tool overwhelming and clunky to use.
Pricing
The free plan allows up to five users and three projects. Paid plans start at $5 per user/mo, layering in additional features such as time tracking, templates, and customization.
Reviews
“The premium version offers a lot of features that has helped in making project management very easy. It offers a wide range of features including task management, time tracking, resource management, and collaboration tools.” – Greejith, Project Manager
“So many modules have similar capabilities but you have to go to a completely separate module to find the one that was necessary for that project. I also felt that even though I could email the support team, it was not ideal in the time it took to resolve issues.” – Jessica, Customer Support
Wrike
From $10 per user/mo, billed annually (Free plan available)
Wrike combines stacks of project management functionality with a clean user interface and Klaxoon’s visual collaboration technology. This gives you everything you need to map out your project timeline, manage resources, track tasks, and incubate new and fresh ideas. In addition, it also comes with enterprise-level security features.
Features
See the bigger picture with Wrike’s timeline
Manage your next sprint’s tasks with Kanban boards
Track team capacity with resource utilization charts
Keep your data safe with full enterprise encryption
Use Wrike’s inbuilt whiteboard software, Klaxoon, to collaborate on ideas
Take Wrike on the go with mobile and desktop apps
Is Wrike right for you?
Those who need a tool to cover project management at all levels will love Wrike. But with so many features, the learning curve can be steep, especially for small, inexperienced teams.
Pricing
The free plan has basic project management features for unlimited users. Paid plans start at $10 per user/mo, adding additional features, enhanced storage, and onboarding support.
Reviews
“I’ve really enjoyed using Wrike — it’s been a smooth transition from our previous application. Like any platform, there’s a bit of a learning curve at first, but overall it’s been a great experience, and I’m a big fan of how it supports day-to-day project management.” – Abbey, Media Planner
“The system is overly complex and not user-friendly, making it difficult to work with on a day-to-day basis. While the software may be well-suited to certain types of projects, in other cases it can actually complicate management and hinder progress.” – Verified User, Engineering
Workzone
Pricing is by request
Workzone is a well-rounded project management tool built for marketing, creative, and operations teams. It comes with all the features you’d expect, such as project management, task tracking, timesheets, and resource management, with unlimited support helping teams to onboard to Workzone’s way of working.
Features
Plan project timelines using Gantt charts and calendars
Ready-to-import project templates
Manage approvals and proofing with file sharing
Time-tracking and resource management
Manage resources with cross-task and cross-project dependencies
In-app design markups and collaboration
SSO & MFA for large enterprise organizations
Is Workzone right for you?
Workzone gets many things right and is great for creative teams. However, its price plans may be too expensive for some teams, especially those with less than five users.
Pricing
Workzone’s pricing is available on a request-only basis. There are three plans (Team, Professional, and Enterprise) with a five-user minimum.
Reviews
“Workzone’s project management platform is easy to use and setup. It is web-based which means it can be accessed from anywhere. The platform works well for organizations of all size.” – Bess, Informatics Trainer
“Workzone doesn’t really align with many other online systems that allow a lot of integrations with other tools and customized reports. The tool really only works if you follow their work pattern.” – Verified User, Training
Smartsheet
From $9 per user/mo
Having evolved from an Excel-like interface, Smartsheet offers a range of project management features such as timeline planning, resource management, and task tracking. It integrates with many household names, has powerful reporting, and boasts that teams can get up and running 60x faster thanks to its project templates.
Features
Map out each project phase with the timeline plan
Create all-in-one dashboards to see progress at a glance
Keep a view of tasks with Smartsheet’s boards
Deliver what matters through comprehensive resource management
Track team costs to avoid going over budget
Use project templates to get up-and-running instantly
Scale to project, program, and portfolio level
Is Smartsheet right for you?
If you’re into cells and grids, and love the familiarity of an Excel-style interface, Smartsheet is definitely worth a look. Although many of its features require more expensive plans, and require increased training and onboarding costs, too.
Pricing
Smartsheet doesn’t offer a free plan. Its ‘Pro’ plan starts at $9 per user/mo, with higher plans including more features, unlimited guest access, and increased storage.
Reviews
“Workzone’s project management platform is easy to use and setup. It is web-based which means it can be accessed from anywhere. The platform works well for organizations of all size.” – Bess, Informatics Trainer
“Workzone doesn’t really align with many other online systems that allow a lot of integrations with other tools and customized reports. The tool really only works if you follow their work pattern.” – Verified User, Training
Venturz
From $0 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Venturz is an all-in-one business startup platform that includes project management alongside tools for CRM, marketing, communication, and finance. Ideal for startups and growing teams, Venturz offers a centralized workspace where users can manage tasks, collaborate in real time, and oversee business operations without switching platforms. Its intuitive design and built-in integrations make it a versatile tool for both project execution and strategic planning.
Features
Manage projects with boards, timelines, and task lists
Collaborate in real time with integrated chat and video calls
Customize task workflows to match team processes
Assign team roles, set priorities, and track progress
Built-in CRM, email marketing, and finance tools
Document sharing, commenting, and version history
Insights dashboard for tracking project and business performance
Is Venturz right for you?
Venturz is a solid choice for startups and small-to-midsize teams that want a single tool for managing projects and broader business functions. While it may be more feature-rich than needed for very simple task management, its integrated platform is ideal for teams that value seamless collaboration and cross-functional workflows.
Pricing
Venturz offers a free plan with access to core project management features and unlimited users. Paid plans, starting from $29 per user/mo, unlock advanced capabilities like automation, analytics, and external integrations.
Kanban Tool is a lightweight project management system, designed specifically for teams that use the Kanban methodology. Armed with an AI-assistant, time tracking, reporting, and team analytics, it blends simplicity and productivity to speed up delivery.
Features
Manage all of your tasks with Kanban boards
Monitor progress and cumulative flow with dashboard reports
Use the AI-assistant to instantly build tasks and checklists
Track time spent on tasks
Reports on team productivity, cumulative flow, and cycle time
Is Kanban Tool right for you?
If you’re already managing simple projects using Kanban, this is the perfect tool for you. But if you need more than just boards or your team is growing, other tools may be more suitable.
Pricing
The free plan comes with two boards and two users. Paid plans start at $6 per user/mo, growing to unlimited users, file storage, and time tracking as you progress further up the tiers.
Reviews
“Kanban Tool has all the features of a kanban, while keeping it simple. It is not bloated with screens and buttons that make it hard to find what we want.” – Daniel, Engineering Researcher
“No integrations – it would be a plus to push tasks to Kanban Tool e.g., from MS To-Do list.” – Charles, Operations Manager
ProWorkflow
From $18 per user/mo
ProWorkflow is all about making collaboration easy, especially, for remote teams. It comes with tasks, timelines, and timesheet management. In addition, ProWorkflow also integrates with many finance systems to manage projects, generate invoices, and manage client relationships.
Features
Timelines, Gantt charts, and Kanban boards give a holistic end-to-end view
Keep track of progress with task management
Use workload/resource management keeps the teams ticking over
Track expense and materials by client or project
Communicate with your team, clients, and contractors in one central space
Is ProWorkflow right for you?
If you want project management functionality with a focus on time, cost, and resource tracking, ProWorkflow is a great choice. For a better UI/UX at a lower cost, you may have to look elsewhere.
Pricing
ProWorkflow does not offer a free plan. Paid plans start at $18 per user/mo rising to $27 per user/mo for advanced customization and storage options. There’s also a quote-only enterprise package for dedicated support and advanced SLAs.
Reviews
“Over the course of 10+ years, I’ve managed thousands of projects, varying in scope and complexity. And in that time, I’ve tried several different project management softwares. ProWorkflow is hands-down the best. It’s incredibly easy to use, packed full of features, and priced right.” – Steve, Co-Founder.
“There are functions of the software that do not have much intuition, the tools to use to finish a job are not always at first sight, and forces you to find the place of the tool, which makes you lose valuable time.” – Verified User, Engineering.
Workfront (Adobe)
Contact for pricing details
Tailored for marketing and creative project teams, Workfront gives you the tools to plan, deliver, review, approve, and track projects. It comes with features such as timelines, task management, and resource utilization features, and a number of out-the-box integration options.
Features
Project and program visibility with a timeline
Keep track of the deliverables through task management
Prioritize projects with strategy management functionality
Collaborate and approve creative designs through to sign-off
Configurable dashboards bring key project metrics to life
Is Workfront right for you?
If you’re planning marketing or creative projects, or you already use the Adobe suite, Workfront is a great choice. Given Workfront is part of the broader ‘Adobe for Business’ platform, it’s unlikely to be a viable option in isolation.
Pricing
Pricing is available upon request, with three tiers to choose from: Select, Prime, and Ultimate.
Reviews
“What I like most about Workfront is how practical and complete it is for project management. Its structure makes it easy to organize tasks, assign responsibilities, and track progress, which improves teamwork and optimizes delivery times.” – Armando, Business Analysis
“Workfront is great for EITHER project management OR project finance tracking. When you try to make it do both, it really struggles. If you take steps to make the finances accurate, you mess up the project plan structure.” – Ricky, Program Manager
Podio
From $11.20 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Podio offers an all-in-one platform for managing your project workflow. Project management is delivered via integrated task management and board functionality with beautiful reports configurable on the dashboard. You can also deliver on the go with the Podio app.
Features
Integrated task management to keep track of deliverables
See overall team progress with Boards
Create beautiful dashboard reports and share them with your team
Stay in sync with social collaboration and messaging
Is Podio right for you?
If you’re a fan of other Citrix products or need to integrate with their other products, Podio is an easy choice. However, those with enterprise-level project management needs may find the functionality limited.
Pricing
Podio offers a free plan for up to five users. Paid plans start at $11.20 per user/mo rising to £19.20 per user/mo for the most premium features.
Reviews
“Our company is using Podio for last 8 months for managing tasks and people in our project without even coding. We were able to customize automation according to our needs, and it is in our budget – best thing ever.” – Radhika, Digital Marketing
“I can get a variety of tools and features, but it lacks basic functions like a time tracker. I find it slow sometimes. I think app performance needs improvement, especially for graphic-intensive work.” – Suryansh, Marketing Specialist
TeamGantt
From $39 per user/mo (Free plan available)
TeamGantt makes end-to-end project planning a breeze. As the name suggests, the tool is fully focused on the Gantt Chart format, with it easy and simple to see end-to-end project plans in one place. In addition, you also get task management, portfolio management, and project template features, with integrations to apps you already use.
Features
Easily drag and drop your project plan with timelines
Drill down into deliverables with task management
Manage team capacity with resource management
See the bigger picture with intuitive reporting dashboards
Is TeamGantt right for you?
If you’re planning long-term, dependent projects as part of a portfolio, TeamGantt is the perfect tool. However, it may be a bit too expensive for smaller teams.
Pricing
TeamGantt offers a free-forever plan for up to three people, one project, and 60 tasks. Paid plans start at $39 per user/mo, offering unlimited tasks and collaborators, and up to 20 projects per manager.
Reviews
“TeamGantt gives me a compact, simple and very easy to use platform that offers significant functionality and tremendous collaborative applications for team management.” – Roy, Quality Assurance
“I was searching for a solution that had a Gantt Chart in Trello so that I could keep everything in one place. But updates to the chart are slow to load, and you have to flip between two systems to make certain changes.” – Verified User, Construction
Planview AdaptiveWork
Contact for pricing details
Planview AdaptiveWork (formally, Clarizen) empowers teams of all sizes to manage any type of work, streamline workflows, and respond to change in real-time. With a strong focus on demand and portfolio management, it helps large project departments get all of their information in one place to enable portfolio management, capacity planning, and reporting.
Features
Create detailed project plans with tasks, milestones, and dependencies
Oversee real-time resource management
Configure workflows and alerts for key project activities, risk, and updates
Detailed financial reporting for budget management at an enterprise level
Is AdaptiveWork right for you?
If you’re running complex, data-driven projects, or you’re monitoring a large project portfolio, AdaptiveWork is a good choice. For smaller teams or those that need more user-friendly task management, AdaptiveWork will feel overly complex.
Pricing
Pricing is available upon request across AdaptiveWork’s two tiers; Enterprise and Unlimited. There are also additional objects available on-demand to create a truly bespoke solution.
Reviews
“Available with plenty of unique and rich features for creating and managing your projects. Keeping track on all your ongoing projects through this software. It can be used for multiple organizational tasks for creating and managing various project portfolios.” – Mukul, Web Developer
“Almost nothing works well out of the box; many processes are completed outside of the tool and then entered into the tool. The support for the product is lacking; with Clarizen being bought by Plainview, there are different growing pains.” – Verified User, Law
ClickUp
From $7 per user/mo (Free plan available)
ClickUp’s promise is to provide “one app to replace them all.” So, unsurprisingly, it offers all the core project management features you’d expect, such as timeline planning, task management, and chat. Alongside this, it’s also packed with resource management, collaboration, and workflow features to enable teams of all shapes and sizes to work together.
Features
Manage the bigger picture with timeline planning
Integrated task management to keep the teams on track
Plan your next wave with task boards
Collaborate instantly with baked in Docs and team chat
Integrate with household names such as Slack, Google, and MS Teams
Is ClickUp right for you?
If you’re looking for a range of features, ClickUp offers something for everyone within a sleek UI. On the other hand, those with more targeted requirements may find ClickUp too complex.
Pricing
The free plan comes with unlimited users and unlimited tasks. Paid plans start at $7 per user/mo adding in additional storage, collaboration features, and resource management.
Reviews
“Our team loves ClickUp! Myself and one of our Account Managers in particular. Like any project management system, it takes some planning and set up (to ensure your team is using it the same way across the board) but, once you’ve got your core needs in place, it’s very easy to use and customize.” – Brittany, Technical Project Manager
“Some of the functionality is a little bit hidden. A reply to an email is displayed as a tiny word under the recent email, which isn’t obvious. I could easily miss something important. The activity and detail panels were confusing at first, and I’d prefer to see all information up front, rather than toggling between two tabs.” – Verified User, Marketing
ActiveCollab
From $8.00 per user/mo
ActivCollab is the perfect tool for agencies and consultancies that need to get their teams together in one place to produce great work. It blends project management features with invoicing, communication, estimates, and workload management to help billable teams optimize their work across clients.
Features
Map out the project with timeline planning
Task management keeps each deliverable on schedule
Workload management tracking ensures no team is ever overworked
Invite and collaborate with unlimited clients directly in ActiveCollab
Invoice clients for work completed and track expenses as projects progress
Is ActiveCollab right for you?
If you need a project management tool that focuses on getting work done in an agency environment, ActiveCollab could be for you. But those with enterprise-level needs, or those in different sectors, needs may find the tool limiting.
Pricing
ActiveCollab does not offer a free plan. However, the paid plans start at $8 per user/mo for most teams. If you’re a business of 100+, pricing drops to as little as $3 per user/mo on a custom arrangement.
Reviews
“ActiveCollab is a platform specifically designed for the planning, execution, and monitoring of all types of projects that require a workflow that produces visibility for all team members, in addition to managing information related to budgets, execution times, deadlines in which each task must be accomplished, and much more.” – Jose, Project Manager
“Tasks can be assigned to only one person (though you can add watchers/subscribers). There’s a lot of manual processes that make this system way more cumbersome than project management should be.” – Verified User, Marketing
Redmine
Free self-hosted version
Redmine is different from other tools on this list. This open-source tool offers timeline management, issue management, and task management features. However, as you’d expect from a community-based offering, Redmine has an outdated user interface.
Features
Manage timelines with Gantt charts
Keep track of the team’s progress with task management
Create a single source for document and file management
Integration with source code management tools such as GIT and SVN
Is Redmine right for you?
If you’re comfortable with installing and maintaining open-source tools, Redmine is definitely worth a look. However, it has a dated UI, which most teams may not enjoy.
Pricing
As an open-source tool, Redmine is committed to being free forever to its community of members and contributors.
Reviews
“Redmine tool is used for bug , incident or to track particular task in your project. It is really user friendly and we can manage our multiple issues and track bugs, system defects in this tool.” – Poola, Technical Analyst
“Out-of-the-box Redmine’s user interface can seem very bland and the learning curve to configure the software can be quite steep, so some learning and adaptation is required before you can start using the software.” – Marco, Product Lead
Paymo
From $5.90 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Paymo offers an affordable project management software to manage client work, track time, send invoices, and measure profitability. Aimed at small businesses, it offers a lightweight, visual-led project management capability that helps teams run projects from first client engagement through to invoicing.
Features
Plan ahead using Paymo’s project timelines
Task management features keeps the team ticking over
Keep everyone at optimum capacity with workload management
Track time on tasks with in-build time tracking
Bill clients directly from the platform with integrated invoicing
Unlimited storage place means you can keep all work in one place
Is Paymo right for you?
If you need a well-rounded tool for tracking, delivering, and billing projects, Paymo is a great choice. But if you need more advanced project management, you may find Paymo lacking in depth once you scratch the surface.
Pricing
Paymo has a free plan for unlimited users that’s limited to five clients and ten projects. Paid plans start at $5.90 per user/mo, layering in project templates, time tracking, guest access, and Gantt charts.
Reviews
“I like the way Paymo has been designed. With its straightforward menu sidebar, it’s easy to access everything your business needs quickly and easily. From adding users or managing subscriptions at the click of a button, to creating tasks in the ‘Project’ tab.” – Jamie Lee, Sales Manager
“It’s simple, intuitive to use, I can imagine it will suit a small team really well. But lacks several key features, compared with its alternatives, and it is not customizable at all.” – Verified User, Consulting
Epicflow
From $22.50 per user/mo
If you need data-driven project management at scale, then Epicflow might just be the tool for you. It combines timelines, task management, and boards. Plus, it comes with reports to identify bottlenecks in your project schedule.
Features
Monitor overall progress with project timelines
Keep actions on track with task management
Task boards give a visual view of any blockers
Resource & competency planning ensures you have the right people on the right projects
Leverage AI-powered data to identify bottlenecks and predict “what-if” scenarios
Is Epicflow right for you?
If you’re looking to drive projects through data insights, Epicflow will allow you to harness the power of your data. However, those looking for simplicity, or those on a tight budget, may find Epicflow is more than they need.
Pricing
Epicflow doesn’t have a free plan. Pricing starts at $22.50 per user/mo, with an Enterprise package for those running more than 50 projects.
Reviews
“I’m a project manager at an outsourcing company, and I’ve been a confident Epicflow user for more than five years. The tool helps me easily resolve most project management challenges and simplifies my daily routine.” – Ekaterina, Project Manager
“To get the real value, Epicflow requires my project information to start working, like tasks and their dependency network, a rough estimate of each task, a resource group assigned to complete the milestone, and project and milestone deadlines. The input data must be compatible with the Epicflow system.” – Andrey, Project Manager
Orangescrum
From $7.99 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Orangescrum is a simple and clean Agile project management app. It comes with task management, resource management, project budgeting, and bug tracking features, with dedicated features for those working in a Scrum-based framework.
Features
Plan iterations ahead with timeline views
Manage the details of the current sprint with task management
Boards optimize and track project flow
Keep team member’s capacity consistent with resource management
Collaborate inside Orangescrum with chat and document sharing
Time tracking and smart reporting measure team productivity
Is Orangescrum right for you?
If you’re operating in an agile software environment, Orangescrum has some tailor-made features for your projects. On the other hand, if you’re delivering waterfall projects at scale, Orangescrum might not meet your needs.
Pricing
Orangescrum ‘Work’ and ‘Agile’ both have a free plan for one user. After that, the Premium plan is $7.99 per user/mo for a minimum of five users.
Reviews
“Very easy to setup and use. Configuration is very simple and ready to use. Small in size and takes less time to install. Has provision to add snapshots and custom templates. It supports Scrum and Kanban methods.” – Anish, Role Unknown
Formally LiquidPlanner, Tempo provides a flexible, scalable strategic portfolio management platform designed to bring alignment, visibility, and adaptability to every level of your organization. It’s less focused on day-to-day task management and instead, aims to give a portfolio-level view on all of your projects to aid capacity planning, risk management, and strategic alignment.
Features
Integrate with other project management tools to create a strategic view
Use predictive scheduling to forecast capacity and resource demand
Build roadmaps that align with strategic objectives.
Is Tempo right for you?
If you’re looking for a portfolio management tool to bring your other project information together in one place, Tempo could be a good choice. But if you need traditional task-based project management, Tempo will be too high-level.
Pricing
There’s no free plan for Tempo. Paid plans start at $15 per user/mo, rising to $42 per user/mo for the most powerful enterprise portfolio management features.
Reviews
“The price of the program might be high. Although Tempo includes a few different pricing alternatives, the most used ones are incredibly expensive. For startups and smaller companies, this could be a barrier.” – Satyam, Small Business Owner
“The user interface is nice, clean and user-friendly, which makes it easy for teams to begin with making and handling roadmaps. This feature is especially useful for customers with different levels of technical knowledge” – Ruby, Marketing Manager
ProofHub
From $45 per month flat fee
ProofHub provides a clean collaborative environment to help teams get their work done faster. Bringing together Gantt timelines, task management, document collaboration, and much more, ProofHub claims to put everything you need in one place!
Features
Create Gantt chart timelines for project overviews
Manage individual tasks to keep the team moving
Collaborate on documents and approve changes
Time tracking for accurate bill project time
Is ProofHub right for you?
If you need a central tool for collaborating on project work, ProofHub should definitely be on your list. Plus, it also comes with proofing features for creative projects. However, it doesn’t have a free plan.
Pricing
ProofHub doesn’t offer a free plan. Paid plans start at $45 per month for unlimited users running 40 projects. For unlimited projects, the price rises to $89 per month flat fee.
Reviews
“I use ProofHub because it keeps things simple and easy for me. It brings all I need to manage the work of my remote team in one place: projects, documents, team communication, and tools.I can easily create projects, add tasks, and assign tasks to team members.” – Ashok, Administration
“Some of the user interface isn’t as intuitive as expected or desired. The email notifications also seems to be spotty at times.” – Verified User, Marketing
Celoxis
From $25 per user/mo
Celoxis should definitely be on your list if you’re managing enterprise projects with a strong lean towards data and analytics. Alongside timeline, task, and board management, Celoxis combines features to monitor risk, issues, and resource management. You can also customize dashboards and integrate with your favorite tools, such as Slack.
Features
Manage project timelines for a complete overview
Keeps deliverables on track with task and board management
Customize fields, objects, and workflows to suit your processes
AI-driven insights to plan projects, spot risks, and make decisions
Is Celoxis right for you?
If you’re delivering in the enterprise space, Celoxis is a great option to support larger project teams that need detailed insights. However, for simpler needs, you may favor a lighter, cheaper tool.
Pricing
There is no free plan with Celoxis, but paid plans start at $25 per user/mo. For additional features such as client access, portfolio management, and APIs, prices rise to $35-$45 per user/mo.
Reviews
“Since I started using Celoxis, plannning, tracking and managing tasks has become easy. My projects stay organized and on track, and I can handle more projects faster and with precision. Its Gantt chart helps with graphical representation of my tasks progress and cost, which has really made my work easier.” – Oscar, Developer
“Cluttered Interface can be improved as it is something which often confuses new users and also makes it hard for new users to navigate, thus increasing the learning curve” – Akshay, Software Developer
ProjectManager
From $14 per user/mo
As a central hub to manage tasks, timelines, and reports, ProjectManager puts everything project teams need in one place. With integrations into tools such as OneDrive and Salesforce, it’s no wonder ProjectManager is trusted by big enterprises worldwide such as NASA, McDonald’s, and Siemens.
Features
Plan end-to-end with Gantt timelines
Keep track of tasks with project kanban boards, Gantt charts, and lists
Create intuitive reports directly from the dashboard
Bring projects together into enterprise-level portfolios
Integrate with tools such as Office, Slack, and many more
Is ProjectManager right for you?
ProjectManager hits the sweet spot for projects big and small although those on a limited budget might want to consider a tool that offers a free option.
Pricing
ProjectManager doesn’t offer a free plan, but the paid plans start at $14 per user/mo with Team, Business, and Enterprise plans available.
Reviews
“The user interface is simple to use and easy to communicate to others. It has a great team environment to get adherance to the usual project management activities. It has a dashboard and report that can be easily used so can be powerful for managing projects.” – Adam, Small Business Owner
“The app works very well on a computer, but using it on a mobile device is not as comfortable.” – Jay, Project Manager
Kantata
Quotes are available upon request
Kantata (formally Mavenlink) is a full-service productivity tool with a focus on resource, financial, and project management. For projects specifically, it offers all the features you’d expect to create and manage tasks, with an enhanced focus on reporting and portfolio management.
Features
Keep track of the big picture with timelines
Task and board management keep action logs up-to-date
Ensure team capacity is optimized with resource management
Get a holistic view of your portfolios, with detail risk and resource analysis
Automatically generate and schedule beautiful reports
Is Kantata right for you?
Kantata is a great tool for enterprise looking for a holistic view of projects, portfolios, finances, and risks. But given its enterprise focus, it’s unlikely to fit or be cost-effective for smaller teams.
Pricing
Pricing is available upon request based on your company/team size.
Reviews
“Kantana is simple, useful and efficient. Other project management applications are bloated with a multitude of features that encroach on the UI and ultimately slow you down as you navigate around them trying to find the features you actually want to use.” – Kenny, Staff Consultant
“What I dislike about the Kantata is the lack of enough two-way system integrations with QB Online and other systems. This creates several manual processes in our company and increases the cause of human error to financial manage project budgets with our clients.” – Vincent, COO
Zenkit
From $8 per user/mo (Free plan available)
In recent years, Zenkit has evolved to become a great full-service project and work management solution. Whether through Kanban boards, Gantt charts, or mindmaps, it offers several ways for teams to track, manage, and collaborate on project tasks without the bloat of more complex tools.
Features
Plan and monitor tasks with Zenkit’s boards
See the bigger picture with Gantt timelines
Create a team wiki to keep information stored centrally
Collaborate on new ideas and designs using built-in mindmaps
Two-factor authentication secures data
Is Zenkit right for you?
If you’re looking for flexibility in how you collaborate, Zenkit is lightweight and easy to get started with. But bigger teams might find the tool limiting.
Pricing
The free plan (Personal) is great for individuals and small teams. Paid plans start at $8 per user/mo unlocking features such as Gantt charts, custom fields, and SSO.
Reviews
“For solo projects and task management (I haven’t evaluated it for group productivity), Zenkit is best-in-class. It has a formidable array of features that are not found in any other SMB app.” – Brookes, Consultant
“Zenkit’s data storage limits are relatively low. And the mindmap representation is a bit different from what one’s used to finding in mind mapping-related software, but this seems to be mostly due to web components limitations.” – Suraj, Senior Engineer
nTask
From $3 per user/mo
If simple and clean collaboration is what you need, nTask is a great tool to consider. Combining a range of features for managing timelines, task management, team organization, and nTask has most of the project management boxes ticked at a very inviting price point.
Features
Track tasks with timelines, boards, and calendars
Risk and issue management for enterprise-level projects
Smart search and filtering to find what you need
Keep sight of budgets with time and resource tracking
Is nTask right for you?
nTask is a simple, budget-friendly project management tool that’s great for teams looking to boost their productivity. If you need large-scale portfolio management, nTask might not be enough.
Pricing
There is no free plan, but paid plans start at just $3 per user/mo. If you want to add unlimited projects or integrations, opt for the $8 per user/mo ‘Business’ plan.
Reviews
“nTask fits perfectly for medium-sized and enterprise companies which are fond of teamwork. This communicating tool stands out with its agile methodologies. It helps in managing the data and organizing the tasks to be done at a specific time.” – Oberon, Director Talent Acquisition
“The interface is not very intuitive and i found myself preferring other solutions or excel to this one as its not as easy to preview the information.” – Diego, COO
ZenTao
From $39.90 per year (free, open source version available)
ZenTao is the perfect tool for delivering projects and products at scale using Scrum. It utilizes task and board management to keep track of your sprints, with a strong lean towards Agile software teams that also manage releases and bug-fix management. As an open-source product, there’s a huge community presence and numerous resources to support onboarding.
Features
Keep track of sprint deliverables with board and task management
CI management and integration with tools such as GIT & Jenkins
Customizable and exportable reports
Resource management functionality including holiday/sickness tracking
Is ZenTao right for you?
If you’re delivering purely using Scrum, ZenTao is tailor-made to speed up the process. On the other hand, it’s not very useful for non-software project teams.
Pricing
There is a limited open-source solution from ZenTao which is free forever if you self-host. More powerful, Cloud-based plans start at $39.90 per user, per year.
Reviews
“Zentao is the best Project management tool. Currently i’m using the community edition for my professional work, which is free and open source tool for daily work. Its best feature is time tracking for my international project and side by side document management.” – Tanushree, Cyber Security Analyst
“Some of the additional features are not so intuitive or easy to find. Some members of our team are not as receptive to how great of a tool this is because they haven’t unlocked its true potential.” – Florin, iOS Developer
Targetprocess
Pricing details available on request
Part of IBM’s Apptio suite, TargetProcess supports the adoption and delivery of Agile methodologies across teams. It comes with flexible task, timeline, and board management features for project managers, which also rolling this information up to product, portfolio, and leadership level to support wider business stakeholders.
Features
Timeline planning delivers a high-level project/program view
Task and board management keep teams on track
Pre-built configurations match any delivery framework
Report on progress at project, program, and portfolio level
Integrate with tools such as BitBucket, Jira, and Rally
Is Targetprocess right for you?
If you’re delivering agile at scale, Targetprocess supports your team’s end-to-end journey. But it might be overkill for small teams or those not in software development.
Pricing
Pricing for Targetprocess is only available on request, with a bespoke solution created based on your business requirements.
Reviews
“It is a comprehensive issue and project tracking platform that includes many features aimed at small to mid-sized companies who are employing SAFe methodologies for their Product/Project delivery process.” – John, Director of Product Management
“The platform’s flexibility, while powerful, can also make it complex and difficult to set up initially, especially for teams unfamiliar with Agile frameworks or extensive customization.” – Cody, Senior TBMA
OpenProject
From $7.25 per user/mo with a minimum of 25 users (Free self-hosted version)
If you’re looking for an open-source product with an edge, OpenProject is definitely worth a look. By combining tasks, timeline, and board management, OpenProject creates an environment perfect for collaboration. In addition, it also has features for time tracking and bug management. Plus, there’s a mobile app to keep you delivering on the go.
Features
Timelines give a holistic overview of project performance
Tasks and boards keeps teams on top of the detail
Dedicated cost, time, and budget management features
Configurable Wiki for documenting and sharing processes
Is OpenProject right for you?
If you want a completely free, enterprise-grade project management tool, OpenProject is a good choice. On the minus side, you’ll have to manage the installation and maintenance on your own. However, if you’re on a bigger budget, with a team of at least 25, a hosted version of OpenProject is available too.
Pricing
As an open-source product, OpenProject’s Community Edition is free forever. On the other hand, paid hosted plans start at $7.25 per user/mo with a 25-user minimum entry.
Reviews
“OpenProject is an all-in-one tool with wide project management capabilities. The tool even allows to manage tasks, timeline and track issues. Additionally, the team members can customize the workflow, set up detailed project roadmap using its intuitive interface.” – Charmy, Product Lead
“Very rigid, its design does not facilitate adoption and does not necessarily lend itself to use in an agile environment. Long and complex skill development for all users.” – Julien, Product Owner
Redbooth
From $9 per user/mo
Redbooth enables teams to communicate and improve their task management so they can deliver great projects. Project activity is tracked across tasks, boards, and timelines, with dashboards to prioritize work, get fast insight into progress, and dive into team productivity.
Features
Keep teams on track through timelines, boards, and tasks
Speed up task allocation with Redbooth’s ‘Predict’ engine
Built-in file sharing and conversations to boost collaboration
Understand team workload with productivity reports
Integrate Zoom video calling directly within Redbooth
Is Redbooth right for you?
If you’re looking for a simple tool to manage simple projects while collaborating with the team, you’ll love Redbooth. If you’re managing larger projects, its narrow functionality may put you off.
Pricing
Redbooth doesn’t offer a free plan. Paid plans start at $9 per user/mo and include unlimited workspaces, time tracking, and HD video meetings.
Reviews
“Task management is easy. I can easily assign tasks to my team. I can the work progress as everyone who finishes leaves their comments. All the projects files are uploaded to Redbooth, and it serves as a backup as well.” – Anita, HR Recruiter
“For development and complex projects it can be somehow limited. Integrations with third party apps somehow limited. Seems that development and improvement of the app is quite limited or slow.” – Verified User, Automotive
MeisterTask
From $10 per user/mo (Free plan available)
MeisterTask is a work management, task management, and documentation tool that makes it easy for teams to come together and collaborate fast. It’s simple and easy to use, with built-in AI and project templates designed to take the legwork out of project admin.
Features
Track task progress using Kanban boards and timelines.
Create custom workflows and automate repeating workflow tasks.
Get a detailed overview of a project with reports and dashboards.
Is MeisterTask right for you?
MeisterTask is a budget-friendly and easy-to-use task management tool. If you’re strapped for funds, it may be the right tool for you. On the other hand, if you’re after complex features, it might feel limited.
Pricing
MeisterTask’s free plan is for individuals managing up to 3 projects. Paid plans are $10 or $20 per user/mo, adding in additional features such as AI prompts, integrations, and custom reporting.
Reviews
“I’ve been using MeisterTask for a few months now, and I have to say, it’s a game-changer! The ease of use is phenomenal – everything is intuitive and straightforward. Implementing it was a breeze, and the onboarding process was super smooth.” – Amir, Growth Marketer
“The notification system that MeisterTask offers me for my mobile device is a bit slow to send notifications at the right time. On several occasions, I have viewed too late when new tasks have been placed for me or for my workgroup.” – Marilla, Sales Manager
Todoist
From $4 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Todoist is a very simple task management tool that helps small teams combine their work into projects for quick and simple collaboration. Unlike many other project management tools, Todolist focuses on simple task management, which makes the UI easy to pick up in minutes.
Features
Capture, prioritize, and track tasks and sub-tasks
Get notified when people post comments or update tasks
Collaborate on tasks using comments
Get daily progress with color-coded charts
Is Todoist right for you?
If you’re looking for a full project management tool, Todoist might disappoint you. However, it’s a fantastic day-to-day checklist to get things done with your team.
Pricing
All plans in Todoist come with project and people limits. The free plan is limited to 80 projects for up to five people in each project. Paid plans start at $4 per user/mo.
Reviews
“It is a simple and quick task software. It is very simple to add tasks. The learning curve is also very easy compared to other task softwares. I use it everyday, I can put something in it and have it remind me or show up in my task list days later.” – Soleiman, Business Owner
Taskworld is a project management platform for streamlining task tracking and enhancing team collaboration. It features a central Kanban board, built-in chat, and a variety of integrations that keep teams organized and connected as they manage their workflows.
Features
Manage projects and tasks using Kanban boards and Gantt charts.
Track time spent on each task.
Collaborate using file attachments and team messaging.
Visualize project progress using timelines and reports.
Is Taskworld right for you?
Taskworld has a lot of task management and collaboration features. However, it lacks broader project planning features, so may not be suited to larger project teams.
Pricing
Taskworld does not have a free plan, but offers a 14-day trial. After that, paid plans are $11 per user/mo with a quote-only Enterprise plan for large companies.
Reviews
“I’ve been using Taskworld for more than four years. Our collaboration makes so much more sense. Organizing our client accounts by projects and consolidating all of our activities in tasks minimizes stress while maximizing productivity and efficiency.” – Verified User, Marketing
“The interface is no doubt well arranged, but just the thing is that there are various large number of icons and tools all present on the home ages of the software, which makes it confusing for users which software to select.” – Ganesh, Role Unknown
Sciforma
Contact for pricing details
Sciforma is an enterprise project and portfolio management tool designed to boost productivity and make smarter decisions. It’s less focused on day-to-day project and task management, and more on enterprise-level resource management, planning, and strategy alignment.
Features
Demand management tools to understand and anticipate resource requirements
Translate strategic organization initiatives into projects and activities
Create work breakdown structures to manage projects and tasks
Time and expense tracking
Is Sciforma right for you?
Scirforma works for enterprise users operating at a program or portfolio levels. However, for small teams and projects, it doesn’t give you day-to-day management of deliveries.
Pricing
Scirforma’s website does not provide any pricing details. You need to contact them to request a demo and a price quote.
Reviews
“Sciforma is easy to use and very efficient in Project Management. It is also very easy to deploy. It is flexible to meet our workflow. It includes many PM methodologies such as waterfall, Agile, Critical Chain Path, and others.” – Philip, Project Manager
“It is a powerful but complex tool. Long learning curve and sometimes difficult to get my head around — especially when I am unable to find dedicated time to focus on learning and adapting the tool.” – Dwight, User Engagement
Hive
From $5 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Hive is a simple, yet powerful project management tool that connects teams on projects without complexity. With options for Kanban, Gantt, list, and calendar views, it gives flexibility at a project level, while offering a comprehensive portfolio-level overview.
Features
Create and manage tasks with kanban, Gantt, list, and calendar views
Quickly switch between personal and team views
Monitor performance against business goals
Use Buzz AI and templates to streamline everyday tasks
Is Hive right for you?
Hive is great for small teams that want an easy, yet flexible tool for managing projects. But it may lack deeper functionality for more complex projects.
Pricing
Hive’s free plan is great for up to 10 users. For additional features or multiple projects, prices start at $5 per user/mo, ranging up to $12 per user/mo for the highest plans.
Reviews
“Hive features a mostly intuitive UI across browsers and desktop/mobile devices with its Hive App. The service makes tracking project status and related notes effortless, while offering customizable status fields and columns.” – Steven, Broadcast Engineer
“I’d like to be able to customize my board more. Sometimes the app takes a while to update. It lacks some management-related features, and I can’t insert multimedia content into cards.” – Marco, Marketing Specialist
Airtable
From $20 per user/mo (Free plan available)
Airtable is a productivity tool that doubles up incredibly well as a flexible project management companion. With features for task and team management, it sets a strong foundation, using its flexible app engine to automate team workflows, report on progress, and manage resources.
Features
Task management and tracking at project and program level
Simplify resource management to quickly know who’s working on what
Automate processes with project templates and workflows
Build intuitive dashboards to quickly report on the metrics that matter to you
Is Airtable right for you?
Airtable is great for project teams that repeat similar projects time and time again. But if you want more advanced and ‘dedicated’ project management features, alternatives might be easier to get started with.
Pricing
Airtable has a free plan for individuals and small teams of up to five. Plans start from $20 per user/mo, adding Gantt charts, more storage, and integrations.
Reviews
“Airtable allows you to create workflows and organize data the way you want for your project. This is truly an all-in-one platform with so many features that I haven’t even scratched the surface after months of usage.” – Marc, Video Editor
“The interface functions still need some work, making them more available and functional on the mobile app. There have also been situations where I can’t quite get the data I need due to Airtable’s limitations.” – Verified User, Non-Profits
Best Free Project Management Tools
Many project management platforms offer free plans, typically with some limitations on features, users, or projects. For freelancers and early-stage startups, these plans often provide just enough to get started. Upgrading to entry-level paid options, often available for under $5 per user/mo, can unlock valuable extras that significantly enhance productivity and collaboration.
Another route? How about open-source project management software, which comes with no subscription fee, although you do have to take care of hosting yourself. This is unlikely to be practical unless you’re an IT professional.
Examples from this guide include Toggl, ClickUp, and Asana.
Web design and development projects are complex. You have to manage client expectations, but still deliver on time and within the allocated budget.
Web design project management software often allows clients to collaborate directly in the tool with you, which can improve relationships and improve the design and concept phases of projects. This is highly beneficial, but often comes at a cost.
Examples from this guide include Toggl, ClickUp, and Asana.
Marketing campaigns need precise planning and execution to succeed. Similarly to web design projects, you often need to collaborate with external partners and vendors, too.
Whether you’re an agency or an internal marketing team, you’ll need a project management tool to plan, track, and manage your marketing campaign as well as collaborate with internal and external teams.
Examples from this guide include Toggl, Adobe Workfront, and Basecamp.
For an enterprise organization, it’s critical to keep track of all the projects happening across the business. Enterprise project departments, often need more than basic task tracking, and move into the Strategic Portfolio Management (SPM) space. These tools also include:
The ability to projects, programs, and portfolios.
Planning and allocating shared resources across projects.
Alignment of project progress with the organization’s strategy and goals.
Getting a 360-degree overview of all projects and their dependencies on eachother.
Examples from this guide include Planview, Kantata, Sciforma.
Kaban-based project management makes it really easy to visualize the work on your shared to-do list, keeping everyone in the loop on what’s happening now and what’s to come. In addition, Agile software development teams use board-based project management to manage sprints and product backlogs.
Examples from this guide include Trello, Kanban Tool, and monday.com.
Freelancers need light-weight project management. Often freelancers work alone, so they rarely need collaboration features.
But they still need to plan their work and vacation time. In addition, freelancers also use project management software to communicate project progress to clients.
Examples from this guide include Toggl, nTask, and ClickUp.
There’s no one best project management software. The choice depends on the features you need, your budget, and your project methodology. Whatever you choose, you want to make sure that your team actually enjoys using the software.
Use the tools and filters at the top of this article to shortlist the tools that fit your workflow. Most of these project management tools come with a free plan, just like Toggl Plan, so why not give us a try for free? We promise you won’t regret it!
175 new websites go live every minute. But while website development projects are common, they’re far from easy. Without a clear website project plan, things can spiral — think missed deadlines, disorganized teams, and scope creep, all combining to create unhappy customers.
Luckily, thanks to the almost 1.2 billion websites worldwide, there’s a lot of knowledge out there to draw from to plan the perfect new website to build on time and without chaos.
This article provides an easy-to-use checklist so you can deliver your next web design project without fuss, hassle, or stakeholder drama!
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
A website project plan is a roadmap for your project team, helping everyone understandwhat needs to be done, when, and bywhom.
Project plans align everyone on the goals, objectives, scope, tasks, and risks of a project while helping you avoid unnecessary delays and spend.
To create a project plan, start by defining the project specifics before diving into a detailed scope of work. Once that’s agreed upon, break down your tasks, plan out the schedule, and put it all in your project management tool to track going forward.
Toggl Track and Toggl Plan are the perfect partners for planning and managing projects, giving you full oversight of your schedule and milestones while tracking your team’s time and cost.
What is a website project plan, and why do you need one?
A website project plan is a structured roadmap that guides the entire process of building or redesigning a website. It outlines the project’s goals, scope, timeline, tasks, and responsibilities, ensuring everyone involved knows what needs to happen, when, and by whom. They’re pretty handy, so we believe all web projects should have a project plan — period.
You see, creative web design projects have many moving parts and often require multiple rounds of redesign revisions. Without a plan, you risk getting caught up in this noise and complexity, leading to:
❌ Wasted time on endless discussions that put you behind schedule
❌ Spending budget you don’t need on costly resources
❌ Delivering poor quality outputs that don’t meet your objectives
A good project plan avoids these pitfalls by setting a clear foundation of the ‘what’, ‘when’, ‘how’, and ‘who’ of a successful delivery. This includes:
✅ Defining the project’s goals and objectives to align everyone on what success looks like
✅ Setting the project scope of what will (and won’t) be done
✅ Breaking down the step-by-step tasks, how long each one will take, and their costs
✅ Scheduling the work to highlight any dependencies or bottlenecks
✅ Assigning the right team members to each task to create ownership and accountability
✅ Uncovering the risks that might trip you so you can take action to avoid them
Sure, any project can still go wrong, but you exponentially increase your chances of success if you have a good project plan template to lean on.
How to plan a website development project
Let’s break down the steps to planning a fantastic website design and development project. These tips are a mix of our experiences, feedback, and input from our agency customers, who are building new websites every day.
Of course, these tips are a high-level guide. You should always adapt them to suit your processes, workflows, and clients to deliver the best results.
1. Define the project
Before racing into planning your project, step back and clarify what you’re delivering. Definition is about uncovering and agreeing on the project specifics, including questions like “What does success look like?” or “Who is the target audience?”
Here’s how to break it down.
Strategy & context
Work with your client to learn why they need a website project. What’s wrong with the website they have right now — what’s working and what isn’t?
Alongside this, understand how this project contributes to their broader company strategy. Are they looking for enhanced functionality to drive more sales? Are they undertaking a full rebrand? Do they need to improve their e-commerce user experience?
Whatever it is, get clear on your client’s ‘why’ to maximize your chances of delivering something high-quality and impactful.
Example: GreenNotes creates premium, 100% recycled notepads for consumers and businesses, enabling them to do their jobs while reducing their environmental impact. Having grown to $100,000 revenue per year, their strategy is to increase revenue to $500,000 in 3 years through a digital-first transformation.
Goals & Objectives
Once you know the background, get clear on the future and what success looks like from a successful website design project.
Work collaboratively to define your goals and objectives so everyone agrees on the outputs and outcomes. We’d recommend using a goals and objectives framework:
Example: GreenNotes set five objectives for their website project to meet their strategy goals:
The team plans to optimize the website for search engine optimization (SEO) and be compatible with Google Analytics.
The website will integrate with GreenNotes CRM platform and social media accounts.
The website will be live with at least 10 unique pages within 8 weeks.
The website will receive at least 100 daily unique users with a 5% conversion rate within six months of go-live.
The website will rank in the #20 on Google for 5 relevant keywords within one year of go-live.
Customers & Target Audience
To define design aspects such as color schemes, landing pages, and page layouts, it’s important to know who the client’s customers and target audience are.
The best website design projects optimize the functionality, usability, messaging, and tone for the target audience, maximizing adoption and engagement once the website is live.
In most projects, this information comes from the clients themselves. But in some instances, they may ask you to support with persona mapping, competitive analysis, or target audience definition.
Example: GreenNotes has a solid understanding of its target market, which is broken into two categories:
Eco-conscious professionals aged 30-50 who need high-quality notepads for their day-to-day work
Organizations buying premium notepads for events with a focus on sustainability
Project stakeholders
Projects are people-focused endeavors, so be clear on who’s involved, both within your organization and from the client’s side.
Specifically, assign a project manager, project sponsor (the decision maker), and contributors for design and development activities. This is everyone you need to make fast progress, solve issues, and make decisions.
Example: GreenNotes nominates a Project Sponsor, the Head of Sales & Marketing, to lead the project and make decisions. They also bring a Sales Executive, Brand Associate, and Marketing Manager into the wider project team to support the agency development team.
2. Create a scope of work
Once you’ve set the project foundation, create a detailed scope of work (sometimes called a statement of work) that aligns everyone on exactly what the project includes and excludes.
The process of creating a scope of work defines the deliverables (such as wireframes, prototypes, or content strategy drafts) and establishes boundaries to avoid unnecessary scope creep later on.
Here’s how it works.
Requirements
Project requirements are the specific features, functions, and outcomes that stakeholders expect from a project. Capturing these with your stakeholders is a great way to build your project scope.
In most cases, project teams will host requirements workshops, working collaboratively with stakeholders to uncover what they need. This is a crucial part of website planning, delivering a clear view of what’s required.
Example: The project team works with GreenNotes to discuss their project requirements. In total, they capture over 50 requirements, including:
The website must have a homepage to host key information
Product pricing should be clearly visible and display any eligible customer discounts
The website must allow integrations with other systems
What’s in?
From your list of requirements, define what’s in scope for your project. This provides a list of outputs for the project team and sets the baseline for the project’s progress.
Define this clearly to remove ambiguity from the brief. This is especially important for a design agency, as profit margins can quickly erode if the project experiences scope creep later.
What’s out?
On the flip side, a good scope of work will also clearly define what’s ‘out of scope.’ This is an important addition that’s often forgotten. Defining what’s out of scope sets clear boundaries and aligns everyone’s expectations from the start.
Example: After further discussions, the project team agrees with GreenNotes that the following items will be in and out of scope:
In — Website build of 15 web pages, including building the website structure on WordPress
In — Redesign of GreenNotes branding and marketing materials, including social media, logo, fonts, and style guide
Out — Custom website development using HTML or CSS
Out — Copywriting will be completed by GreenNotes and provided to the project team for upload
Scope of work document
Like many parts of good project management, it’s best to formalize your scope in an official scope of work document. This gives everyone a clear point of reference if there’s any ambiguity or conflict later.
All projects follow a very similar lifecycle, and a website redesign project is no different. To keep everyone on track, we recommend breaking your project down into logic stages, each including clear objectives and activities. Here’s an example of the types of phases you could use on your website build.
Design foundations
In this phase, you establish the foundation of your web design project by agreeing on a clear statement of your design and brand principles.
By the end, your global design elements will underpin the design of your website pages. This is a highly creative phase, where you’ll work closely with the client to generate concepts and agree on a final specification.
🧠 Real-life examples of project activities in this phase
Defining the site title and tagline
Finalizing logo, color palette, fonts, and page layouts
Creating a sitemap that shows all the website pages and the relations between them
Purchasing a domain and hosting services
Content preparation
After confirming the outline of your website, gather all the content required for the website. The sitemap and the page layout styles created in the previous phase guide the necessary content.
You may find that some content is already available from the client’s current website or other marketing materials; alternatively, work from scratch if things require a refresh.
🧠 Typical real-life activities in this phase
Identifying the types of content needed. For example, page content, testimonials, privacy policy, terms of use, FAQs, etc.
Deciding on client-side, internal, and external content creators and providers
Creating/updating/receiving the text and graphical content
Organizing the content in a content repository
Proofreading, validating, and finalizing content
Design & software development
The project team starts designing and developing the website’s pages using a chosen development methodology. Activities in this phase depend on the sitemap, layouts, and content collected in the previous two phases and your preferred hosting technology.
🧠 Examples of activities that happen during this phase
Designing page elements such as buttons, call to actions, testimonials, etc.
Designing pages based on layout styles and content
Setting up a sandbox server
Converting design mockups into coded widgets and pages
HTML, CSS, and JavaScript validation
Developing functionalities like a blog, an e-commerce store, or a CMS
Organizing and linking pages according to the sitemap
Reviewing pages with clients and getting necessary approvals
Testing
In this phase, you validate the website’s functionality and verify that it matches the requirements you captured earlier.
Depending on the client’s needs, various types of testing, including functional, accessibility, and performance testing, may be necessary. In some cases, you’ll also need to test the website for SEO optimization and streamline pages to boost usability.
🧠 Examples of real-life activities in this phase
Checking the website meets web standards.
Providing accessibility standards for different users
Testing the functionality works as expected.
Checking the website is responsive and works well on all devices
Troubleshooting issues that surface during testing
Go live & handover
Once you’ve tested the website and resolved any issues, it’s time to put it live to the world. As part of this process, you’ll also hand the website over to the client, training them on the backend management tools so they can update their site in the future.
🧠 Depending on the approved project proposal, you’ll need to perform the following activities
Uploading the website to the client’s hosting server
Writing and handing over the website’s documentation to the client
Training the client team to manage and update the website
Creating and submitting the XML sitemap to search engines
4. Create a project schedule
Once you’ve set your project phases, it’s time to make a detailed project schedule. This breaks down all the tasks in each phase, estimating how long they’ll take and assigning an owner to each. Here are some tips for creating a project schedule:
Task breakdown & estimation
Tools such as a work breakdown structure break complex projects down into clear, manageable tasks. There are several estimating techniques to plan how long each task will take, including:
Top-down: Estimate the project duration as a whole, then divide it into smaller task estimates based on experience or historical data
Bottom-up: Estimate each individual task separately, then roll them up to get the full project timeline
PERT (Program Evaluation and Review Technique): Use optimistic, pessimistic, and most likely time estimates to calculate a weighted average for each task.
Remember, alongside time estimating, also complete project cost estimating. Nothing comes for free, so whether it’s labor costs, software licenses, or cash costs for external support, estimate the cost of each project task, too.
With your tasks estimated, assign a team member to each one. Doing this early on gives you a clear view of the resources you’ll need to deliver the project.
Optimizing project resources is a crucial part of great project management, so it’s key to have the right people at the right time without causing bottlenecks or conflicts.
Once you’ve assigned project team members to each task, you can build out a project resource plan to visualize who you’ll need when, enabling you to plan your team capacity.
Use Tools like Toggl Plan
The best projects use tools to plan their tasks, create schedules, manage resources, and visualize their plans with Gantt charts.
With Toggl Plan, creating a project timeline is as easy as one, two, three. Here’s how it works:
Click on the ‘+’ sign to create a new project. Give it a name, assign a client, and add an overall estimate.
From the Board or Timeline view, begin adding your tasks, including when they start, when they are added, and what they are.
Once they’re created, assign them to the right members of your project team and automatically add them to their to-do lists.
If you’re working to hard deadlines, click on a date to add a project milestone, giving you a clear target for your team to aim at.
From there, you’ve got everything you need to run a successful project, with one central place for your team to collaborate, track work, and keep tabs on your progress.
More of a visual learner? Here’s an explainer video to show you how to create beautifully simple project plans in Toggl Plan. 👇
Don’t forget to plan your communications, too
A common mistake project teams make is focusing solely on the functional work to build a slick website. Within your project plan, create a communications plan, too, making time for routines such as weekly check-ins, reports, and feedback sessions with your client.
This is especially important in the development phase, where you’ll want to get feedback at the end of every sprint to align your website closely with your client’s expectations.
The best way to manage your web development project?
Creating a project plan is only half the battle. Once you’ve mapped out your tasks and resources, you’ve got to actually….deliver a new website. Project tracking, whether it’s timelines, budgets, or scope, is key to hitting deadlines and ensuring deliverables meet the objectives.
Once you’re up and running on delivery, here are some best practices to guide you:
🦁Stakeholder management is king. Project management is a very people-focused activity, so focus on building stakeholder relationships. This can be as simple as daily project updates, weekly check-ins, or more formal touchpoints to align on progress, make decisions, or solve problems.
⚠️Pay attention to risk management. The best project managers dedicate regular time to identifying, analyzing, and mitigating risks in front of them. Of course, every project will experience bumps in the road, so ringfence time to get ahead before they cause a significant problem.
⏲️Automate time and milestone tracking. Many project managers waste time manually tracking time and milestone admin, bogging them down in unnecessary detail. Time tracking tools, like Toggl Track, simplify these processes, giving managers real-time insights into how long different tasks take and where to reallocate resources.
📚 Learn lessons to be better in the future. While most website projects share similar characteristics, no two projects are completely the same. To improve from project to project, complete a lessons learned assessment, capturing what went well and what you could improve on in the future.
📊Get comfortable with data. In the modern world of project management, it’s important to capture and analyze project data. Project metrics such as progress vs. plan, spend vs. budget, resource utilization percentage, and milestone status illuminate areas of concern and enable the team to make well-informed decisions.
Toggl tools for project and resource management
Great, you have everything you need to create your next website project plan, maximizing your chances of success and keeping your clients happy.
Remember, project management software is your best friend when planning and managing creative projects. Luckily, our two tools, Toggl Plan and Toggl Track, work perfectly together to guide you through the planning and management process. Here’s what they offer:
Toggl Plan is perfect for scheduling, task assignments, and visually tracking progress through its intuitive timelines. A beautiful design and simple functionality make it easy to spot dependencies, bottlenecks, and potential conflicts so you can eliminate risks before they turn ugly.
Toggl Track provides crystal-clear clarity into how time is spent on each task or project phase. It strikes a balance between enabling your team to log their time without feeling like you’re spying on them, with automatic timesheets reducing admin while generating instant project insights.
The best news? Get started with Toggl for free, allowing you to start testing timelines or tracking your time with no upfront commitment. Create a free Toggl account and start your test drive today — just two clicks, one login, and no credit card required!
James Elliott is an APMQ and MSP-certified project professional and writer from London. James has 8 years' experience leading projects and programs for tech, travel, digital, and financial services organizations, managing budgets in excess of £5m and teams of 30+. James writes on various business and project management topics, with a focus on content that empowers readers to learn, take action, and improve their ways of working. You can check out James’ work on his website or by connecting on LinkedIn.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Remote work might seem like a dream setup. But for many managers, it presents a tough challenge: How do you stay involved with your remote team without slipping into micromanagement?
The rise of remote monitoring tools like screen recording, keystroke tracking, and webcam surveillance make it easy to track your team’s every move. In fact, 70% of leaders admit they’re comfortable using these tools to spy on their remote employees.
But just because you can do something doesn’t mean you should — and in most cases, micromanagement does far more harm than good.
If you’re worried about crossing the line (or want to check you haven’t overstepped already), this guide is for you. We’ll explore micromanagement in remote settings, including how to recognize the red flags and build a high-performing team without constant oversight.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
There’s a fine line between staying informed and taking control. Set clear goals and expectations, then give your team space to deliver. Check in at planned intervals, not every time someone breathes.
You might be a micromanager if you constantly monitor your team’s availability, struggle to delegate tasks, give step-by-step instructions for simple tasks, rework every deliverable, and react negatively to minor mistakes.
Micromanagement can lead to increased stress, reduced confidence, high turnover, slower workflows, and a lack of innovation.
To avoid micromanaging your remote team, set clear expectations, trust your team’s process, schedule regular check-ins, provide autonomy, and give regular feedback.
The thin line between micromanagement and check-ins in a remote work setting
When does checking in on your direct report turn into micromanagement? Honestly, it’s easy for those helpful nudges to spiral into controlling behavior.
One day, you’re offering support, the next, you’re breathing down someone’s digital neck. The line between micromanagement and support is super thin, but we can spot the difference by exploring two versions of the same scenario.
Imagine you’re a Chief Human Resources Officer, and you just hired a new HR manager. You assign them the critical task of developing an onboarding plan for a new role.
Micromanagement approach
You assign the task and check in daily to monitor progress. Before the work is finished, you offer feedback, suggest how you would approach it, and compare their version to your past work.
It might feel like you’re being helpful and staying involved. But in reality, you’re undercutting their confidence and turning a leadership opportunity into a hand-holding session that feeds into your ego. As Tim McClure, an advertising executive, said, “Micromanagement is the opiate of the insecure manager.”
Supportive check-in approach
You assign the same task, but this time, you clearly outline what the finished product should achieve and set a reasonable deadline. You check in every few days to see if they need support, clarification, or more time.
When the deadline arrives, they deliver a thoughtful, complete plan without you hovering at every step. The outcome? In the first scenario, you take control. In the second, you build trust. Stepping back gives your team ownership of their work and allows them to grow in their roles.
Signs you’re micromanaging your team
Micromanagement often disguises itself as “just being thorough.” But over time, it chips away at morale and trust. Here are some common red flags to watch out for.
Constantly monitoring employee availability
Imagine ordering filet mignon at a Michelin-starred restaurant and pestering the chef every five minutes to check if it’s ready. You’d ruin the meal and infuriate the chef.
It’s the same in remote teams. Constantly checking if your employees are online or actively working might feel like due diligence, but it communicates a lack of trust. You may get some insights about employee productivity, but at the expense of stress and distraction.
Taha Hussain, an engineering leadership coach, recounts a clash with a micromanaging boss early in his career:
Often, this behavior stems from not understanding what your team does on a daily basis. For example, a marketing leader might think a developer being “idle” means they’re slacking when in reality, they’re deep in problem-solving mode.
Julie Chenevier, a business growth and expansion consultant, offers a theory for this disconnect: “Usually, micro-managers are simply managers with low self-esteem. As they don’t trust themselves, it’s hard for them to trust anyone else.”
Reluctance to delegate tasks
Back in that kitchen, if the same head chef insists on trying to cook every dish solo, the whole operation falls apart. And that’s exactly what happens when leaders refuse to delegate.
When you hold on too tightly to every task, you’re saying, “I don’t trust you to do this well.” It’s demoralizing and unsustainable, as explained by Zoila Solano, VP of Talent and People Operations at Golden Steps ABA:
🦁 toggl leadership tip
Delegation is a sign of strength, not weakness. Your role is to set the vision and then let your team run with it.
Over-detailed instructions for simple tasks
You might feel you’ll get better results if you give detailed instructions for every bit of your employees’ work. But there’s a world of difference between setting your team up for success and scripting their every move.
For example, giving a designer a wall of text on Slack about how to set margins and which color combinations to choose is about control more than clarity.
SME coach Westley Harnett offers a simple remedy: “Micromanagers think they’re raising the bar, but they’re actually lowering morale. A simple fix? Swap ‘Do it this way’ with ‘What’s your approach?’ It builds confidence and ownership.”
Give context, define success, and trust your team to fill in the gaps. That’s how you get buy-in — and better results.
Reviewing and revising every piece of work
Constructive feedback is part of good leadership. But if you’re reviewing every task in detail, you’re controlling rather than coaching. Mike Dalisay, CEO of Codalify, recounts how easily he slipped into this bad habit:
Overcome this by occasionally providing meaningful feedback on portions of your team’s work. Instead of reviewing every single detail of their process, look at the finished product and evaluate the outcome.
Negative reactions to minor errors
How you give feedback reflects your management style. Do you often praise or criticize? When you do criticize, is it about big, impactful errors, or is it about minor details?
If you find yourself constantly nitpicking, you’re probably under a lot of pressure and want to see good work delivered every time. But if it ends up with constant arguments over minute details, it means you’re micromanaging employees, which has a negative impact across the board.
🦁 toggl leadership tip
Use errors as learning opportunities for your team. But focus on the problem-solving aspect instead of attacking the person who made it.
How micromanagement kills productivity (and morale)
If you’re a manager, owner, or co-founder, you may not see micromanagement as a huge deal. Staying on top of things maintains quality and accountability, right? Wrong! In reality, micromanagement in a remote setting can have plenty of downsides.
Increased stress
When employees know you’re watching their every move, this crushes their well-being and can even cause stress and burnout. According to Forbes, 85% of micromanaged employees report a negative impact on their morale, and 36% even changed their jobs due to micromanagement.
Reduced confidence
Excessive surveillance and control force employees to stop believing in themselves and the good work they can deliver. They won’t have the confidence to tackle tasks they can do blindfolded.
Slower workflows
Micromanagement is a major timesuck that can lead to unnecessary delays. Managers waste time checking up on everything that happens during working hours, which slows down work for everyone.
Plus, your employees waste precious time explaining why and how something was done instead of delivering the work.
Lack of innovation
Micromanagement goes beyond slowing things down to silence forward-thinking ideas before they ever surface.
According to the 2025 Toggl Productivity Index, 44% of companies rank innovation among their top three most important values for improving performance in 2025. But when micromanagement takes hold, innovation stalls because people don’t feel safe to experiment or fail.
🦁 toggl leadership tip
If your contributors feel you’re second-guessing them at every turn, they’ll stop suggesting new ideas. They’ll default to safe choices and do the bare minimum to avoid critique.
High turnover rates and lower retention
Trust is a top driver of employee retention. Take it away, and your people will understandably start looking for work elsewhere, all at a productivity cost to your company.
You’ll lose significant time and money hiring and training their replacement. And good luck finding that new hire if the word gets out that you’re a serial micromanager: this is a red flag for 73% of potential employees.
Overall, micromanagement slows work and drives great people out the door. Beyond being a habit, it’s often a symptom of something deeper. As marketing author and professor Philip Kotler said, “When managers overdo micromanaging of others, they probably hired the wrong people or failed to give them a clear idea of what each one is to accomplish.”
In other words, micromanagement can be overcome with better leadership. Here’s how we approach it at Toggl. 👇
Toggl tips for avoiding micromanaging your remote workers
Toggl has been remote-first since day one. Today, with 130+ team members across continents and time zones, we’ve learned how to build a high-performing, asynchronous team without constant oversight. Here’s how we avoid micromanaging:
Set clear expectations upfront
Define your project goals, deliverables, milestones, deadlines, and stakeholders early on. This avoids constant follow-ups and informs your team about the kind of output you expect.
At Toggl, we set firm quarterly goals and looser monthly goals tied to those. Managers can check in with their direct reports to keep them on track, but ultimately, trust they’ll reach their goals. It doesn’t really matter how or when they work.
Trust your team’s process
Do you care how the chef cooks your filet mignon? Or just that it tastes delicious?
At Toggl, we focus on outcomes rather than the workflows leading up to them. We encourage our team to find their own methods to work, experiment, and innovate.
One of the ways to achieve that is by using time management apps such as Toggl Track to understand how and where you invest your time without using surveillance.
According to our research, a whopping 41% of companies measure their productivity based on total hours worked. But this is a holdover from factory-floor thinking that doesn’t align with knowledge work.
Instead, we empower people to work in the way that suits them best, as long as the outcome meets expectations.
Schedule structured check-ins
Structured check-ins are more supportive than hopping on Zoom to address every single roadblock.
As a best practice, aim for a regular cadence, such as weekly team meetings and monthly one-on-one catch-ups. There’s no one-size-fits-all approach — what matters most is having a clear and consistent schedule that fits your team’s workflow and communication style.
At Toggl Hire, we typically meet biweekly. This rhythm works best for us because our expectations are already well defined, and our team members know how and when to raise blockers.
Use collaborative platforms to communicate
If you want to know what your team is up to at any given time, you don’t have to ask. Simply check your collaboration tool to see the task and its progress. Some great examples include:
Toggl Plan: A visual project planning and task management tool with timelines and drag-and-drop simplicity.
Trello: A Kanban-style board system great for organizing tasks and workflows in a visual, column-based format.
ClickUp: An all-in-one productivity platform offering docs, task management, goals, and time tracking.
Asana: A task and project tracking tool ideal for managing work across teams with clear timelines and dependencies.
monday.com: A customizable work management platform for project tracking, workflows, and team collaboration.
Provide autonomy with accountability
Instead of constantly checking in with your team, make them accountable for their work while giving them freedom to perform well.
This is easy to achieve when you use Toggl Track, which provides time-based insights into who’s working on what, without resorting to invasive surveillance. Team members manage their own schedules while managers stay informed through transparent reporting.
You can also reinforce accountability using:
Dashboards that show progress toward goals in real time
Scheduled performance check-ins (for example, monthly or quarterly)
Goal tracking tools that tie work to measurable outcomes
Peer feedback loops to promote ownership within teams
Give positive feedback and recognition
Too often, feedback only shows up when something goes wrong. But consistently recognizing what’s going right is just as important — if not more.
83.6% of employees would feel more motivated to succeed at work, and 77.9% would be more productive if their positive contributions were recognized more frequently. So, make it a habit to acknowledge good work, celebrate wins (big and small), and highlight individual and team progress.
The more recognition your team receives, the less you’ll feel the need to constantly check their work — they’ll already be motivated to deliver their best.
Time tracking as an alternative to monitoring software (and other helpful remote tools)
When done right, time tracking can be a powerful way to improve performance and accountability — without micromanaging your team. The key? How you track time.
Some time tracking tools go to great lengths to spy on users. These types of employee monitoring software track mouse movements and keystrokes or take random screenshots throughout the day. That’s not productivity tracking — it’s digital surveillance. And in many cases, it’s worse than an in-person micromanager hovering over someone’s desk.
Tools like Toggl Track take a different approach. They give teams visibility into how time is spent without violating trust. Managers see where time is going and spot patterns across projects, while employees retain full control over their workflows and schedules.
But time tracking is just one part of a well-functioning remote toolkit. Here are some other tools for boosting clarity and efficiency across distributed teams:
Toggl Plan for project management: Plan, prioritize, and visualize work across teams and timelines
Slack for communication: Async messaging, team channels, and quick alignment
Timetastic for time off management: Simple, transparent vacation and leave tracking
Notion for knowledge management: A central source of truth for docs, processes, and team resources
Miro for visual collaboration: Digital whiteboards for brainstorming and cross-functional planning
Zapier for workflow automation: Connect your tools and eliminate repetitive tasks
Increase remote employee productivity with Toggl Track
Toggl Track boosts productivity while building trust. It strikes the perfect balance between efficiency and accountability without crossing into surveillance.
With our in-depth reports, you’ll always know who is doing what and what their progress is without looking over their shoulders. Your team can work independently without the burden of someone tracking their mouse movements, keystrokes, or screen activity.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Like a chef who burned his food or the painter wondering how his acrylics got mixed up with his oils, mistakes are inevitable in any line of work. But some are more costly or life-threatening than others…(we’re looking at you, surgeons). And the field of recruitment is no exception.
Nobody wants to make a bad hire. But it happens, right? The good news is you can avoid these mistakes if you know what to look out for.
Every hiring manager should be aware of several common interview red flags to avoid making a costly mistake. This guide walks you through how to spot each of them to save your hiring team some trouble!
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Red flags when interviewing a candidate are warning signs that suggest the applicant may have a problem. They can even help foretell whether the hire will work out.
There are many examples of recruitment red flags to look out for, ranging from the more obvious, like unprofessional behavior and disrespect, to more discreet warning signs, like microaggressions and changing the subject.
Some people just interview poorly, and you shouldn’t give up on them too easily. Hiring managers have to judge for themselves which red flags suggest a bad hire or just nerves. And there are different ways to help you do so.
For example, try guiding the interview to help the candidate better answer your questions, assign homework, use an interview scorecard, or use skills tests to explore their abilities and personality.
Red flags aren’t reserved for the dating world. In recruitment, they’re the subtle warning signs that something’s off, whether with a candidate or employer. Those gut-check moments make you sit up and take a little extra notice during the hiring process.
For hiring managers, red flags might be candidates who show up late, give strange excuses, or don’t know basic details about the job they’re interviewing for. But it’s not a one-way street — candidates are on the lookout, too.
Interviewers who seem checked out, give conflicting answers, or can’t explain what success looks like in the role? Yup, all red flags. And according to Harvard Business Review, job seekers should pay close attention to how interviewers act and what current employees say (or don’t say) about their current work life.
Because here’s the kicker: 19% of workers say their workplace is very or somewhat toxic. One in five is a pretty big gamble. So, spotting red flags early, whether you’re hiring or job hunting, can help you avoid costly mistakes and unhealthy work environments.
Job interview red flags to look out for as a candidate
If you, as a candidate, start noticing any waving red flags during a job interview, it could be a telltale sign that the workplace is toxic. That said, it’s worth remembering that not every hiccup needs to be a dealbreaker.
Interviews aren’t always perfect. A last-minute schedule change or vague answer might be more about internal misalignment than a blazing red flag. Sometimes (often embarrassingly), the hiring process is where teams realize they don’t fully understand what the role requires.
While it’s important to be vigilant, don’t jump to conclusions too quickly — give the company a fair chance to show off its true colors (red or green). So, what should you actually be looking out for?
1. Disorganized interview process
All hiring managers should be trained to conduct proper interviews. If the interview feels disorganized, gets pushed back, or doesn’t have a clear structure or agenda, it might reveal a lack of professionalism. Everyone has off days, but if the entire process feels like an afterthought, the role might be, too.
2. Negative talk about current or former employees
When interviewers speak negatively about current or former employees, it’s a clear red flag that the company suffers from a toxic work environment or its managers don’t handle conflicts well. A healthy work culture should foster respect and positivity, not encourage gossiping or bad-mouthing.
3. Lack of transparency
Pay attention to how different team members speak about their job responsibilities, company culture, work-life balance, or even future plans. Vague or inconsistent answers indicate a lack of internal alignment and poor communication, which can lead to a whole lot of confusion and dissatisfaction down the line.
4. Aggressive sales tactics
A job offer shouldn’t feel like a carton of milk that’s about to spoil if you don’t drink it right away. If the company pressures you with a super-soon expiration date, it shows they’re more focused on filling the position than finding the right fit.
5. Unprofessional questions
You shouldn’t be asked about things related to your age, marital status, race, or anything else that feels personal and inappropriate. Trained recruiters should have an interview guide or playbook to follow and know these questions are off-limits.
If a hiring manager is so bold as to ask them, you can assume the companytolerates this kind of inappropriate behavior. They might even have some unconscious biases embedded in their recruitment processes.
6. Lack of connection
Sometimes, it’s not what’s said — it’s how it feels. If you just don’t gel with the interviewers or the company, it could be a sign that the company’s values or culture don’t align with your own. When the conversation feels forced or one-sided, it’s tough to bring your best self forward, and it may signal that the team dynamics or values don’t align with your own.
7. Too many interviews
Thorough is good — to a point. But if you’re being shuffled through 10+ interviews, that’s a bad sign. Odds are, if the role is this challenging to fill, there might be some deeper issues within the organization. Unless you’re applying for a senior executive role, an overly long process could point to deeper issues, like unclear expectations or a lack of trust in decision-makers.
8. Discrepancies between interviews
Conflicting information about job responsibilities, company culture, or expectations between interviews suggests a lack of communication and alignment within the organization. The company might have unclear roles or a dysfunctional team, signaling the job could be super challenging (not in a good way!) and unsatisfying.
9. Bait and switch
Not all conflicting information comes from disorganization — sometimes, it’s intentional. A classic bait-and-switch move might look like this: the job posting highlights flexible hours and remote work, but once you’re in the final stages, the team casually mentions it’s actually an in-office role with rigid hours.
If the role seems to shift dramatically from what was advertised, the company may be trying to reel candidates in under false pretenses — and that’s a major red flag.
10. Lack of preparation
Interviews are a two-way street. Hiring managers expect candidates to present their best selves and do their homework before an interview, so why shouldn’t you expect the same? Watch out for hiring managers who clearly haven’t reviewed your resume, prepared any specific questions about your career goals, or done their due diligence for the interview. Are they interested in you at all?
The most common red flags to look out for as a hiring manager
Hiring managers need to be just as alert in spotting potential issues during their interactions with candidates. Many of the warning signs that signal a bad employer can also point to a problematic candidate: poor communication, lack of preparation, or disrespect for others, to name a few.
To spot potential problems and avoid a pesky high turnover rate, we’ve created a list of 19 red flags hiring managers should watch out for when interviewing candidates. We’ve grouped them into five categories so you can easily spot them and make informed decisions during your hiring process.
Do any of these sound familiar?
Section I: How job candidates present themselves
1. Subject changes or ramblings
It’s a bad sign when the candidate in front of you starts rambling when you ask them a question. Candidates should focus on making their best impression in an interview and use their limited time wisely.
2. Not-so-humble brags
It’s great if your candidates are proud of their accomplishments…..buuuut excessive bragging as a response to a behavioral interview question is a big red flag. It suggests a lack of humility and a desire to take all the credit. While they might just be nervous or proud, this could also indicate the candidate isn’t a (good) team player.
3. Unkempt appearance
We all have our bad days (or laundry days!), but a scruffy job seeker suggests the person might not care about how they present themselves or represent your company.
4. Reschedules
It’s okay to reschedule interviews. Life happens. But constantly rescheduling the same interview shows a lack of time management and respect for your organization. It also leads to a drawn-out interview process and prevents hiring managers from filling the role with the right candidate.
5. Late
The first interview is all about making a good impression. Of course, we’ve all suffered from traffic jams and broken down trains, but if the candidate is extremely late and doesn’t have a good reason why, it’s an interview red flag. After all, what if they were late to visit one of your customers?
6. Unprofessional humor
Having a sense of humor and telling jokes is an excellent way for a candidate to break the ice and reveal more of their personality. But inappropriate humor in a job interview is a glaring red flag and a potential HR violation!
🧠 top tip
Inappropriate humor can vary — what’s off-limits in one company might be acceptable in another. Consider how their sense of humor might impact team dynamics before moving forward.
7. Inappropriate or casual language
Using slang, overly casual language, or even accidental swearing during the interview can signal a lack of respect and professionalism. This red flag might be less worrying in a very casual company culture — but it’s still important to ensure the candidate can maintain a level of professionalism when needed.
Section II: How the candidate acts in the interview
8. Poor enthusiasm
A candidate who lacks enthusiasm in the interview might not bring the right energy or motivation to the job. That’s why this is one of the most important interview red flags for employers to consider. After all, nobody wants an unenthusiastic employee on their team as it can dampen the overall morale.
9. Lack of questions
A quality interviewer won’t just interrogate — they’ll also make space for the candidate to grill them. When candidates don’t ask any questions about the job description, role, or company, it’s a sign they might not be truly interested in the opportunity. This omission could also suggest that they haven’t done their research and may not be fully prepared for the position — another huge red flag.
10. Inappropriate questions
Asking inappropriate or off-topic questions to the potential employer during the interview suggests the candidate hasn’t done their research or isn’t serious about the opportunity.
11. Microaggressions
Microaggressions are subtle forms of bias or discrimination that may show up during the interview process. For example, a candidate may make inappropriate remarks like “You speak really good English — what’s your background?” or “You don’t look like a developer.” These kinds of remarks may seem minor on the surface, but can point to deeper issues with respect, inclusion, and cultural awareness.
🧠 top tip
If a candidate exhibits microaggressions, take it seriously. Politely but firmly address the behavior in the moment by asking for clarification or expressing how the comment may be perceived negatively. This gives the candidate a chance to correct themselves and also provides insight into their ability to handle feedback.
Section III: How the candidate explains their past experience
12. Vague or inconsistent answers
If the candidate’s employment dates, manager names, responsibilities, or even a rundown of their roles differ from their CV, it might suggest that some of the information was fabricated. An unwillingness to talk about their previous experience might also suggest that they didn’t have significant responsibilities or accomplishments in their previous roles. Or maybe they’re unprepared to discuss their experience in detail.
🧠 top tip
If a candidate gives vague answers about their previous employment, dig deeper if it’s important to the role. Politely ask follow-up questions like, “Can you provide more specifics on your role there?” or “What were some key achievements or challenges you faced?” This helps clarify their experience and gauge their transparency.
13. Lies and exaggerations
Exaggerating past experience or lying about qualifications are big warning signs. Integrity and honesty are must-have traits in any employee, so confirm a candidate’s claims carefully before proceeding with the hiring process.
Section IV: How the candidate views their past employers
14. Speaks badly of them
If a candidate badmouths their previous boss, coworkers, or company, take note. Even if their complaints are valid, the way they talk about their past employers matters. Candidates who speak badly of their past employers may have a negative attitude toward authority or difficulty working in a team environment.
Exception: If a candidate brings up past challenges in a constructive, balanced way, focusing on what they learned or how they grew, that can actually be a green flag. The key is in the tone: Are they blaming, venting, or reflecting?
15. Gossips
You don’t need to know what Gail said in that one meeting or what Geoff did behind closed doors, right? So, why is the candidate telling you all of this?
If a candidate starts gossiping about previous employers or others they’ve already met with at your company, politely steer the conversation back to their professional experiences by asking, “Can you tell me more about your specific contributions or projects?”
Section V: How the candidate made you feel
16. Sexist/racist/homophobic
This is an obvious red flag. If a candidate makes comments about the interviewer’s race, religion, sexual orientation, appearance, or anything else, it’s grounds for immediate removal from the hiring pool.
17. Condescending
A condescending attitude from a candidate during an interview creates an uncomfortable and negative situation for the interviewer. Just because you don’t know much about MySQL, sales, or user research doesn’t give the candidate the right to talk down to you.
18. Dismissive
A dismissive attitude toward the hiring manager will negatively affect an interviewer’s impression of a job candidate and the overall interview experience. It’s a big job interview red flag that your hiring team shouldn’t overlook.
🧠 top tip
With dismissive candidates, it’s best to ask open-ended questions like, “Can you elaborate on that point?” or “I’d love to hear more about your perspective.” This encourages fuller responses and shows you value detailed engagement. Assess if their dismissiveness is a one-off due to nerves or a consistent attitude.
19. Poor body language
Someone who slouches during the interview process, let alone the first interview, may not be taking the process seriously. Albert Mehrabian, a pioneer researcher of body language in the 1950s, found that the total impact of a message is 7 percent verbal (words only), 38 percent vocal (including tone of voice, inflection, and other sounds), and 55 percent nonverbal.
🧠 top tip
While body language is something to consider, don’t jump to conclusions. Remember, non-neurotypical individuals may struggle with eye contact and other social cues, which don’t necessarily reflect their skills or suitability for the role. Focus on other communication cues like coherence, enthusiasm, and qualifications.
Should one red flag kill the interview process? Nope!
No, one red flag shouldn’t auto-kill the interview process, but it does warrant a closer look.
Obviously, red flags like discrimination or disrespect are non-negotiable and justify cutting the interview process short and eliminating them from the recruiting funnel altogether.
But other warning signs might stem from nerves, poor questioning, or a simple misunderstanding. It would be a shame to lose a top-caliber candidate in these scenarios, wouldn’t it? Before you make a final call, take a moment to assess the severity and context of what you’re seeing.
Here are a few practical ways to course-correct when red flags appear, whether you’re the interviewer or the candidate.
#1. Talk it out
Calling a candidate out on their behavior keeps the interview on track and separates the nervous candidates from the actual bad hires.
Another way to assess a candidate’s fit is to talk about their interests outside of work to get an idea of their personality, values, and how well they might fit in with your team.
Equally, candidates should also be brave enough to pause the interview and clarify any potential red flags in front of them.
#2. Consider a skills test or a trial period
If you’re unsure about a candidate’s fit, consider using skills tests or have them complete a trial period.
This can give you a sense of their capabilities in a hands-on environment and how well they work with others. Likewise, for candidates, a trial period also delivers valuable insights into the company’s organization, timely payments, and the overall happiness of other employees.
#3. Seek a second opinion
If you’re the only person who’s noticed a red flag, don’t make the call in isolation. Instead, bring in another team member for a second interview. If they agree with your evaluation, you were probably on to something. But if they see things differently, it could have just been a bad day or an overreaction. Another perspective is always invaluable.
#4. Consider the context
Before reaching a final decision, think about the context of the red flag. Every role is unique, so the red flag you’ve spotted might not apply to the job they’re interviewing for.
Maybe you’re hiring for a software developer, and they struggle with small talk. Communication skills are important, but they’re not the primary focus for a technical role, so you can overlook it.
#5. Trust your gut
Your instincts matter, but they’re only useful when paired with evidence. If something feels off, dig deeper. Use tools like peer interviews, skills assessments, reference checks, or even a social media screen to validate your concerns.
Just be mindful of your unconscious biases. A “bad feeling” shouldn’t be the only reason to pass on a candidate, but it can be the reason to ask more questions.
Hiring managers: Spot red flags with Toggl Hire
Skills-first hiring software, like Toggl Hire, helps recruiters and hiring teams spot red flags before candidates reach the interview phase.
Evaluating candidates on their true capabilities through skills-based assessments and automated candidate filtering ensures that only the most qualified and engaged candidates move forward.
Candidates enjoy the experience, too — four out of five candidates love Toggl Hire! So you can feel confident knowing that you’re not waving any red flags of your own during this part of the hiring process.
You should always treat every candidate fairly and equally. If you want to spot red flags early and provide candidates with an equitable hiring journey, sign up for a free Toggl Hire account.
Michelle is an experienced freelance writer who loves applying research and creative storytelling to the content she creates. She writes about B2B SaaS software while also participating in conversations about other industries, such as the digital publishing landscape, sports, and travel.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Employee performance metrics show how well (or not so well) your people contribute to business goals through their work, outputs, and engagement.
They’re a key part of the performance management process, something most businesses have in place, but only a fraction do well. Only 20% of companies rank their performance management process as very effective in providing employee feedback, increasing individual performance, and developing talent.
The reason? Most managers lack meaningful data to make objective evaluations and coach people to do better in their roles. But that can be fixed, as we’ll explain in this post!
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Employee performance metrics aren’t a grading tool — they’re a method for collecting insights for business growth. The right data helps you spot top performers, fix broken processes, improve resource allocation, and increase business profitability.
Your people, in turn, benefit from clearer performance expectations, constructive feedback, and greater recognition — a ‘recipe’ for high engagement and top-level productivity.
To get a valid take on your business performance, blend hard data (e.g., task completion rate, error rate, RPE) with qualitative insights (e.g., engagement rates, peer feedback, and collaboration scores).
Performance metrics should guide strategy, not pressure people into performative work. Align metrics with company values, personalize OKRs, and combine short- and long-term data to get a full picture of progress. Keep expectations transparent and review cycles shorter to catch issues early and support real growth.
To improve employee performance evaluations, align metrics with business goals, involve employees in defining success, and use different groups of metrics to get a 360-degree view of people performance. And skip the surveillance tools; focus on outcomes, not sham activity, to build trust and track real progress.
As the adage goes, “If you can’t measure it, you can’t manage it.” When you don’t know how different parts of your organization function and contribute to the shared goal(s), it’s easy for efforts to be misplaced. And that’s already a big problem.
Globally, only 37% of businesses consider their people high-performing and engaged. And the media also paints a bleak picture of ‘problematic Gen Z work ethics,’ ‘global productivity crisis,’ and ‘growing number of burnout nations.’
As always, the devil is in the details. Employee performance isn’t one number — it’s a mix of key performance indicators (KPIs) that capture different sides of impact. While metrics like ‘total number of work hours’ might be down, others like ‘productivity per hour’ might be on the rise.
A mix of qualitative and quantitative metrics highlights who’s really driving the results (and who’s just busy being busy). This leads to better employee recognition, project staffing decisions, resource allocation, and overall organizational performance.
Benefits for organizations
⚙️ Improved business productivity. Metrics level-set individual effort and business goals, describing what success looks like. You give employees a clear target and give reasons to aim higher (through regular recognition and financial perks). Over time, that clarity drives better focus and higher employee productivity.
📮 Better resource allocation. Only half of managers think their company effectively aligns budgets with corporate strategies. This translates to under-staffed teams, underfunded training programs, and delayed deliverables, crippling business growth. Performance metrics help you better understand which teams and organizational initiatives drive the most impact and budget accordingly.
🪜 Effectivesuccession planning. With the rapid ageing of the population, companies are losing skilled leaders. Metrics identify high-potential talent early on and support their progression to build a stronger leadership pipeline. You also get fewer ‘surprises’ post-promotion as your succession decisions are backed by evidence, not gut feelings or personal biases.
💰Higher profitability. Metrics shed light on high-impact activities, helping your people do more of the ‘right stuff.’ They also draw attention to inefficiencies, resource waste, and other blockers, stalling progress. By doubling down on the former factors and eliminating the latter, you can grow a healthier profit margin.
Benefits for employees
📊 Clarity on performance expectations. Metrics enable management by objectives, a structured process for defining performance goals via personalized OKRs. This clarity builds better trust in performance management, something 61% of managers and 72% of workers currently lack.
🎨 Opportunities for skill development. Effective performance measurement isn’t punitive — it’s a tool for growth and guidance. By knowing where your people fall behind, you can develop better organizational development initiatives and prioritize learning and development opportunities to upskill your staff.
🥳 Timely feedback fosters employee satisfaction. Regular, constructive, and personalized feedback ignites performance. When managers provide daily feedback, employees are 3.6x more likely to be motivated to do outstanding work, and metrics make this easier to do.
🪴 Predictable career growth. Stalled careers lead to open exits. Alarmingly, 65% of workers report feeling ‘stuck’ in their careers, rising to 70% in the tech sector. Metrics help managers establish better competency grading systems and chart predictable paths for promotion, improving retention.
Key employee performance metrics to track (and how)
The most effective performance management strategies blend hard data with qualitative insights (like peer feedback or leadership potential). This mix gives you a more accurate, fair, and holistic view of how different employees contribute, enable, and support your business growth.
If that’s the kind of insight you need, here’s a breakdown of what performance metrics to monitor and how to actually use them.
Task completion rate
Task completion rate shows how well work gets done by tracking the percentage of crossed-off tasks, resolved tickets, or delivered assets. The higher the task’s completion rate, the more efficient your team is at translating intent into impact!
Marketing managers can track the number of launched paid ad campaigns versus those stuck in “review limbo.” Sales teams can look at the number of closed deals or scored leads to gauge performance. Agile software engineering teams, in turn, use Sprint burnout charts that measure remaining work (user stories, bugs, technical debt items, etc) in each boxed timeframe.
🧠 Toggl expert tip
Overall, this is a handy metric to understand who’s great at time management and following through. In particular, a lower rate is a helpful cue for reviewing possible blockers. Perhaps your resource allocation is off, or the process has too many handoffs. Task completion rate earmarks what’s stalling progress without jumping to blame.
Quality of work
Let’s be clear: Organizational success isn’t about volume outputs — it’s about making targeted, meaningful progress. If your team produces a lot of real (or sham) outputs, but the quality of work is meh, you’re in trouble.
Quality-focused metrics like the number of errors, revision rate, or stakeholder approval scores tell you how well the work gets done. For design teams, you might monitor brand adherence or UX testing success rates. Customer service teams track quality metrics like first contact resolution rate, customer satisfaction score, and average response quality rating.
Most teams rely on quantitative quality indicators from business tools and qualitative manager evaluations, peer reviews, and structured customer feedback loops. This way, you can spot recurring mistakes or missing employee abilities, which can be addressed through process redesign or training programs.
Revenue per employee
Revenue per employee (RPE) metric tells how much monetary yield individual employees produce for your business, giving you a snapshot of operational efficiency and workforce impact.
Unlike others, this metric isn’t universal, as many important back-office roles only contribute to revenue indirectly (e.g., HR professionals or facility managers). But it’s a good one to track for customer-facing teams like Sales, Support, Account Management, Procurement, or Field Services, where every missed day can mean a missed deal or lost business opportunity.
Fact: Happy, driven, and inspired people make productive teams — and work environment factors like company culture, work-life balance, and recognition programs strongly affect the employee experience.
Employee engagement may be a human resources domain, but great managers track the pulse, too. You can spot motivated people by the way they show up. They seek out ways to improve workflows, bring new ideas to the table, and volunteer to pick up extra slack when the situation calls for it. They care deeply about their work and feel more invested in the company’s success, and this should be reflected in their performance evaluation.
Disengaged people, on the contrary, show signs of withdrawal. They don’t actively participate during meetings, show little initiative, and harbor negative attitudes. Measures like quick pulse surveys, one-on-one check-ins, and project retrospectives help managers better reward top performers and offer timely support to those falling behind.
Absenteeism rate
In the worst-case scenario, disengaged employees resort to absenteeism — they miss work unexpectedly or more often than usual.
These absences can increase due to sickness, burnout, stress, and mental health issues. Employee burnout alone resulted in 20% of UK workers taking time off work last year.
Overall, rising pressures at work increased annual absence rates to 14% in countries like Czechia, Germany, and Belgium — meaning employers aren’t doing enough to support their people’s well-being.
When monitoring absenteeism levels, managers can step in early and start supportive conversations to avoid disruptions to team performance. Instead of defaulting to discipline, they can adopt a more empathetic mindset to retain their people. Organizational changes like more flexible schedules, overtime bans, or mandatory vacation leaves are also worth considering.
Such employee wellness measures are effective at preventing burnout and increasing engagement, which compound to higher employee productivity.
🤔 did you know?
Several early trials showed that companies that adopted a 4-hour week maintained the same productivity levels, and 34% even saw improvements, while measures like employee stress, burnout, and fatigue have declined. Shorter workweeks coach people to get better at managing their time.
Time management
Time management metrics reveal a lot about how your business works. Rather than guessing who’s overloaded or distracted, you can tell exactly where most efforts go with time tracking categories like billable hours, meetings, deep work, client communication, or learning.
Tools like Toggl Track spotlight teams’ work patterns without the slimy feel of micromanagement. Users can log (and edit) their daily activity to get insights into their focus areas, common blockers, and time wasters. Managers, in turn, benefit from better visibility into workload allocation, process efficiency, expense trends, and capacity needs.
By seeing what’s working (and what’s not), you can coach your teams to adopt better time management strategies to work smarter (not longer). Try time blocking to tackle similar tasks in one productivity burst. Or use the Covey Time Matrix to prioritize tasks more effectively.
When combined with project management software, time insights also give managers better clarity into deadlines, task priorities, dependencies, and scheduling conflicts — aka everything that usually derails timelines and balloons operating costs. That kind of visibility turns reactive firefighting into proactive planning and keeps projects on track.
Error rate
Error rates measure how often slip-ups happen in an employee’s work, whether typos in a client proposal, skipped steps in a manufacturing process, or incorrect data entries in a report.
No person produces 100% error-free work every time. But consistently high error rates hint at underlying issues like skills gaps, overly complex processes, or missing instructions.
A root cause analysis will lead you to the right remedy. For example, you might improve the handoff process between teams, create a targeted training program, or upgrade legacy software to streamline error-prone processes.
Customer satisfaction score (CSAT)
CSAT offers feedback on how well client-facing employees perform in the eyes of the people who matter most — your customers. Typically measured with a quick survey after a recent interaction, such as a support chat, a sales call, or a service appointment, CSAT tells you how you can make your customer experience even more delightful.
Low CSAT scores for individual employees can mean they lack essential customer service skills like active listening, strong communication, and empathy. They can also indicate deeper problems in your processes.
📚 here’s an example
Lack of unified customer identities, which allows agents to quickly identify the customer and personalize the communication. Or severe process fragmentation, which prolongs request execution and undermines employee efficiency. In both cases, you’d want to spot the decline early on to inform training priorities, optimize workflows, and reward staffers who go above and beyond.
Net Promoter Score (NPS)
Similar to CSAT, NPS is a key indicator of customer loyalty and satisfaction. High NPS scores mean almost guaranteed business growth because people stay loyal to your brand and advocate for it publicly.
Tying NPS to employee performance reveals what your customer teams are nailing and what’s holding the experience back. For example, if one client success manager consistently gets top promoter scores, they can coach others to copy their approach.
Effectively, individual NPS scores become jumping-off points for shared team learning, customer knowledge sharing, and, ultimately, better company-wide customer experience strategies.
Work efficiency
The most profitable businesses know how to achieve optimal results with limited resources. Unlike raw productivity, which can focus on volume alone, efficiency looks at how work gets done.
Work efficiency metrics like output-to-input ratio quantify how business results (e.g., number of sales or units produced) correlate with the total number of resources used (e.g., employee hours or budget). Meanwhile, cycle time tells you how long different tasks take to complete. All of this helps you assign better goals, build more realistic timelines, reduce repetition, and unlock greater work efficiencies.
🧠 Toggl expert tip
Streamlining even the smallest tasks yields big business efficiencies. Timesheet automation can shave a good 10 hours per month off manual data entry while improving data quality and customer billing practices. Recruitment automation helps HR reclaim 10 to 20 productive hours per week on compliance checks, candidate communication, and general decision-making.
Teamwork and collaboration
Team productivity is the sum of individual contributions plus interpersonal synergy. Measuring collaboration, communication, and emotional intelligence shows how well your people actually work together.
Observe how different team members contribute to group discussions, communicate across roles, manage handoffs, and accept feedback. This way, you can understand not just who’s productive but who helps others be productive.
Tools like peer reviews and 360-degree feedback can make this process more structured and objective. Netflix famously ditched annual performance reviews for shorter, less formal 360-degree feedback loops, where everyone in the company regularly suggests what their peers should stop, start, or continue doing (including the CEO). This helped the company build one of the strongest cultures, which drives high employee performance and retention.
By using a similar approach, you can better identify collaboration rockstars and ‘glue people’ who secretly hold it all together!
Task prioritization
Productivity drops when people get buried in busywork — attending meetings, doing endless admin, or ‘following up’ with unresponsive colleagues. Important tasks then get moved to the back burner, which is no bueno.
Task prioritization teaches your people to choose the right tasks to focus on when work gets hectic. It also helps employees feel less stressed and decision fatigue, both essential for great well-being. Teams that prioritize well consistently hit goals faster and avoid getting sidetracked by low-value distractions.
You can coach your people to get better at task prioritization by:
Using frameworks like the Eisenhower Matrix to sort tasks by urgency
Linking tasks to company ORKs or team goals to communicate impacts
Adding points to user stories to mark priority levels
Reviewing priorities during standups or 1:1s to realign as goals shift
Celebrating crossed-off high-impact tasks to reinforce the value of smart prioritization
By mastering task prioritization, your teams won’t get sidetracked as easily by conflicting priorities and the occasional operational chaos.
Employee retention rate
Employee retention (and employee attrition) rates signal how valued and supported employees feel in their roles.
High retention rates often point to an effective hiring process, proactive onboarding, good managerial leadership, and a healthy workplace environment. On the flip side, when people leave en masse, it’s a tell-tale sign you’ve got some deep issues boiling. Workers cited a higher pace of change (and lack of equivalent salary growth), career ambitions, and problematic culture among the top reasons for leaving their last job.
If spotted early, all of these issues can be effectively addressed to prevent attrition and the painful costs of hiring a new employee. For example, job enrichment can retain people who feel uninspired in their current role and seek growth. Cultural initiatives like manager training or inclusive team-building can build better trust and improve morale.
Ultimately, retention should be viewed as a long-term metric closely tied to employee engagement and workforce development efforts.
📚 avoid the costs of a bad hire
Bad hiring decisions aren’t just costly — they’re avoidable. For our latest report, we surveyed over a hundred talent professionals in the United States to uncover the staggering costs (direct and hidden) of mis-hires to equip you with better strategies to fix your hiring process for good. Download it for free to learn how to avoid mistakes that are costing teams up to $150k on average.
Learning and development participation
Businesses must critically upskill their workforce as talent gaps grow bigger for in-demand skills and the pace of technological change accelerates.
By measuring how often people take part in training or skill-building activities, you can:
Identify people with a growth mindset for reskilling
Justify bigger L&D investments with participation data
…and progressively build a culture of learning at your company by linking L&D goals to career progression plans so your people see a clear payoff.
Managerial effectiveness
Managers are responsible for 70% of the variance in team engagement and performance. Leaders with top people management skills know how to guide, support, and empower their team to hit all the performance benchmarks. And those with so-so ones? They drive top performers away and breed mediocrity.
To evaluate how well managers cope with their role, track:
Team goal achievement rate to evaluate how consistently the team meets set OKRs. The manager may have poor project management, prioritization, or workflow planning skills if the team often underperforms.
Cross-functional collaboration score tallies feedback from peer or partner teams on how well the manager enables cooperation. Low scores can indicate territorial behavior, lack of transparency, or misalignment with wider business objectives.
Direct report retention rate. 7 in 10 people quit their jobs last year over a bad manager. If one team has significantly higher attrition rates, you might want to check in with the manager.
Internal mobility enablement. The goal of a great manager is to nurture a future bench of talent. High frequency of promotions, lateral moves, or upskilling facilitated by the manager are all great signs of a job well done.
360-degree feedback score shows how well the manager is perceived by direct reports, peers, and senior leaders, which indicates their ‘fit’ with your company.
A combination of KPIs tied to things like team retention, goal completion, and cross-functional collaboration allows you to easily distinguish (and laud!) your best managers.
Call resolution efficiency
Top-notch customer experience is a combination of speed and effectiveness in customer issue resolution. A combination of call resolution efficiency metrics can give you insight into how effective your reps are at problem-solving.
For example, a high first-call resolution rate and low call transfer rate indicate strong competency of your L1 service teams. Low average resolution time, paired with a low repeat contact rate, indicates effective troubleshooting workflows.
🧠 Toggl expert tip
To elevate these metrics, invest in better employee handbooks, document standard operating procedures, and implement automation technology to streamline repetitive tasks. Role-playing tricky scenarios or reviewing past call recordings can sharpen skills and boost team performance.
Human capital ROI
An employer’s human capital ROI is the difference between the revenue generated by an employee and their costs in terms of compensation, benefits, and training, expressed as a percentage.
It helps managers:
Identify high-impact roles to place top performers
Justify talent development initiatives
Advocate for higher compensation
Develop better talent retention strategies
But there’s a caveat: since not all roles bring direct revenue, HC ROI can be misleading without extra context. Some of your best data scientists, for example, may show negative ROI on paper but produce innovative research that will pay back 10x in the long term. Similarly, market shifts (e.g., seasonality in sales) or team dynamics (e.g., recent employee exits) can also skew an individual’s ROI.
To avoid tunnel vision, pair this metric with qualitative insights and broader workforce insights like leadership potential, work efficiency, or collaboration effectiveness.
Self-assessment scores
Employee self-scoring sparks reflection and accountability, helping your staff assess their contributions, strengths, and areas for growth. Because people use their own words to express their achievements, goals, and challenges, you gain even more meaningful insights that regular performance reviews may not surface.
The practice also builds better trust in the performance evaluation process, effectively providing managers with ‘talking points’ so they don’t overlook essential contributions and focus clearly on actual struggles.
Similarly, it avoids perception gaps that emerge when an employee overestimates or underestimates their impact. This opens doors to more meaningful coaching opportunities, transparent communication, and constructive performance conversations.
Employee performance skyrockets when metrics guide your strategy rather than box everyone into the same mold of inflated expectations.
Your people should never be in the dark about what you’re measuring or why you’re focusing on a specific metric. Lack of understanding brings resistance and mistrust. Or worse — a ‘productivity theater’ strategy aimed at superficially inflating the metrics instead of doing meaningful work.
To get the best results:
Align metrics with company values. Don’t measure what’s easy — measure what matters. If collaboration is a core value, track team contributions, not just solo results.
Set personalized OKRs for each role. Work with your people to develop OKRs that reflect their unique responsibilities and career goals. Tie each objective to team or company priorities, then define 2-3 key results that are specific, measurable, and achievable.
Combine short- and long-term metrics. Monitor weekly progress (e.g., task completion rates or error rates) to spot drift early on and track trajectory metrics (e.g., employee engagement or human capital ROI) to detect performance plateaus or persisting structural challenges.
Make performance expectations crystal clear. Employees should know exactly how you evaluate their performance, how it contributes to their career development, and what they can do to influence their results.
🧠 Toggl expert tip
Switch to shorter review cycles. Annual reviews allow issues to snowball and delay corrective action. Quarterly pulse surveys and 360-feedback forms catch concerns early and keep performance on track year-round. Customizable performance dashboards with aggregated time and performance data also make 1:1 conversations easier, equipping managers with data.
Best practices for getting started with performance management
Whether you’re building from scratch or fine-tuning what’s already in place, the next three tweaks to your performance management process make a big impact.
Align metrics with organizational goals
Effective performance ladders up to business objectives like profit growth, customer satisfaction, or employee retention. When employees understand how their daily actions drive (or derail) company priorities, they see greater meaning in their work and get better at task prioritization.
The best way to reach alignment is to involve your team in metric selection. Ask how they’d define success and what impacts they’d consider measuring themselves. Collaborative goal setting increases buy-in and creates a stronger sense of accountability.
Balance qualitative and quantitative data
Hard numbers like sales volumes or completed tasks only tell part of the story. Adding qualitative data like peer feedback on collaboration, enablement, or professional development contextualizes the ‘soft’ factors that drive team success.
Use anonymous surveys and peer feedback tools to collect unbiased qualitative insights. Reiterate the purpose of such reviews: their goal is to provide constructive feedback, not pass off snap judgments or shift blame.
Use the right tools (invasive tools are a huge no)
As our Productivity Index report shows, managers seek evidence of employee productivity. But oftentimes, they’re after the wrong metrics. Three-quarters believe they should have access to employee activity tracking and screen monitoring at any time to ensure employees are working efficiently.
Obsessive employee surveillance over ‘vanity metrics’ like number of logged hours or daily desktop activity only backfires: People become less engaged, creative, and vested in their work.
A better approach is to focus on outcomes — what gets done and how it aligns with business goals — rather than obsessing over every click or keystroke. Select a time management tool that collects meaningful performance data and doesn’t invade your employees’ privacy.
Build a better business with Toggl
Doing performance evaluations is hard when you lack meaningful data. Move beyond surface-level metrics with our tools:
Toggl Track turns time data into insights into profitability, capacity levels, project success rates, and employee contribution — metrics that matter more for your business than the number of bathroom breaks your worker takes during the day.
Toggl Hire assesses employee skills and performance potential early in the hiring cycle to predict future success, instead of judging the fit by lofty credentials like ‘highest degree’ or ‘years of experience. ’ So that you could avoid costly mis-hires, maintain lower absenteeism rates, and maximize human capital ROI through ongoing upskilling and reskilling initiatives.
Together, Toggl Track and Toggl Hire offer a powerful, people-first approach to performance (learn more about it here) — aligning individual strengths with business goals and replacing micromanagement with meaningful metrics. It’s easier than ever to get started.
Toggl runs under a single sign-on, so one account gives access to both tools, and we’re now offering bundled pricing to make scaling simple — learn more about it here.
The best part is that both of our tools come with a robust free plan. Book a free demo today to see our platform in action. 😉
Elena is a senior content strategist and writer specializing in technology, finance, and people management. With over a decade of experience, she has helped shape the narratives of industry leaders like Xendit, UXCam, and Intellias. Her bylines appear in Tech.Co, The Next Web, and The Huffington Post, while her ghostwritten thought leadership pieces have been featured in Forbes, Smashing Magazine, and VentureBeat. As the lead writer behind HLB Global’s Annual Business Leader Survey, she translates complex data and economic trends into actionable insights for executives in 150+ countries. Armed with a Master’s in Political Science, Elena blends analytical depth with sharp storytelling to create content that matters.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Ever feel like your project costs have vanished into thin air? You plunge time, money, and resources into the work, only to see expenses pile up with no long-term benefit to your balance sheet. But what if you could turn some of those costs into assets, spread out over time to improve your company’s financial outlook?
That’s exactly what capitalizing project management costs does. Instead of immediately expensing certain costs, you’ll treat them as investments and amortize them over several years. By doing so, you’ll improve your financial picture and allocate your resources more effectively.
The catch? You can only capitalize project hours if you’ve tracked them with precision. This guide explains how capitalization works, why it’s so important for managing project expenses, and how the right time tracking tools can unlock this world of (what feels like, to us non-financial folk) financial wizardry.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Project cost capitalization is a finance process used to convert expenses into assets before spreading that asset’s value across its useful life.
Capitalization is a general accounting principle, meaning you can apply it to all types of projects, including software, construction, manufacturing, and business projects.
Accurate data is the key to capitalization, making time and project tracking software key. Combining automatic time entries with advanced reporting gives you accurate and auditable labor cost data that is perfect for capitalization decisions.
Toggl Track is the perfect partner for enabling project cost capitalization. You can sign up for free with just two clicks.
What does it mean to capitalize project management costs?
Capitalization is a finance and accounting process that converts expenses into assets before spreading that asset’s value across its useful life to maximize efficiency.
It’s a useful accounting tool that enables businesses to manage their financial performance, increase their company value, and optimize their resources.
🧠 Here’s a practical example of how this works
A company builds a new website to process sales.
The project plan states the website should take six months to build, at a cost of $50,000, and a planned life of five years.
The business pays $50,000 in the first year to build it, so could expense the whole $50,000 upfront.
Alternatively, as the website will be critical to company operations over the next five years, it can be considered an asset. This allows the business to spread the website costs over five years on the company balance sheet.
The organization’s capitalization policy determines how to spread the cost, but it could be as simple as $10,000 per year, for five years.
Examples of costs that can be capitalized in various industries
Capitalization is a generally accepted accounting principle that spans every industry and type of cost. So long as a cost contributes to the creation of an asset, there’s a good chance it can be capitalized.
Here are some creative examples across different industries.
Construction projects: Any cost incurred during the construction period, such as supervisor salaries, site preparation costs, raw materials, and real estate acquisition costs, can potentially be capitalized.
Software development projects: Whether direct costs, such as engineer salaries, or indirect costs, such as software license fees, anything that contributes to the creation of a software asset is eligible for capitalization.
Manufacturing projects: Where manufacturers retain an asset for their use, e.g., purchasing a laser cutter, they can consider it a capital expenditure.
Business and investment projects: Outside tangible assets, other costs such as sales tax, interest costs, trademarks, patents, and copyrights can also be capitalized if they directly contribute to capital assets.
Traditionally, capitalizing costs was straightforward for tangible projects, such as construction, where the outputs were physical and measurable. But in modern-day business, it’s important to also consider intangible assets such as software, patents, and branding, to maximize opportunities for capitalization.
To capitalize or not to capitalize…that is the question
Capitalization only happens if you and your finance department consciously decide to do so. And many businesses question whether they even should capitalize certain costs or not. Here are three factors to consider when making the decision:
The useful life of the asset: Does the project create an asset that will benefit the organization for more than one year? If so, you should consider capitalization to optimize your financial reporting.
Materiality: Are the costs substantial enough to justify capitalization? While there’s no universal materiality threshold, capitalizing only certain costs ensures the effort is worthwhile.
Policy and regulation: Do the project costs align with your company’s capitalization policies? If capitalized, the asset’s value must be adjusted over time through accounting treatments like amortization and depreciation.
❗There’s no shame in asking for help
If you’re new to capitalization, you should seek expert advice from financial professionals. Expert guidance ensures compliance with industry standards such as GAAP and FASB while maximizing long-term financial benefits.
5 common challenges when capitalizing costs (and how to overcome them)
Unfortunately, capitalization isn’t as easy as estimating some project numbers and asking your finance team to work their magic. Here are some common challenges you’ll need to overcome to capitalize correctly.
1. Lack of clear documentation and tracking systems
Like many financial decisions, you need a clear audit trail for any costs you capitalize. This is important for all types of costs, especially development, administrative, and labor costs, which are harder to track.
Tools like Toggl Track capture clear and consistent time data for labor costs, giving you a solid foundation to calculate your project capitalization. Built-in automation reduces the chances of error while encouraging team members to engage with the platform.
2. Difficulty allocating shared costs among projects
Many businesses struggle to capitalize shared overhead costs, such as software licenses, utility bills, and legal fees, due to a lack of visibility on how they’re allocated.
This is another area where accurate time tracking can help you understand the percentage of time assigned to different initiatives. If you have confidence in this, you can use it to allocate shared costs across your projects.
3. Complexity in complying with accounting standards
Capitalization is a complex financial treatment, with many regulations, such as GAAP and IFRS, governing how it should be managed.
For any fixed assets you hold over a long period, it’s always best to get expert advice from consultants, accountants, or auditors to ensure everything is above board.
4. Risk of overcapitalization
On a similar vein, many organizations run the risk of overcapitalization — mistakenly categorizing operational expenses as capital assets. This can inflate your income statement, leaving your balance sheet open to fines or reputational scrutiny from auditors, investors, and shareholders.
Again, we’d recommend seeking external advice to sense-check your financial logic.
5. Resistance from employees to adopting new workflows
Capitalization comes with strict governance, so project teams that capitalize their costs must be on top of their admin. This inevitably means teams have to adopt new workflows and document more of their day-to-day work.
Tools like Toggl Track make it easy for teams to track their time across every project (especially for team or project leads managing multiple people with different billable rates). An intuitive user interface, simple support, and automated features make it easy to come on board and minimize the learning curve.
Why time tracking is essential for cost capitalization
Are you ready to start capitalizing your project costs? Great. Start tracking your team’s time! When it comes to labor costs, time tracking allows you to base your capitalization decisions on hard data rather than gut-feel resource allocations.
Precise time tracking that shows how much time each employee works on each project gives you the granularity and data to accurately capitalize assets once they’re placed in service.
Here’s what Toggl Track offers:
Automated time tracking, which takes the admin out of timesheets, with instant start/stop timers capturing employee work time ⏱️
Time records that can be allocated to individual projects, enabling project managers to optimize resources, measure profitability, and track costs accurately 💰
Combine time records with billable rates to provide a clear view of capitalization amounts, with detailed reporting allowing you to drill down into the data 📈
So, whether you’re tracking developer hours for your R&D project, designer time for a new creative, or billable hours on your next legal case, Toggl Track is the perfect tool to manage your project cost capitalization.
5 best practices for capitalizing project management costs
While capitalization may look different for specific projects, there are some best practices every project can follow to optimize the process. Let’s finish up by exploring five capitalization best practices.
1. Start with clear cost categorization
Before diving into your project, get clear on which costs can and can’t be capitalized. As a general rule, you can capitalize any capital costs but should omit any operational expenses. We recommend simplifying your admin by using your time tracking tool to manage your cost categories.
2. Document costs in real-time
Project cost management works best when project managers track their costs in real time. This helps avoid errors or missed details when updating budgets retrospectively. Toggl Track’s real-time tracking aligns with this, automatically capturing timesheets for employees without you and your team having to lift a finger.
3. Collaborate between departments
As we’ve seen, capitalization is actually a finance and accountancy process, so project teams must collaborate across operations, finance, compliance, and risk departments to get it right. It’s easy to share Toggl Track’s time reports directly from the platform, giving everyone the insights they need to make crucial cost allocation decisions.
4. Select the right time tracking software
Time tracking tools simplify project-level tracking and timesheets, but should double up as project cost management software. This will boost engagement while keeping all costs in one place for complete clarity, compliance, and simplicity.
5. Provide employee training to ensure accuracy
Tracking project costs always works best when everyone has a part to play. When implementing capitalization, ensure employees have consistent and complete training to help them understand the concepts, processes, and new tools.
Take control of your project costs with Toggl Track
Whether you’re a start-up, SME, or enterprise organization, capitalizing project costs is a great way to boost the economic efficiency of your projects, creating valuable assets on the company’s balance sheet.
But for capitalization to work effectively for your company, you need to maintain clear, auditable data to support your financial decisions.
For labor costs, this is where tools like Toggl Track are a game changer (hate to use that phrase, but it’s true), unlocking detailed, accurate employee time data in a simple, easy-to-use way, and slots perfectly into your team’s workflows.
James Elliott is an APMQ and MSP-certified project professional and writer from London. James has 8 years' experience leading projects and programs for tech, travel, digital, and financial services organizations, managing budgets in excess of £5m and teams of 30+. James writes on various business and project management topics, with a focus on content that empowers readers to learn, take action, and improve their ways of working. You can check out James’ work on his website or by connecting on LinkedIn.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Looking for an all-in-one solution that covers applicant tracking, onboarding, HR workflows, and AI-powered recruiting? Workable positions itself as a comprehensive platform designed to support the entire hiring journey.
But while Workable packs in a wide range of features, the user experience isn’t always seamless. From inconsistent customer support to clunky add-ons, many teams find themselves searching for simpler, more cost-effective alternatives.
This guide breaks down Workable pricing in 2025, including plan tiers, add-ons, and hidden costs, to help you decide if it’s the right investment for your hiring needs.
Workable pricing
Workable has three pricing plans, and you can get a free 15-day trial for each one. Workable has a special pricing model that charges according to your company’s headcount. So, the bigger your organization, the bigger your monthly Workable invoice.
While this makes pricing friendly for small businesses, it punishes larger companies that may not have huge talent acquisition needs. For example, a 100-person company will pay the same amount per month whether they have 2 or 20 open roles at one point in time.
There is, however, a set of free features for every plan:
Self-service employee profiles
Searchable company files
Employee directory
Organization chart
With that aside, let’s get into the pricing plans for this recruitment software.
Workable’s Starter plan starts at $169 per month
This plan costs $169 monthly and supports companies with up to 20 employees. You can only pay monthly, with no annual discount available. You’ll get the following features:
This plan starts at $299 monthly for companies with 1-20 employees if you’re willing to pay annually for a 20% discount. Otherwise, the cost is $360 per month. The pricing increases with your headcount. The Standard plan includes all the features from the Starter plan but with one key difference: unlimited active jobs.
The price also changes for add-ons:
Texting for $90/month
Video interviews for $120/month
Assessments for $70/month
Note: These prices are for the Recruiting features alone. We’ll cover the HR add-on, which is a bit more complicated, in a minute.
Workable’s Premium plan starts at $599 per month
Prices start at $599 monthly for companies with 1-20 people. You can only get this plan with an annual payment, so you can’t try it for a few months and then decide to opt out. In other words, you pay $7,188 for a year of Workable upfront.
You get all the features from the previous plans, plus:
Texting, video interviews, and assessments are included in this plan by default; you don’t have to pay for them.
Premier has a few advanced options as well:
Single sign-on support
Premium support
Custom account onboarding
In short, Workable’s pricing is both high and incredibly complex. Need something to compare it with? If you take a look at our pricing page, you’ll see that Toggl Hire’s cheapest monthly plan is just $199, and there’s also a free plan to get started.
The HR add-on
Besides the core features offered in each Workable plan, there is an add-on called HR, which is completely optional and changes the price of every plan. For example, here are the prices for the minimum number of users:
Starter: $249/month (vs. $169)
Standard: $349/month (vs. $299)
Premier: $679/month (vs. $599)
This plan includes the following Human Resources tools:
On top of all this, performance reviews are also available as an extra premium tool. This add-on to the HR add-on (confused yet?) costs $50 in the Starter plan and $39 in the Standard plan and is included by default in the Premier plan.
Workable features
Workable offers an extensive suite of features designed to support every stage of the hiring process, from sourcing to onboarding. For some teams, this breadth is a major plus. For others, it’s a bit too much. Below, we’ve highlighted some key features, along with a few notes on where they shine and where they might fall short.
Core recruiting features
Workable’s core recruiting features allow you to post jobs on 200+ platforms (including LinkedIn and other social media tools). The platform also includes a careers page builder, passive candidate sourcing, access to over 400 million candidate profiles, and an employee referral portal.
These features help talent teams attract, engage, and manage candidates across multiple channels.
💭 Considerations: The depth of features may feel overwhelming for smaller businesses or teams with straightforward hiring needs. Some competitors offer simpler solutions built specifically for small businesses. If ease of use is a concern and you’re just getting started, bear in mind that learning the ropes can take a while with Workable.
AI-powered candidate sourcing
Workable uses artificial intelligence to recommend suitable candidates, streamlining the recruitment process and reducing time-to-hire.
💭 Considerations: The accuracy of AI recommendations depends on the quality of input data. In some cases, suggestions may not fully align with your job requirements, and you’ll need to make manual adjustments. Some competitors offer more advanced AI matching capabilities.
Self-scheduled interviews
Allowing busy applicants to self-schedule their interviews increases flexibility, improves the candidate experience, reduces scheduling delays, and speeds up your HR management processes.
💭 Considerations: The effectiveness of self-scheduling relies on the efficiency of calendar integrations. Some competitors provide more robust integrations that support a wider range of scheduling tools.
Automated actions
Recruiters can set automated triggers for routine tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or moving candidates through the pipeline, improving workflow efficiency.
💭 Considerations: The customization options for automation may be somewhat limited compared to platforms that offer more advanced workflow configurations.
Employee referral portal
Workable’s employee referral portal makes it easy for employees to refer candidates, leveraging internal networks and potentially lowering hiring costs.
💭 Considerations: The success of referral programs depends on employee participation. Some competitors use gamification and incentive management to increase engagement.
Mobile-friendly applications
Workable lets candidates apply from any device, making the application process more accessible and increasing the applicant pool.
💭 Considerations: The level of customization for mobile applications may be limited. Some competitors offer more design flexibility to align application pages with company branding.
Background check integration
A built-in integration for background checking streamlines candidate verification, reducing the need for external systems and speeding up hiring decisions.
💭 Considerations: Background check services depend on third-party providers, which may impact processing times and costs. Some platforms offer more built-in extensive screening options.
What do users think of Workable pricing?
Wondering what real-life users think of Workable’s pricing structure? We’ve dug through some Workable reviews to reveal these trends:
Small businesses feel priced out
Several users mentioned that the pricing structure isn’t startup-friendly. One founder noted, “The high minimum pricing structure can be a deal breaker.” Akshay, a team lead in IT, echoed this, saying, “The sticker price is steep for the small business crowd, especially if you’re eyeing extras.”
Lack of flexibility
The pricing model, based on company headcount, doesn’t always match actual hiring needs. One user pointed to a “lack of flexible pricing options,” while Akshay added that it can be difficult “if you’re into custom setups…good luck making sense of their bills.”
Key features are locked behind higher tiers
There’s frustration around needing to upgrade plans or pay extra to access core functionality. One HR administrator shared, “It is unreasonable to incur additional costs for the performance module. When we used Sage, this was already included in our pack and priced fairly.”
How does Workable pricing compare to competitors?
Tool
Plan Names
Prices (USD)
Details
Workable
• Starter • Standard • Premier
• $169/month • $299/month • $599/month
• Up to 2 active jobs; essential recruiting features; ideal for short-term or occasional hiring needs. • Unlimited active jobs; advanced recruiting features; pricing based on company size. • Includes all Standard features plus premium tools; available as an annual subscription; pricing based on company size.
• 1 active job; candidate management; email management; interview scheduling • 100 active jobs; candidate sourcing; premium job boards; social recruiting; resume management; applicant tracking; talent pipeline; standard reports and dashboards; 50+ integrations. • 250 active jobs; AI candidate matching; advanced analytics; custom reports and dashboards; candidate portals; screening and assessments; advanced security control; assignment rules; SMS and phonebridge. • 750 active jobs; custom roles and profiles; custom functions and buttons; client portals; staffing portals; layout rules; web tabs; blueprint; territory management; advanced assignment rules; auto responders; Google Meet integration; Microsoft Teams integration.
Qureous
Just one plan is available
$499/month
Unlimited AI sourcing; unlimited users and jobs; unlimited email and LinkedIn campaigns; unlimited contact detail credits and job post distribution; unlimited video assessments, onboarding and training.
VivaHR
• Standard • Growth • Premier
• $83/month • $125/month • $299/month
• 5 active job postings; 1 location; 1 user; unlimited candidates; unlimited culture profiles; candidate automations; onboarding support; thousands of integrations. • Unlimited job postings; unlimited locations; unlimited users; unlimited candidates; unlimited culture profiles; candidate automations; customizable pipeline; dedicated phone support. • All Growth features plus AI-powered hiring assistant and recruiting tools; eSignatures; custom roles and permissions; text messaging; dedicated customer service; HRIS integrations; employee referral tracking; access management.
Deel
• Contractor • EOR (Employer of Record) • Payroll
• Starting at $49/month • Starting at $599/month • Starting at $19 per employee/month
• Compliance and payments for contractors in 150+ countries; AI-powered tools; locally compliant contracts; automated invoicing and expenses. • Hire employees in 150+ countries without an entity; local payroll, taxes, and benefits management; compliance assurance; access to local HR and legal experts. • International payroll management for your own entities; in-house payroll experts; 24/7 support; compliance with local regulations.
It’s best to assess your needs and budget when comparing Workable pricing against its main competitors. However, as many Workable reviews state, the pricing is high and complicated, especially if you want the full scope of features and some level of customization.
How does Toggl Hire compare to Workable?
If you need a reliable tool for strategic hiring, Toggl Hire is an excellent alternative to Workable. Here’s how the two stack up against each other.
Conversely, Toggl Hire’s skills library offers 200+ skills tests and well over 20,000 questions. You can build your own hard skills test from scratch or start with a ready-made role template and customize the questions to match your specific hiring needs.
The test builder is user-friendly, and you can set your own rules and scorecards, enabling you to streamline candidate assessments and find top talent for each opening.
Toggl Hire charges per active job openings
Workable forces you to pay a people tax for having a large organization. Even if you only want to fill three roles, you’ll have to pay exorbitant amounts of money for Workable if you have 200+ employees.
Need a better way? Toggl Hire pricing is based on how many roles you’re actively hiring at any given point. Couple this with a completely free plan, and Toggl Hire is ideal for startups and businesses that need the best value for their money.
Toggl Hire offers async video interviews in the Starter plan
Video interviews cost $59 extra per month if you want them in any Workable plan. With the cheapest possible option, this means a total of $228 per month for Workable with these assessment functionalities vs. $199 per month for Toggl Hire’s Starter plan.
Simply put, we offer more features for a lower price point.
Toggl Hire provides a better candidate experience
Toggl Hire makes the hiring process fair, fast, and candidate-friendly. After completing a test, candidates receive instant feedback with real-time scores, with no waiting.
Built-in anti-cheating measures keep the process fair without feeling intrusive, creating a more trustworthy experience for both candidates and hiring teams.
Plus, every test is fully customizable — from the skills you assess to the tone, branding, and question types. It’s easy to tailor the experience to fit your role, your team, and the kind of talent you want to attract.
With Toggl Hire, you can evaluate free-text questions with AI
Creating custom assessments for technical or unfamiliar roles? Toggl Hire’s built-in AI evaluation makes it easy to score free-text answers with no experience required.
It’s especially helpful when hiring for roles outside your domain, like niche technical positions or specialist roles you’re filling for the first time. The AI delivers accurate, consistent evaluations so you can make confident, data-backed decisions.
Workable offers developed HR and candidate sourcing features
Workable delivers a wide range of built-in HR features, from job board integrations to onboarding tools, making it a good fit for larger teams looking for an all-in-one HR suite.
But if your priority is hiring the right person fast, Toggl Hire has everything a growing team needs to build pipelines, manage candidate profiles, and run an efficient recruitment process.
While many platforms include basic ATS features, Toggl Hire goes further with powerful, data-driven tools that help you screen, assess, and hire top talent — without the fluff.
Try Toggl Hire for free
Workable has all the tools you may need, plus some more. But what good are features that you don’t use? Couple that with the pricing that needs its own manual and the sticker shock you’ll get when you configure a price, and it’s easy to see why HR teams seek out Workable alternatives.
At Toggl Hire, our features come as an affordable, transparent, and easy-to-understand pricing package, allowing you to:
Shortlist candidates in one click based on proven skills
Access a library of hundreds of expert-created skills tests
Use built-in tools to reduce hiring bias and promote fairness
Run async video interviews that candidates actually enjoy
Empower your entire team with an intuitive, collaborative platform
Deliver a standout candidate experience that strengthens your employer brand
Ready to hire great people without the complexities of an enterprise-grade HR tool? Get our free plan today.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
If you’re an HR professional, you know it’s painful to see a new hire fall flat or disappear faster than a slice of cake at an office birthday party. If you’re tired of this endless cycle of hiring and firing, measuring and improving your quality of hire (QOH) is the solution.
Quality of hire is a crucial metric demonstrating the value of every joiner’s contribution to the company’s overarching goals. The problem? Putting a numerical value on a new hire’s performance is easier said than done.
This guide walks through how to measure quality of hire using proven HR metrics like new hire attrition, employee engagement, and hiring manager satisfaction — and how to improve them using a skills-first, data-driven approach to make consistently better hires.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Quality of hire is a vital hiring metric that reflects a new employee’s value to the organization.
Measuring and improving QOH helps hiring teams avoid the costs of a bad hire, attract top talent in a competitive market, and boost employee engagement and productivity.
There’s no easy way to measure quality of hire. Instead, consider which recruiting metrics are most important to your team or organization and prioritize those to improve new hire success.
Relying on a data-driven hiring process, gathering candidate feedback, and implementing a skills-based hiring process are all simple ways to improve your quality of hire metric.
What is quality of hire?
Quality of hire is a hiring metricthat reflects the value a new employee brings to an organization. It encompasses the pre-hire and post-hire experience as a comprehensive way to measure how successful they’re likely to be in their role.
💥 Pre-hire quality checkers include assessment scores, work samples, and structured interviews
💥 Post-hire quality measures include time to proficiency, time to productivity, and performance metrics, such as goal achievement, project impact, or manager ratings in performance reviews.
By establishing a baseline for each quality of hire measure, you can check which factors correlate with your most successful hires to predict quality and achieve hiring success.
How to measure quality of hire
While quality of hire is a key recruiting metric, you measure it using other HR metrics. There’s no unique formula to measure quality of hire, which is why it’s often so difficult for teams to track and improve.
Generally, there is no one-size-fits-all metric for quality of hire because it depends on what your priority is. Common quality-of-hire metrics include turnover rates, job performance, employee engagement, and cultural fit measured by 360 ratings.
The bottom line is that how you calculate your overall quality of hire score depends on your needs, internal processes, and preferred outcome.
Here are eight of the most common ways — all are great starting points for measuring this metric, but you can adapt and customize the way you measure QoH depending on your organization’s needs.
Use one or more of the following:
1. End of probation
Most new hires are expected to showcase what they can offer a company within a specific period. Typically, the period to reach full productivity is three months from their start date (or 90 days), which is just long enough to evaluate the hires’ on-the-job performance and decide whether to continue employment, extend the probation period, or terminate the contract.
2. Ramp-up time for new hires
Ramp-up time refers to how long it takes new hires to reach their full potential within the organization. This will likely differ according to the department and company. In some cases, it can take up to 90 days for a new hire to reach full autonomy, or much shorter for entry-level roles.
Here are a few ways to measure ramp-up time:
☝️ Observe and take notes during the first few weeks on the job. Precise? Definitely. But it’s also pretty time-consuming.
✌️ Ask hiring managers how the new hire is doing after 30, 60, and 90 days. This is less precise but still provides valuable data for the process.
🧠 top tip
Time To Achieve (TTA) = How long do you expect new hires to reach their potential
Actual Time To Achieve (ATTA) = How long it’s actually taken new hires to reach their potential
If these numbers are equal, you’re on track. The same goes for TTA being higher than ATTA.
3. Acceptable productivity
This is a variation of the ramp-up time metric. It measures how long until a new hire is productive enough to work independently without assistance.
The main difference is that this metric looks at overall productivity, not just how fast someone reaches their full potential. Measure this hire score using the same methods as for ramp-up time.
🧠 expert tip
It’s also worth using role-specific KPIs to measure job performance. Example: Imagine you’ve hired a Social Media Manager. You’d track how they’ve helped increase your brand’s followers, engagement, and other key metrics to indicate productivity and impact.
We spoke to Steve O’Halloran, Talent Acquisition Lead at Embeddable, who stresses the importance of being consistent with your KPI strategies. He warns:
“A crucial and often overlooked aspect is that the criteria you use to evaluate candidates in the interview process must be tightly linked to how you evaluate their performance once they’re through the door. Hiring someone for ABC, then evaluating them against DEF once they start the job, sets nobody up for success. Hiring teams getting this right from the start will save a lot of heartache down the road.”
4. Hiring manager satisfaction rating
Hiring manager satisfaction is a vital recruitment metric that measures how satisfied the hiring manager is with the company’s hiring process and new employees. As hiring managers aren’t part of the HR department (in most cases), they can provide valuable insight into how effective the recruitment process is.
Taken a few months after the new hire starts, hiring manager satisfaction surveys optimize the recruiting process and create a better quality of hire. Crucially, they differ from candidate satisfaction, which looks at jobseekers’ experience of your talent acquisition process.
5. Job performance reviews
Performance reviews offer a formal approach to measuring quality of hire and understanding how well a new hire is doing. Usually, a hiring manager conducts these reviews and includes a score on a scale (1-5, for example) to assist in measuring quality.
🧠 steal our scale
On a 1-5 scale, with 5 being the lowest, how would you rate:
💭 Your knowledge of the role
💭 Your compatibility with other team members
💭 Your ability to complete tasks on time
💭 The unique ideas you bring to the compan
For a more accurate and well-rounded performance review, incorporate 360-degree feedback from a variety of sources, such as peers, managers, direct reports, self-evaluations, and other relevant stakeholders. You’ll gain a wide range of perspectives, spot trends, and eliminate any bias.
6. Promotions
Promotions are a lagging indicator but a valuable way to measure the quality of hire. Promotion rate and promotion frequency are standard quality of hire metrics, calculated by tracking how many new hires are promoted within their first year and how often they are promoted since joining the company.
It’s a no-brainer. Quality candidates will get promoted more often and more quickly, which means that their overall quality of hire is superb.
7. Culture fit
Culture fit is notoriously hard to measure as a qualitative metric, because, company cultures are equally as hard to define. But this is still an important area of focus, as bad culture fit can significantly impact your cost per hire. Consider the following questions as part of your evaluation process:
Does the hire uphold and adhere to the company values?
Are they a good representation of the organization?
Do they contribute positively to team dynamics and collaboration?
Since these are inherently subjective, the best way to gather meaningful insights is to ask the people who work with the new hire day-to-day. Send a short survey to their team and manager a few months after the start date to gauge how well they’ve integrated.
8. Employee turnover and retention rate
Turnover and retention rates show whether your new hires stick around long enough to make a meaningful impact. Start by tracking first-year turnover, or simply how many hires leave the company within the first 12 months. A high rate signals deeper issues with onboarding or role expectations.
Through a more positive lens, new hire retention rates explore how many new employees are still with the company after their first year. Both metrics highlight patterns, like certain roles, departments, or hiring managers with consistently stronger or weaker outcomes.
Improving something that’s extremely difficult to measure might sound like Mission: Impossible. But once you define what quality means for your team and set clear benchmarks, it’s actually very doable.
Your mission (should you choose to accept it) is to build a hiring process that consistently brings in top performers, then sets them up for success. Here’s how to make that happen:
1. Define what quality of hire means for your company’s long-term success
The first step in improving the quality of hire is to sit down with your team and define what a successful hire looks like.
What skills and experience are required?
What are the key indicators of success?
What qualities or traits allow someone to thrive within your team and organization?
With a clear definition, you can start measuring and improving the quality of hire.
2. Rely on a data-driven hiring process
Improving quality of hire means relying less on gut instinct — and more on real data. That includes assessment results, hiring manager feedback, candidate performance, and retention insights.
A platform like Toggl Hire helps you stay on top of the data throughout the entire hiring process. You can set pass thresholds to automatically filter out unqualified applicants, track how different hiring steps are performing, and spot patterns that lead to better hires over time.
Toggl’s insights dashboard turns raw candidate data into clear, actionable takeaways — helping your team work faster and smarter, without losing sight of what matters: hiring great people who stay and succeed.
3. Align the hiring team with the right requirements
Are your hiring managers aligned with the requirements of the role? If not, you run the risk of hiring someone who’s not a good fit for the team. This can lead to a high turnover rate and a drop in productivity.
To avoid this kind of miscommunication or misalignment, create a candidate scorecard that includes factors such as:
Hard and soft skills
The level of knowledge the candidate needs
How long they’ve worked in specific or adjacent roles
Instead of relying on resumes or LinkedIn profiles, scorecards objectively measure the quality of candidates during the interview process and prevent the hiring team from acting on impulse or being influenced by their unconscious bias.
🔥 top tip
Don’t want to build your candidate scorecard from scratch? Download our free scorecard template for interviews.
4. Use skills assessments to increase recruiter productivity
Resumes and interviews can only tell you so much. Without clear evidence of ability, recruiting teams spend too much time chasing the wrong candidates — and that slows everything down.
Skills assessments streamline the hiring process and improve recruiter productivity by showing you exactly who can do the job. Whether using pre-built tests or customizing your own, competency skills assessments give you instant clarity on candidate strengths and gaps long before the interview stage.
With Toggl Hire, for example, you can test candidates early in the funnel and get data-backed insights on who can actually do the job. With a rich test library filled with customizable tests, you can make faster, more confident hiring decisions — and reduce the risk of a bad hire.
5. Improve the onboarding experience for new hires
Let’s be honest: candidates talk to each other, and a sloppy onboarding process can have a major impact on your employer brand and other key metrics like employee retention and attrition.
To improve your onboarding experience, assess whether candidates:
Understand your organization’s core goals and missions
Understand the principles of how the organization works
Receive hardware and system access promptly
Feel welcomed by the team and their manager
Regardless of your current process or how you improve it, the goal is to help new hires adjust to their new environment and get up to speed quickly.
6. Gather feedback from former employees to improve your process
Former employees and candidates offer valuable insights into which aspects of your hiring process are working and which aren’t.
In fact, when tracking feedback from former employees, exit interviewsare a must-have for any growing company. They offer valuable insight into why employees leave (and how to keep future top performers around longer).
Why is quality of hire important?
Tracking and improving quality of hire takes time, coordination, and consistent effort — but the return is undeniable. When you get it right, it directly impacts the long-term success of your business. Here’s why it’s worth prioritizing:
Improved productivity: High-quality hires ramp up quickly and start contributing value from day one, which improves overall team efficiency.
Lower turnover risk: When people are a great fit, they stay longer. That means fewer replacements, a lower cost per hire, and less disruption.
Better company culture: Employees who align well with the company’s values and culture positively influence morale, teamwork, and organizational cohesiveness.
Improved innovation: High-quality hires bring valuable skills, creativity, and fresh perspectives, fostering innovation and growth.
Boosted employee engagement survey scores: Top talent contributes to stronger team dynamics and morale, which can lead to measurable improvements in engagement scores over time.
Stronger employer brand: Consistently hiring the right candidates boosts your company’s reputation, attracting more top-tier talent over time.
Cost savings: Better hires lead to fewer hiring mistakes, reducing costs associated with poor performance, rehiring, training, and lost productivity.
Higher customer satisfaction: Quality employees deliver better services and products, leading to happier customers and improved loyalty.
You can’t improve what you don’t measure, so arming yourself with the right hiring metrics is job one as a hiring manager. Investing in a good process will improve the quality of your team and lower your turnover rate. So, everybody wins.
Follow the steps and tips above to create a process that works for your business — one that sources and retains the best of the best. If you want to create better job descriptions, hire for the right skills, and attract better candidates, try a full-cycle recruitment softwarebuilt for skills-first hiring. That’s right, we’re talking about Toggl Hire.
Create your free account to test the right skills, improve your time to hire, and offer a great candidate experience.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
Your employees are your greatest asset, but are they also your biggest expense? In industries like investment banking, engineering, and healthcare, labor costs can hit $100 billion per year. Yet, companies in these fields also report some of the highest profit margins.
The secret? Maximizing your revenue per employee (RPE) rate. This important metric tracks how much yield each employee generates for your business and determines the effectiveness of your revenue generation relative to your workforce size, which is key for long-term, sustainable growth.
This guide reveals more about employee profitability. You’ll learn how to calculate your RPE with a simple formula (and several handy data collection and analytics techniques) to find new paths to profitability.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
RPE helps companies spot productivity gaps, process inefficiencies, resource allocation issues, and other blockers undermining revenue growth. You can justify labor costs by revenue and grow profit margins through operating model optimizations.
Average revenue per employee depends on the company’s industry and years in operation — these factors are hard to change, but serve as a good benchmark. To maximize your RPE, focus on improving your operating efficiencies and employee performance.
If you don’t know your RPE, you risk hiring for roles that don’t drive profitability while understaffing those that do. You may also choose the wrong performance management approaches, penalizing people for factors beyond their control, like poor workflow design or legacy software.
The easiest way to track revenue by employee is to use time tracking data as a proxy (instead of just annual revenue and headcount). Continuous analysis with tools like Toggl Track can detect and debug process inefficiencies faster.
The importance of revenue per employee (and how to calculate it)
RPE is a strong indicator of your company’s efficiency. A low average revenue per employee means issues with your resource allocation, cost management, or pricing model. A healthier number means your operating model is in tip-top shape.
💰 Revenue per employee formula
Company’s total revenue over 12 months / Current number of employees = Revenue per employee
Example: If your SaaS startup made $5 million in 12 months with 20 full-time salaried employees, your average revenue per employee is $250K.
The formula isn’t perfect because it doesn’t factor in other business costs, such as marketing, IT infrastructure, or equipment costs. It can also give skewed results if you have high employee turnover or rely on an external workforce, including freelancers or agency partners.
Still, it’s a good proxy for measuring employee productivity and overall operating efficiency. If your workforce has grown significantly, but your RPE has remained stagnant or declined, it’s a sign that inefficiencies or misaligned resources may be dragging down your profitability.
By tracking your RPE, you can diagnose these efficiency issues sooner (like suboptimal workload distribution, bloated org chart, and redundant business processes) and use that data to optimize your profit margins.
Factors that influence employee profitability
Several factors influence an employee’s revenue generation, from external market conditions to internal processes. Some factors, like industry trends, company age, or economic conditions, will be beyond your control. However, you can optimize your internal processes, work environment, and employee performance — three critical levers that can significantly impact RPE.
The numbers are all over the spectrum because of the differences in business models and workforce capabilities.
Finance services providers and technology companies have higher RPE because they can generate more revenue with fewer employees, thanks to an asset-light business model, smarter product distribution, and greater automation.
For example, Mastercard has an impressive $843,323 RPE because it built a scalable payment network for processing billions of transactions per year (and pocketing the interchange fees), while also using advanced automation and cloud infrastructure to scale operations without increasing headcount.
Apple has a $2.4 million RPE — the highest among Big Tech companies. Its ‘recipe for success’ combines premium pricing, an optimized global supply chain, and ample service revenues with minimal labor costs compared to hardware manufacturing.
In contrast, manufacturing companies often have modest performance indicators. Many depend on large physical footprints, including multiple retail locations, warehouses, transportation, and production facilities, each requiring high staff headcounts to keep the lights on.
💡 important to know
Other factors like competitive pressures, market dynamics, or skills shortages can also cut into your RPE metric.
Company age
RPE typically correlates with the stages of a company’s life cycle. Early-stage companies often incur high costs because they need to quickly capture market share and acquire new customers. Customer acquisition costs (CAC) range from $787 to $3,665 for tech startups and $127 to $377 for online marketplaces.
They also spend more on recruiting new employees (cue higher hiring costs), expanding facilities (for physical operations), or developing new service offerings.
Timeline
Annual recurring revenue per employee
Good
Great
First 12-48 months
Less than $1 million
$70k
$100k+
2-3 years
$1-$5 million
$120K
$185k+
3+ years
$5-$20 million
$150K
$215k+
5+ years
$20-$50 million
$175K
$245k+
Employee per revenue is lower in new SaaS businesses because of the high capital burn rates. Source: Kyle Polar
Mature companies benefit from recurring revenue from customer retention, brand loyalty, or a subscription model. They also have more optimized workflows and a greater degree of automation, which drives higher profitability with relatively stable workforce growth.
But they may also see a reduction in revenue per employee ratio. Product competitiveness may change, leading to lower sales volumes, while manufacturing costs may increase due to inefficiencies or supply chain disruptions. For tech companies, legacy software can become a nuisance for operating efficiencies and productivity growth.
Employee engagement and morale
Disengaged employees are less productive. They’re more likely to show signs of absenteeism or ‘quiet quit’ when they complete the bare minimum expected of them. Unsurprisingly, employees who aren’t shooting for the stars produce lower revenue. But on the flip side, engaged teams outperform on several financial metrics.
Better recognition of employee contributions, a greater focus on work-life balance, and smarter workforce management are the first steps to improving employee productivity (and with it, your revenue per employee ratio).
Access to the right tools (Operating efficiency)
Small businesses that work smarter, not harder, outperform those with a bigger but less efficient workforce.
OnlyFans has 42 full-time employees but generates 13x to 28x the RPE of other Big Tech companies. While their saucy industry 🌶️ is a factor, they’ve also developed massive brand awareness through influencer marketing and a lean product development lifecycle.
OnlyFans broke the $5 RPE only three years after launching and continues its winning streak. Source: Matthew Ball
A huge part of OnlyFans’ success was the team’s ability to quickly develop and test product features and scale infrastructure to accommodate traffic spikes. Instead of increasing its number of full-time employees, OnlyFans asked contractors to help during peak growth stages.
While technology was key to the growth of OnlyFans, it’s the cause of major bottlenecks in other companies. Gartner reports that 47% of digital workers struggle to locate the information they need to perform effectively in their jobs. Meanwhile, 32% of middle managers in New Jersey firms name ‘inefficient processes’ as the biggest time-wasters.
Time analytics tools like Toggl Track reveal inefficiencies that chip away at your revenue. You can identify manual, time-consuming processes, remove redundant tasks, ditch unproductive routines, and direct your people’s focus toward revenue-contributing goals.
The dangers of not knowing your RPE
Warning: Ignoring revenue per employee could send your business waaaaay off course. This powerful metric ties workforce productivity directly to your bottom line. Overlook it and you might end up overhiring or bleeding profits before you realize it.
Let’s say Company A generated $500K in revenue last year. Its people seemed busy (according to timesheets), so the CEO hired two more designers. But because the company took more time-consuming projects without adjusting billing rates, its revenue decreased to $300K and RPE to $20K.
Company B also made $500K last year — how about that for coincidence? They hired a new software developer to implement RPA tools (spending more on licenses). But the new system improved sales deal flow, allowing the sales team to close accounts faster — and accountants to service clients better. The company’s revenue rose to $800K and RPE to $80K.
Not knowing your revenue per employee (RPE) leaves you vulnerable to:
Resource waste: You may overhire for low-revenue roles while understaffing profitable projects.
Misaligned priorities: People unknowingly focus on tasks that drain profitability, slowing your revenue growth.
Hidden underperformance: Low productivity can lurk beneath the surface, masked by busy work. Without proven data, it’s hard to determine the trigger — perhaps process inefficiency, lack of skills, or dwindling employee motivation.
The above eventually leads to poor scalability, shrinking profit margins, and rising employee turnover rates as high performers grow frustrated by the internal chaos.
🔥 TLDR
Think of RPE as your early warning signal for preventable inefficiencies if you act fast.
How to track revenue per employee (and improve it)
Revenue per employee is a proxy number for employee efficiency, which is a combination of high personal effectiveness, good project management, and optimized workflows.
To track RPE, you need detailed data on:
Employee time
Workload allocation
Outputs towards revenue
Toggl Track gives you visibility into all these metrics (and more) through pre-made and custom analytics views. From here, you can use the collected data to figure out the best approach to optimizing your RPE. Here’s what worked for us and our users:
1. Start by tracking accurate time data
Financial statements and annual reports deliver insights on your revenue growth, net income, and profit margin. But accounting docs don’t exactly tell how productive different activities are — time tracking data does.
Time tracking data shows where your people’s focus lingers and how much valuable output an average employee produces. For example, if your salespeople spend hours on manual client prospecting and lead qualification instead of nurturing or closing deals, you’re leaving money on the table. Similarly, if your engineers are stuck in unnecessary meetings or constantly blocked by delays on the design side, you’ve got to work on better cross-functional collaboration.
With Toggl Track, you can track billable vs non-billable hours, monitor project task progression, and predict delays on actual employee data.
This data identifies process bottlenecks, optimizes resource allocation, streamlines client billing, and better tracks profitability across specific projects to understand exactly how employees contribute to different revenue streams.
2. Analyze profitability using Toggl Track’s Analytics
When you know where your time and money is going, you can better predict your revenue.
With Toggl Analytics, you can easily calculate costs and profits for every type of project through logged billable hours, employee activities, and expenses. You can model future profitability trends with budget forecasting, estimated vs. actual, and income vs. expense reports.
PR agency Sweat+Co juggles a lot of clients and projects. But they had no idea how much time and resources different tasks take…until Toggl Track. After implementing our tool to record billable hours, Sweat+Co was surprised by its volume of non-billable work. This revelation brought change to workflow management and project scope control.
Toggl Track increased our profitability by at least 20%. We found out where the team was spending too much time. Whether that was us being inefficient or over-serving or working too slowly, Toggl Track gave us the ability to restrategize, find out what’s wrong, and fix it.
Dax Kimbrough, Business Consultant, Sweat+Co
3. Highlight inefficiencies and make adjustments
Time tracking data reveals why work friction and resource waste happen. You may be allocating too many resources to low-impact assignments and assigning too few to labor-intensive yet needle-moving ones.
For example, you can stack two client accounts to determine which brings higher revenue because of fewer communication delays. Or, you can benchmark performance changes after adopting a new business tool or streamlining a process in two customer service teams.
With time insights, you can improve your staffing levels, determine the ROI of new software, re-negotiate client contracts, and make other improvements to your processes to improve business efficiency and profitability.
Moreover, you can empower your talented employees to excel by coaching them to set better goals, try new management techniques, or effortlessly get into the deep work state.
4. Set revenue-centric goals for teams
To pull in good revenue, you need to continuously improve your workforce efficiency. For many leaders, that often translates to making people ‘busy’ every second of their day.
But ‘busy’ doesn’t automatically equal extra revenue or productivity. So, your people may be stuck chasing the wrong objectives or dragged down by underlying inefficiencies. To avoid that, we recommend tracking KPIs like:
Billable vs. non-billable hours per employee, and then eliminate the dreadful admin
Resource utilization rate — the percentage of an employee’s available time spent on billable or revenue-generating work to ensure optimal resource allocation
Project profitability — high revenue and high expenses mean lower net profit and profit margins, which isn’t great
Task completion rate to understand how effectively employees cycle through different tasks and address any workflow or performance issues
With Toggl Track, you can monitor all the above over any time period (week, month, quarter, year) … plus set specific revenue goals for your employees.
⚡ here’s an example
You might set a goal for your product manager to work on specific projects, including all their sub-tasks, for at least 10 hours this week. Or ask your designer to work on a new campaign deck for client Z for at least five billable hours.
Toggl Track Team Goals help managers direct people’s efforts to the highest priority tasks to hit the bigger revenue or velocity rate goals.
Your people, in turn, concentrate on delivering results while also having enough flexibility to plan their days. At Toggl, we use an RAFT framework (Results and Accountability First at Toggl).
RAFT prioritizes results over effort or hours. We trust our skilled human capital to figure out how, when, where, and how they make the best work happen (while coaching them on effective time management).
Some Togglers love working at the crack of dawn, while others don’t log in until midday. We don’t mind if people sign off early on some days and then clock in extra time on another as long as they hit all assigned goals and personal OKRs.
RAFT allows us to build a strong remote culture of high individual accountability, driving both high employee satisfaction and steady revenue growth per employee.
5. Invest in training and other strategic tools for ongoing improvements
Overall, there are many things you can tinker with to improve your revenue per employee metric, such as:
Adjusting your pricing strategy
Exploring new revenue streams
Finding cheaper suppliers
Improving logistics costs
Or diversifying into a new market
The success of all of these efforts will hinge on your workforce specialization and expertise. If you’ve got a bloated organizational structure and many redundant roles, your RPE won’t budget without some restructuring. Similarly, your low revenue won’t miraculously climb if your business faces several skills mismatches.
Start a conversation with your Human Resources team. Do they have enough data for informed workforce planning? HR software like Lattice and 15Five can better track headcount growth, employee performance, and engagement metrics.
Skills assessment tools like Toggl Hire, in turn, can give you hard data on your people’s competencies, allowing you to plan training activities and screen new candidates for specific skills. Revenue platforms like Clari and Salesforcecan measure revenue contribution per client-facing representative and continuously track sales team efficiency.
The bottom line: For your operating model to attain peak profitability like Apple’s and Mastercard’s, you must constantly measure, tweak, and look for new ways to excel at what you do.
Generate higher returns with Toggl Track
Toggl Track reveals exactly how your company generates revenue and where opportunities are lost to operating inefficiencies. Here’s how you can use our platform to up your RPE game:
Use a pre-made report view to run a profit loss analysis for any given period to evaluate your business health.
Track employee profitability at both project and individual levels by analyzing their billable hours and progress toward OKRs.
Avoid poor resource allocation choices with predictive project duration and budget insights.
Identify workflow inefficiencies, non-productive tasks, and bad time management habits, stalling your people from reaching peak productivity.
Benchmark team performance to evaluate the impacts of business process optimization and adoption of automation tools.
Don’t leave RPE up to chance — start using Toggl Track to unlock your people’s full potential and reach your optimal operating state. 🚀
Book a free Toggl Track demo and explore how to drive higher business performance and profitability.
Elena is a senior content strategist and writer specializing in technology, finance, and people management. With over a decade of experience, she has helped shape the narratives of industry leaders like Xendit, UXCam, and Intellias. Her bylines appear in Tech.Co, The Next Web, and The Huffington Post, while her ghostwritten thought leadership pieces have been featured in Forbes, Smashing Magazine, and VentureBeat. As the lead writer behind HLB Global’s Annual Business Leader Survey, she translates complex data and economic trends into actionable insights for executives in 150+ countries. Armed with a Master’s in Political Science, Elena blends analytical depth with sharp storytelling to create content that matters.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
How do you hire great employees in a dry talent pool and competitive hiring market? Add limited budget and it starts to feel like Mission Impossible. While we can’t send Tom Cruise to the rescue, there is a secret weapon you can use: equity compensation.
By offering future ownership in your company, not just a paycheck, you can attract ambitious, growth-minded employees who are invested in your organization’s success.
This guide breaks down how equity compensation works, why it’s so effective for hiring and retention, and how to implement it in a way that works for your business.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Equity compensation is a non-cash payment method that companies use to give employees a share of the business.
Immediate ownership and earned equity over time are the two main methodologies, but most businesses choose the second option.
There are four main types of equity compensation: stock options, restricted stock units, employee stock purchase plans, and performance shares.
Equity compensation typically makes sense for startups with limited cash, fast-growing companies, or businesses preparing for an IPO or acquisition, especially in competitive markets where cash bonuses aren’t feasible.
What is equity compensation?
Equity compensation is a non-cash payment method companies use to give employees an ownership stake in the business. The most common forms of equity compensation are:
Stock options
Restricted stock units (RSUs)
Employee stock purchase plans
Performance shares
Equity compensation is most often used in startups and high-growth companies. Instead of splurging on large salaries (often because they can’t), these businesses offer equity to attract great talent while holding on to precious cash flow.
💰Equity compensation package benefits both employees and employers
Here’s how:
Rewarding performance → Employees share in the company’s success and are motivated to help it grow.
Attracting and retaining top talent → Equity appeals to top performers even when base compensation is limited.
Offering potential for high rewards → Shares of company stock can become much more valuable than salary alone.
How equity compensation works
Let’s say your startup offers new employees 10,000 stock options at a strike price of $5 per share. These options vest over four years, so they have the right to purchase all 10,000 shares at $5 each after this amount of time.
Scenario 1: The startup grows, and the company goes public
The startup revenue grows, attracts investors, and eventually launches an IPO at $50 per share. The employee chooses to exercise their options:
The cost: 10,000 shares × $5 = $50,000
Market value: 10,000 shares × $50 = $500,000
Profit: ⚡ $450,000 before taxes
Scenario 2: The company is acquired
Instead, the company is acquired, and the valuation is now $100 per share.
Equity compensation is typically granted over a period of time to encourage long-term commitment in employees. Here are some common structures:
Time-based vesting: The most common approach, where equity vests incrementally over several years (e.g., four-year vesting with a one-year cliff). This means no shares are earned in the first year, but after that, a percentage vests regularly (e.g., 25% after one year, then monthly or quarterly thereafter).
Performance-based vesting: Shares vest only if employees meet specific performance goals, such as revenue milestones or product launches.
Hybrid vesting requirements: A combination of time-based and performance-based criteria.
Alongside these structures, employees must also meet specific conditions to own their equity in full:
Staying with the company: Employees forfeit their shares if they leave before completing the vesting period.
Liquidity events: Some equity (especially RSUs in private companies) only becomes valuable after an IPO or acquisition.
Exercise requirements: Stock options require employees to buy shares at the grant price to own them outright.
Immediate ownership vs. earned equity over time
Equity compensation can be structured in two ways: immediate ownership or earned equity over time. The key difference is whether employees receive full rights to their shares upfront or must stay with the company for a set time period to gain ownership.
Immediate ownership: rare and high-risk for companies
Companies sometimes grant equity immediately, meaning employees own their shares from day one. This is far from common because:
Employees could leave just after receiving shares, eradicating any retention benefits from this incentive.
Employees don’t have any built-in incentive to contribute to the company long-term.
It increases dilution risk without ensuring company growth.
👀 Here’s an example
A startup hires an early employee and immediately grants them 2% of its stock. If the employee leaves after six months, they keep full ownership, even if they contributed little to long-term success. Now, the company is down 2% of its equity pool and still needs to hire someone to fill the role.
Earned equity over time: the standard approach
Most companies require employees to earn their equity gradually through a vesting schedule so they contribute to the company’s success before fully owning their shares.
In many cases, this is the more common and sensible option, although James Pilkington, Head of Compensation Data Solutions at Aon, notes some pitfalls:
Some employees coast until their vesting date, contributing the bare minimum before moving on.
High performers leave early, even forfeiting unvested equity if better opportunities arise or future employers offer buyouts.
In down markets, when stock prices decline or stagnate, equity loses its perceived value and retention impact.
Types of equity compensation
There are various types of equity compensation plans, so pick one that aligns with your company’s goals and the value you want to provide to your employees.
Stock options
Stock options let employees buy company shares at a fixed price (strike price), regardless of future market value. If the stock price rises, employees can purchase shares at a discount and sell them for a profit.
How stock options work
Grant: The company offers stock options with a strike price (e.g., $5 per share)
Vesting: Employees must stay for a set period before they can exercise options
Exercise: Once vested, employees can buy shares at the strike price
Sell: If the stock price rises (e.g., $50 per share), employees can sell for a profit
Why companies offer stock options
Promote long-term retention by tying rewards to tenure
Appeal to employees who are optimistic about company growth
Offer high potential upside without upfront cash cost to the company
Restricted stock units (RSUs)
Restricted stock units (RSUs) are a lower-risk form of equity compensation because employees don’t need to buy shares. Instead, they receive them for free once they vest. Unlike stock options, the absence of an upfront investment makes RSUs valuable even if the stock price drops.
How RSUs work
Grant: The company awards RSUs but holds them until they vest
Vesting Employees must stay for a set period. Some RSUs vest based on performance milestones like revenue goals.
Ownership: Once vested, RSUs convert into shares (or cash equivalent)
Why companies offer RSUs
Encourage long-term commitment and loyalty
Provide value even if the stock plan drops (no purchase required)
Popular with executives and senior hires due to lower risk
Employee stock purchase plans (ESPPs)
Employee stock purchase plans (ESPPs) let employees buy company shares at a discount (typically 5-15%) using payroll deductions. This offers a low-barrier way for workers to invest in the company’s future.
How ESPPs work
Enrollment: Employees sign up during an offering period to participate in the plan
Contribution: A portion of each paycheck is set aside during the purchase period
Purchase: At the end of the period, accumulated funds are used to buy company shares at a discount
Sell: Employees can sell the shares immediately or hold them (often encouraged for income tax benefits)
Why companies offer ESPPs
Foster a sense of ownership across the organization
Performance shares are equity awards tied to achieving specific business goals, such as revenue milestones, market share growth, or stock price performance. Companies often use them to incentivize executives or senior leaders.
How performance shares work
Grant: The company offers a set number of shares to employees
Vesting: Shares vest only if pre-defined performance targets are met (e.g., reaching $10M in revenue or a certain share price)
Payout: Once goals are hit, shares convert into actual stock or cash value
Why companies offer performance shares
Align executive performance with company success
Provide clear incentives for achieving strategic goals
Useful for retention during high-stakes growth periods (e.g., pre-IPO or merger and acquisition)
When does it make sense to offer employee equity compensation?
Any company can offer equity awards, but they’re particularly handy in the following scenarios.
If you’re short on cash but high on vision
Startups (especially bootstrapped ones) struggle with cash flow and can’t match the salaries offered by industry moguls. Offering equity as compensation lets these companies compete for top performers without a significant cash reserve. Potential employees are often willing to accept a lower salary for a larger equity compensation package.
🧠 top tip
How tight is your cash flow? Equity could be the right decision if it doesn’t compromise your hiring strategy or growth milestones. Recent data from equity management platform Carta reveals that equity grants shrank by 37% on average between November 2022 and January 2024, so you won’t be alone if you’re feeling cautious.
If you’re prioritizing high-impact roles
Companies experiencing explosive growth don’t want to lose their most valuable team members. Equity keeps your specialists and high performers engaged so they stay and see the fruits of their labor.
Instead of jumping ship at the next great opportunity (or waiting for a pay equity audit,) they are willing to stay until the end of the vesting period to cash out.
🧠 top tip
Define your grant strategy early on so you know deserves a larger piece of the pie. Remember to lean on benchmarking data to remain competitive in the market.
If you’re preparing for an IPO or acquisition
If you’re planning a liquidity event, such as an acquisition or IPO, equity can help you retain your employees before the big event, when they can see their incentive stock options turn into cash payouts.
🧠 top tip
Be honest about timelines. For example, if an exit isn’t imminent, communicate clearly about when and how employees might see liquidity.
If you’re weighing alternatives to cash bonuses
Giving out cash bonuses is common when you want to create an attractive compensation package. But it’s not always sustainable. If you’re trying to conserve operating capital, equity is a nice alternative to a bonus.
🧠 top tip
Pair equity with milestone-based rewards to keep motivation high in the absence of immediate cash bonuses.
How to use equity compensation to attract great talent
Offering equity as compensation makes you more attractive to job candidates, especially in competitive industries. If you run a small business, equity can be the bait that lures in the best of the best by saying, “We’re building something big, and you’re invited.”
Here’s how to make that message count during your hiring process.
Lead with equity in your job marketing
Equity should never be a footnote. Highlight it in your job descriptions, talk about it early on in your interview stages, and explain it clearly on your careers page. Candidates won’t know it’s available unless you first tell them, and then show them why it matters.
Create a simple equity calculator
Equity can feel a bit abstract, especially for candidates who haven’t had it before. Placing an equity calculator on your job pages shows how much their shares could be worth. It turns “maybe someday” into “oh wow, that’s exciting.”
Emphasize impact and ownership
Equity makes a clear connection between effort and outcomes. Drive this point home by making bold statements like: “Your work will shape the company and your future earnings.” This promise resonates particularly well with engineers, product teams, and entrepreneurial hires who want to see how their individual impact could play out.
Share real-life stories
Personal experience is a great trust builder. If you or someone on your team chose to work here because of equity, share that message with potential candidates.
In my case, I was recently on the hunt for a full-time job and interviewed with multiple companies. When I received two offers from startups with similar salaries and benefits, I opted for the one with an equity package and a four-year vesting period. The company I turned down only offered a salary.
It was a guarantee that I would stay with them in the long run, and, provided I do great work, everyone in the company wins. And I’m happy to share this story with prospective applicants, too.
Equity compensation can boost employee engagement, too
Equity compensation helps employees perceive your company as more than just a job. It’s a long-term investment in their own future, too. With equity as an incentive, you can see some of the following:
Higher accountability between the employer and employee, and vice versa
If you’re struggling with finding ways to motivate your employees, this can be a superb long-term productivity boost.
5 best practices for offering equity to your employees
To create an equity compensation plan for your business, you need to balance employee incentives, financial sustainability, and long-term growth.
1. Provide clear, transparent documentation
Employees should fully understand what is included in their equity package. Create an equity guidebook that includes information about:
Vesting schedules: Outline when and how equity vests
Stock type details: Explain whether the grant includes stock options, RSUs, or ESPP participation and how each works
Tax implications: Clarify tax consequences and liabilities (e.g., ISO vs. NSO (non-qualified stock options) taxation, RSU taxation upon vesting)
Liquidity expectations: Indicate whether employees can sell shares immediately or must wait for an IPO or acquisition
Exit scenarios: Define what happens to unvested or vested equity if an employee leaves the company
General financial planning advice: Include information on how long-term capital gains work
✅ How to do this: Don’t be tempted to use AI as a generative content shortcut. Speaking on the JP Workplace Solutions podcast, Executive AI Research Director at JP Morgan Chase & Co, Charese Smiley explains, “When we interact with a large language model….we become subject to how they maintain their data.”
2. Balance short-term perks with long-term equity benefits
Equity alone may not appeal to all candidates, especially those attracted to immediate compensation. A balanced offer can attract diverse talent:
For risk-tolerant employees (e.g., early-stage startup hires): Offer lower ordinary income but higher equity with strong upside potential.
For experienced professionals (e.g., senior hires): Combine a competitive salary with RSUs or performance-based shares.
For broader employee participation: Include an ESPP (employee stock purchase plan) to let employees buy shares at a discount.
✅ How to do this: Offer flexible compensation packages, allowing employees to choose between higher salary vs. higher equity based on their preferences.
3. Set realistic and strategic equity pools
Your equity pool should cover your long-term hiring roadmap without over-diluting the cap table.
✅ How to do this: Most startups reserve 10-20% of shares for employees and adjust that pool as they grow. Keep your cap table up to date and build in room for refresh grants.
4. Define vesting structures that reflect modern retention
The old-school four-year cliff doesn’t work for everyone anymore. Younger employees may expect faster liquidity or leave before long-term vesting kicks in.
✅ How to do this: Test alternatives like no cliff or shorter vesting. As Robyn Shutak, Equity Compensation Expert at Infinite Equity, explains:
“Some companies have omitted the cliff on their four-year vesting. They’re essentially saying, ‘Hey, if it’s not working out for you, you can leave sooner.’ It’s that kind of philosophy where you start the company as a new hire and then all of a sudden you’re like, ‘This isn’t the right place for me, but I want to wait around a year for my award to vest after year one.’”
Ran Chen, an AI Applications Professional for Tubi, agrees that long-term vesting schedules are a problem for younger employees:
“Job hopping is common, sometimes by design, to increase pay quickly. If an average young employee expects to stay only 1–3 years at a company, a traditional four-year vesting equity grant may not fully resonate. They might discount the value of unvested stock beyond a couple of years.”
5. Educate employees on equity value from day one
Most employees don’t fully understand equity, and that’s a missed engagement opportunity. Make education a part of onboarding and reinforce it regularly with tools and training.
✅ How to do this: Use equity calculators, host Q&As, and bring in financial experts. According to Morgan Stanley, in companies where employees are highly or moderately engaged with their equity, 48% communicate about it weekly or monthly. In contrast, 70% of companies with low or no engagement only communicate annually or on an ad hoc basis.
Build a holistic talent attraction and retention strategy with Toggl Hire
Equity compensation can be incredibly powerful as a talent acquisition tool, but only when combined with other elements of a solid, integrated talent strategy.
Toggl Hire offers skills-based screening, customizable job application pages, and transparent hiring workflows so you can connect with candidates who do what they claim, are aligned with your company vision, and value long-term success rather than short-term wins.
Create a free Toggl Hire account today to find candidates who speak your language and want to stick around for the long run.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.
A new quarter, a new round of updates — and this one’s big. Let’s dive into what’s new (and coming soon!) in Toggl Track from Q1 2025.
New Reports Experience Launching in Beta!
We’re rolling out a new and simpler Reports experience for our beta users — designed to give you more power and flexibility to understand your workload, track profitability, and uncover productivity trends with ease.
Want to try it out? Enable beta features in yourProfile settings.
Here is what to expect:
New experience: Reports, Analytics, and Insights are now organized into five clear tabs — Summary, Detailed, Workload, Profitability, and My Reports.
“Weekly” becomes “Workload” reports: You will be able to analyze your workload data with custom date ranges, going beyond weekly timesheets.
“Insights” now lives under the “Profitability” tab, offering a more powerful and multi-level profitability analysis. Break down profitability by member, project, client, and more properties.
“Analytics” moves to “My Reports”: access past custom reports, create new ones, and manage all saved reports in one place.
Powerful new filters: analyze data right in Toggl Track, without time-consuming exports. Use 11+ properties, 8 condition options, and AND/OR logic for deeper insights.
More flexibility in grouping and stacking: Break down your data by even more properties to get the exact view you need.
Teams are complex — and so is managing who gets access to what. That’s why we’ve introduced new ways to control visibility for billable rates, labor costs, and private project data.
User-specific access to billable rates and labor costs
Control visibility on a per-user basis. Head to Organization Settings → Members, click Access Rights, and customize visibility for billable rates and labor costs. More here.
Reminder: Public vs Private projects
Public projects are visible to everyone in the workspace. Private projects keep the data limited to assigned project members only.
Here are two new updates to help you give the right people the right level of access.
Restrict public project data to admins only
Keep public project time entries private by limiting visibility to admins only. Go to your Workspace settings and tick the option to enable it. Learn more about project privacy settings here.
Assign Project Managers in bulk
Want to give teammates access only to the projects and people they manage — without granting top-level access rights?
Now, you can easily assign Project Managers to multiple Private projects — all in just a few clicks.
Project Managers can:
View time tracked under their projects
Edit project details
Manage team members within their projects
You can now assign Project Managers to your Private projects in bulk. Here’s how:
Projects → Select Private Projects → Click Edit → Select Members → Assign Roles From The Dropdown.
It’s the quickest way to give the right people the right access — while keeping everything else private.
We’re proud to share that Toggl is now ISO 27001 certified 🎉
With GDPR and CCPA compliance already in place, this certification means your data is protected by globally recognized security standards — and we’re continuously monitoring and improving our practices.
Work in a regulated industry? Need to meet strict vendor requirements?
We’ve introduced Dark Mode, a sleek new look that’s easier on the eyes (and perhaps just a little cooler too). You can now choose from three themes to match your style. Check them all out in your Profile settings.
Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)
For extra peace of mind, you can now secure your personal Toggl Track account with two-factor authentication.
It’s easy to set up — and gives your account an added layer of protection. Just head to your Profile settings to enable it.
Referral Program: Give $5, Get $5
Love Toggl Track? Now you can share it — and get rewarded.
Invite your friends to try Toggl Track. If they upgrade to a paid plan, you both get $5/€5 in credit, automatically applied to the Toggl Track organization you own.
It’s a win-win: they get a smarter way to track time, and you get rewarded for spreading the word.
Ever wondered what your employees are up to but don’t want to intrude and become a micromanager? Hmmm, you could buy a crystal ball if you’re into that sort of thing. If not? You’d be better off using time management reporting.
This is the practice of tracking and presenting time spent at work, which helps managers spot inefficiencies, distribute workloads evenly, set realistic goals, improve transparency, and much more.
Great time management reporting can benefit any business, from improved team performance and resource allocation to increased revenue. Here’s everything you need to know.
TL;DR — Key Takeaways
Time tracking reports focus (or they should, at least) on team efficiency rather than individual productivity. They typically include milestones, deadlines, deliverables, and other project or client data.
Time management reporting helps you increase revenue, improve productivity, comply with the law, make better estimates, allocate resources more efficiently, and build trust with your clients.
You can use Toggl Track to build fully custom, detailed time management reports with a wealth of data points, from the level of your entire business down to individual tasks.
Once you have time tracking data, you can use it to remove operational bottlenecks, improve team performance, showcase value to your clients, and improve team communication.
Time tracking reports are powerful tools for gaining insight into how people execute their work. Individuals may use them to enhance personal productivity, but teams and businesses need a broader perspective focusing on overall project efficiency rather than just personal output.
But what about your company? Here’s what you can expect when you commit to accurate time tracking reporting. 👇
Avoid lost revenue
We’ve all used the expression “time is money,” but it’s spot on when you bill clients by the hour rather than per deliverable. Accurate time tracking makes for a clear-cut difference between billable and non-billable hours and helps you provide value for clients without punishing yourself with extra work.
For example, you can spot how many work hours go into specific activities or clients and how this affects invoicing. You may learn that you invest more time in Client A, who pays you $500 per completed project, than in Client B, who pays $2,000 for similar work.
Access to time logs and timesheets gives you a breakdown of clients, projects, team members, and how they spend their time. This lets you spot inefficiencies easily, whether you need to reallocate team members to high-priority tasks or have a conversation with a needy client taking up more hours than stated in their retainer.
Improve employee productivity
Some employees see time tracking as an invasion of their privacy, and if you’re using surveillance software that takes screenshots, records your screen, or measures your keystrokes, then they have a point.
The good news? Other tools like Toggl Track exist to support team productivity rather than point fingers using any creepy tactics. Once you explain to your team that time tracking tools are there to benefit everyone, you can streamline your operations, save time, automate tasks, and so much more.
For example, you can identify areas where employees struggle and lose time. Detailed time data makes it easier to spot low-value, low-priority tasks that clog up project management workflows and drain time and money.
💡 Get detailed time data with Toggl Track detailed reports
With tools such as Toggl Track and its detailed reports, you can get valuable insights about your clients, processes, team productivity, and much more. Below, you can see what a more detailed report looks like.
Legal compliance
Time tracking isn’t just nice to have. For some companies, tracking time is a legal necessity. These are just some of the laws that touch upon time tracking:
Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) in the US: Requires employers to track employee work hours to ensure compliance with minimum wage and overtime pay laws.
European Working Time Directive (WTD) in the EU: Limits the maximum workweek to 48 hours and mandates rest, breaks, and paid leave.
California Labor Laws in the US: Requires strict tracking of meal and rest breaks.
UK Working Time Regulations (WTR): Limits the maximum workweek to 48 hours unless employees opt out. Also mandates rest breaks and paid annual leave.
Keeping accurate time records is a small price to pay for the prevention of potentially big lawsuits.
Cost estimation for better budgeting
Tracking your time now helps you in the months and years to come. Once you’ve tracked time for a while, you’ll build up a picture of how long it takes to complete specific projects and hit important milestones.
With the right tool, you can analyze profitability, revenue, and labor costs — breaking them down by Members, User Groups, Projects, Clients, Tasks, or Tags for a more detailed view.
The result? You become better at pricing, forecasting, project planning, and improving your profitability. With good time tracking reports, you gain insights into projects, tasks, and people, which gives you invaluable data for future projects.
Resource allocation
Time tracking and management show you exactly what your team is up to in real-time. For example, one department could be drowning in work while another is at 20% capacity.
Tracking time also means tracking project progress so you can allocate budget and resources accordingly. You don’t have to wait until you miss a critical deadline to determine that something is halting you in your tracks.
Build trust through transparency
Time management software is a bridge of trust between you, your clients, and your employees.
With detailed timesheets, client billing is easier because they see what they’re being charged for, with an itemized list of tasks and deliverables. For employees, timesheets and time logs show the exact amount of time someone has worked on a task or project.
With tools such as Toggl Track, the task and project time tracking data is available to everyone, so employees can enjoy transparency without fear of micromanaging or surveillance (which we’re very against, by the way, and you should be, too).
How to create detailed time management reports with Toggl Track
Accurate time management starts with consistent, accurate tracking. Follow these six steps to learn how to create detailed reports in Toggl Track:
1. Track time accurately
To track time effectively, start by adding a timer for each task or project you’re working on. Toggl Track makes this process simple with our easy-to-use start/stop timer, so you can record time accurately in real time. If you forget to start the timer, you can manually add time entries.
🧠 tip
Use the Toggl Track browser extension or mobile app to track time on the go, so there’s no risk of your time going unrecorded.
2. Create clear project and task categories
To make your time data actionable, organize your time entries by project and task categories.
Create projects for major initiatives and break them down into tasks. For example, if you’re working on a marketing campaign, you might have projects like “Content Creation” or “Social Media Management” with tasks such as “Write Blog Post” or “Schedule Posts.”
🧠 tip
Consistently tag time entries with relevant projects, clients, or specific tasks to ensure well-organized reports.
3. Generate custom reports
Once you’ve tracked your time consistently, it’s time to generate custom reports that provide meaningful insights. Toggl Track allows you to filter and customize reports by team member, project, client, and more.
To do this, go to the Reports section, select the date range, and use the filter options to break down time by the category that matters most to your business.
Time breakdown by team member: Understand who’s spending time on what by filtering by user.
Time breakdown by project: See how much time is allocated to each project, helping you manage budgets and deadlines.
Time breakdown by client: Track billable hours for each client you work with.
4. Review report regularly
Regularly reviewing your time management reports is crucial for identifying areas where you can improve efficiency. Set a recurring reminder to review your reports weekly or monthly to catch any issues early, such as any time you spend on low-priority tasks or team members needing support.
🧠 tip
Use Toggl Track’s automated email reports to receive time summaries directly to your inbox, ensuring you stay on top of your time management efforts.
5. Use visual summaries
Visual reports like pie charts and bar graphs make it easier to understand time allocations at a glance.
Toggl Track offers these visual summaries, which can highlight time spent by project, task, or team member. This makes it easier to spot trends and adjust to optimize time usage.
🧠 tip
Consider exporting your reports to CSV or PDF formats for deeper analysis or sharing with stakeholders.
6. Customize your reports
Customization is one of the standout features of Toggl Track, enabling you to tailor your time management reports to suit the specific needs of your business. Whether you need to track billable hours, project progress, or time spent on specific tasks, Toggl Track allows you to adjust settings and filters to generate the most relevant reports.
Toggl Track’s Enterprise plan offers personalized onboarding and training for businesses with more complex needs. You’ll receive customized solutions built by Toggl’s engineers to meet your team’s unique requirements, ensuring your reporting is as efficient and relevant as possible.
What to do with time tracker data once you have it
Once you have the time entries and associated data in one place, put the intel to good use and break it down into key focus areas. Here’s how to use that data to improve efficiency, win back your team’s time, and set an accurate project budget.
Identify and resolve bottlenecks
Look at your reports to find specific tasks, projects, or people holding you back. For example, you can combine your task management and time tracking apps (e.g. Asana) to determine which clients take up most of your team’s working time. Compare that with revenue to see if the client is getting more value than they’re paying for.
You can also look at timesheets to determine how much work each team member completes across clients in a day, week, or month and cross-reference with their time off. Without doing complex calculations or digging into Excel sheets, you’ll find your top performers.
Another way of looking at it is comparing how much time specific tasks take up in your overall workflows. For example, if the wireframing part of the design process takes up 40% of the workload, the work should be delegated, outsourced, or completed by extra staff.
Supercharge your team performance
One key feature of good time tracking software like Toggl Track is the ability to examine individual and group performance. The end goal is not to micromanage or conduct surveillance. Instead, you want to find out who is overworked and who could help them out.
For example, you can use Toggl Track to find out:
Who works the most, and when
Your most time-consuming tasks
The ratio of billable to non-billable hours
Time spent on tasks vs. budget for specific clients
Estimated vs. actual task time
Having a strong reporting functionality in your time management app lets you help your team and optimize their workload instead of monitoring them.
Communicate with your team
A time tracking tool should never be used as part of a blame game. Instead, encourage your team members to use data as a tool for collaboration. For example, if you spot that someone is struggling, give them an extra set of hands or postpone their deadlines to support them.
This is the only way to get long-term buy-in from your team members. The data should reinforce trust and transparency and not pit your team members against one another.
Show your clients value
Imagine you run a marketing agency and create assets for a client in the insurance industry. You create a landing page for them, and through some analytics work, you show the client that the page (copy, design, and research) took 10 hours to create and now nets the client $5,000 per month. If they paid $5,000 for the work, this means that after the first month, they’re making a clean profit and a fantastic return on investment.
Time management reporting can prove the value of your work to your clients so they can connect the work with the value they get. They can justify their investment (not costs), and you can, in turn, build long-lasting partnerships.
Time management reporting benefits everyone in and outside of your business. You’ll see improved performance, employee satisfaction, and profitability.
Remember that better time management is about creating smarter ways to work, improving team dynamics, enhancing client relationships, and ultimately, growing your revenue.
If that sounds like something your business could benefit from, book a demo with Toggl Track to see how we can transform your business with smart time management reporting.
Mile is a B2B content marketer specializing in HR, martech and data analytics. Ask him about thoughts on reducing hiring bias, the role of AI in modern recruitment, or how to immediately spot red flags in a job ad.
Subscribe to On The Clock.
Insights into building businesses better, from hiring to profitability (and everything in between). New editions drop every two weeks.